-Fry 



>--tel'!^t?Wrir% 






^' 



.^'^ 



^t^..MBf^ ^ ^ii 




'^i^-*^ 






-^ 

'/V/ 



-^ 



:.v- 



V 



^fl 



\: 









^MJ 



1 t 







Undergraduate Bulletin 

2007-2008 mmm 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2013 



http://archive.org/details/lagrangecollegeu2007lagr 



VOLUME CLXVI JUNE 2007 NUMBER l 



LAGRANGE COLLEGE 
BULLETIN 

LAGRANGE, GEORGIA 



CATALOGUE ISSUE 2007-2008 



Communications Directory 

LaGrange College 

601 Broad Street 

LaGrange, Georgia 30240-2999 

(706) 880-8000 Fax: (706) 880-8358 www.lagrange.edu 

For prompt attention, please address inquiries as indicated below. 

The Area Code of 706 is required when dialing. 

LaGrange College (general information) 880-8000 

Office of the President 880-8230 

Executive Director of Instructional & Information Tech 880-8050 

Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean 880-8236 

Registrar 880-8997 

Vice President & Dean for Student Life and Retention 880-8004 

Director of Career Planning and Placement 880-8286 

Vice President for Enrollment Management 880-8736 

Director of Admission 880-8253 

Director Student Financial Planning 880-8229 

Executive Vice President for Administration 880-8267 

Controller 880-8232 

Vice President for Advancement 880-8257 

Director of Communications and Marketing 880-8246 

Visitors are welcome at LaGrange College throughout the year. The 

administrative offices in the Quillian Building are open Monday through Friday from 
8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Saturday visits may be arranged by appointment. Visitors 
desiring interviews with members of the staff are urged to make appointments in advance. 
LaGrange College admits qualified students of any race, color, national and ethnic 
origin to all rights, privileges, programs and activities generally accorded or made 
available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of sex, race, 
color, national or ethnic origin in administration of its educational policies, admissions 
policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. 

LaGrange College Bulletin, Volume CLXVI, Number 1 

President: Dr. F. Stuart Gulley Editor: Dr. Sharon Livingston 

LaGrange College Bulletin, the official publication of LaGrange College for current 
and future students, is published annually. Correspondence should be directed to the 
Office of Academic Dean, LaGrange College, 601 Broad Street, LaGrange, GA 
30240-2999. E-mail correspondence to slivingston@lagrange.edu or fax to 
(706) 880-8358. 

Challenging the mind. Inspiring the soul. 






4 '^">i -/"^^ ' I 




Contents 



Communications Directory 2 

Calendar 5 

About LaGrange College, Mission, and History 12 

LaGrange College at Albany 15 

The LaGrange College Campus 16 

Admission and Enrollment 23 

Financial Information 29 

Financial Aid 35 

Student Life 48 

Academic Policies 66 

Information Technology and Academic Support 82 

Academic Programs 90 

Departments and Courses 108 

Academic Divisions, Departments and Courses 110 

Faculty 286 

Board of Trustees 297 

Administrative Staff 300 

Index 304 

Change of Regulations 

The College reserves the right to make modifications in the degree 
requirements, courses, schedules, calendar, regulations, fees and other 
changes deemed necessary or conducive to the efficient operation of the 
College. Such changes become effective as announced by the proper 
college authorities. 

Note: For information, regulations and procedures for graduate study, 
please see the Graduate Bulletin. For information, regulations and 
procedures for evening courses, please see the Evening College Bulletin. 
For information, regulations and procedures of the Albany campus, please 
see the Albany Bulletin. 



2007-2008 

Academic Calendar 
Day Program 



August 2007 Fall Semester (63 Class Days) 

21  Breakfast for new faculty and staff members 

21  Orientationfor new faculty and staff members 

21  Cornerstone Advisors Meeting 

22  Opening Session and Faculty Institute begins 

23  President's Buffet for faculty, administration, staff, and 

their spouses. 

24  Faculty Institute ends 

24  Departmental and/or Division meetings 

27  New students move in 

27  First Week begins 

27  Math placement test for all new students, Jolly Room, 
Science Building 

27-Sept4  First Week 

3 1  Work aid and work study time sheets due 

September 2007 

3  Labor Day - College Closed 

3-4  First Year Student Assessment Days 

4  Returning students move in 

4  Registration for new and returning Day students not 

prepaid. Advisors for first year, transfer and readmitted 
students are available. 

4  Fair on the Square, Lafayette Square 

5  All Classes Begin 

5  Opening Convocation 

1 1  End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual 

classes dropped after this date. Last day for late 

registration. 
1 1  "Incomplete" grades must be changed to permanent 

grades. 

1 1  Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's Office. 

12  Faculty & Staff Coffee 
14  Day of Record 



September 2007 

20  Administrative Council Meeting 

20  Spring & Summer 2008 Class Schedules due in the 

Registrar's Office 
24-27  Interim Term 2008 Pre-Registration 

27  Faculty Assembly 

28  Work aid and work study time sheets due 

October 2007 

1  Last day to withdrawal with an automatic " W" 

2  Named Annual Scholarships Luncheon 
4  Staff Council Meeting 

4  Faculty Meeting 

1  Faculty & Staff Coffee 
15-16  Fall Break No Classes 

17  Midterm. Faculty should submit deficiency reports 

electronically to the Dean's office by 5:00 p.m. so 
that advisors may have copies before pre-registration 
advising. 

18  Administrative Council Meeting 
23-24  Senior Assessment Days 

25  Faculty Assembly 

25-26  Board of Trustees Meeting 
26-28  Homecoming 
29-Nov 2  Advising period and pre-registration for Day students. 
Students completing degree requirements by end of 
Fall, Jan, or Spring terms should file petitions for 
graduation. Students may declare majors. Advisors 
available. 

31  Work aid and work study time sheets due 

November 2007 

1  Staff Council Meeting 

1  Faculty Meeting 

5  Proposals for Interim 2009 Travel Courses due 
7  Last day to drop a class 

11  Loyalty Fund Scholars Luncheon 

14  Faculty & Staff Coffee 

15  Administrative Council Meeting 



20  Last Day of Classes before Thanksgiving Break 

22-23  Administrative Offices Closed 

26  Classes resume after Thanksgiving Break 

26- Dec. 2  Celebrate the Servant 

29  Faculty Assembly 

30  Work aid and work study time sheets due 

December 2007 

5  Faculty & Staff Coffee 

6  Staff Council Meeting 

6  Faculty Meeting 

7  Last Day of Fall Term Classes for Day College 

8  Reading Day 
10-14  Final Exams 

14  Begin term break 

14  Summer research proposals due in Dean's Office 

20  Grades due 

20  Last day to confirm pre-registration for Interim Term 

2008; otherwise, pre-registered students must go 
through registration, January 2, 2008. 

20  Administrative Council Meeting 

24-26  Holidays for administration and staff- College Closed 

27-28  Administrative offices open 

3 1  Work aid and work study time sheets due. 

^siiiuary 2008 Interim Term (17 Class Days) 

1  New Year's Holiday - College Closed 

2  Residence halls open 

2  Registration for new and returning Day students. 

3  First Day of Class 

3  Staff Council Meeting 

3  Faculty Meeting 

4  End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual 

classes dropped after this date. Last day for late 
registration. 

4  Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's Office. 

7  Last day to withdrawal with an automatic "W" 



January 2008 

9  Interim Day of Record 

9  Faculty & Staff Coffee 

1 8  Last day to drop a class 

1 8  Last day to confirm pre-registration for Spring Term 

2008; otherwise, pre-registered students must go through 
registration, February 1, 2008. 

21  Martin Luther King, Jr. Day - College Closed. 

28  Last day of class 

30  Fall Term 2008 and Spring Term 2009 schedules are due 

in the Registrar's Office. 

3 1  Work aid and work study time sheets due 

3 1  Nursing Aptitude Test (Sims Scholarship Examination) 

February 2008 Spring Semester (63 Class Days) 

m 

1  Math placement test for all new students. Jolly Room, 

Science Building 
1  Day program registration for new and returning students 

not prepaid. Advisors for first year, transfer and 
readmitted students are available. 

I  Interim Term Grades due 
4  Classes begin 

7  Staff Council Meeting 

7  Faculty Meeting 

8  End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual 

classes dropped after this date. Last day for late 
registration. 

8  "Incomplete" grades must be changed to permanent 

grades. 
8  Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's Office 

I I  First Year Student Assessment 
13  Faculty & Staff Coffee 

1 5  Day of Record 

21  Administrative Council Meeting 

23  Make-up for snow, if necessary, for Day and Evening 

classes 



February 2008 

26  Endowed Scholarship Luncheon 

28  Faculty Assembly 

29  Work aid and work study time sheets due 

29  Last day to withdrawal with an automatic "W" 

March 2008 

6  Staff Council Meeting 

6  Faculty Meeting 

12  Faculty & Staff Coffee 

17 Midterm. Faculty should submit deficiency reports 

electronically to the Dean's office by 5:00 p.m. so that 
advisors may have copies before pre-registration 
advising. 

18  Interim Term Info Session 
19-20  Senior Assessment Days 

20  Administrative Council Meeting 

21  Good Friday-Half Day -College Closed at Noon 
24  Proposals for Interim 2009 Non-Travel Courses 

27  Faculty Assembly 

28  Work aid and work study time sheets due 
3 1 -Apr 4  Spring Break - No Classes 

April 2008 

7-11  Advising period and pre-registration for upper class Day 
students. Students completing degree requirements in 
summer or fall should file petitions for graduation. 
Students may declare majors. Advisors available. 

9  Faculty & Staff Coffee 

10  Staff Council Meeting 

10  Faculty Meeting 

1 1  Last Day to Drop a Class 
17-18  Board of Trustees Meeting 

21-24  Interim Term 2009 Travel Pre-Registration 
24  Administrative Council Meeting 

24  Faculty Assembly 

30  Work aid and work study time sheets due 



May 2008 

1  Staff Council Meeting 

1  National Day of Prayer 

2  Honors Day begins at 2:30 pm 
2-4  Family Weekend 

3  May Day 

6  Faculty Meeting 

7  Last Day of Classes for Day Program 

8  Faculty & Staff Coffee 
8  Reading Day 

9-14  Final Exams 



GRADES DUE FOR GRADUATES BY 12:00 P.M. ON MAY 15 



15  Administrative Council Meeting 

16  Graduation rehearsal, faculty marshals and student 

marshals attend 
16  Senior brunch, faculty and staff are invited. 

16  Baccalaureate Reception with the President. 

16  Baccalaureate at First United Methodist Church. All 

faculty should plan to attend. 

16  Grades for those not graduating due at 5:00 p.m. 

17  Graduation on Residential Quadrangle. All faculty 

should plan to attend. 
19  Flex time begins 

26  Memorial Day Holiday - College Closed 



w^-^^ ;X,vs'i^x^*--%;^^^? 



May 2008 Suiiiiiier I Term 2008 

28  Residence halls open 

28  Math placement test for all new students, Jolly 

Room, Science Building 

28  Registration 

29  All classes meet 

30  End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual 

classes dropped after this date. Last day for late 
registration. 
30  Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's Office 

30  Work aid and work study time sheets 



10 



June 2008 

5  Staff Council Meeting 

6  Last day to withdrawal with an automatic "W" 
20  Last day to drop a class 

30  Work aid and work study time sheets due 

30  Departmental Annual Reports due in Dean's Office 

July 2008 

1 12:00 and 2:00 classes have exams during class times 

2 7:30 and 9:30 classes have exams during class times 
2  Grades due by Noon 

4  July 4"^ Holiday - College Closed 

July 2008 Summer II Term 2008 

7  Math placement test for all new students, Jolly Room, 

Science Building 

7  Registration 

7  Residence halls open 

7  All classes meet 

9  End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual 

classes dropped after this date. Last day for late 

registration. 

9  Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's Office 

1 5  Last day to withdrawal with an automatic " W" 

29  Last day to drop a class 

3 1  Work aid and work study time sheets due 

August 2008 

6  12:00 and 2:00 classes have exams during class times 

7  7:30 and 9:30 classes have exams during class times 

8  Grades due by Noon 
8  Flex time ends 

29  Work aid and work study time sheets due 



About LaGrange College 

LaGrange College is called through the United Methodist Church to 
challenge the minds and inspire the souls of students by improving their 
creative, critical and communicative abilities in a caring and ethical 
community. 

Mission 

LaGrange College, established in 1 83 1 , is owned by the North Georgia 
Conference of the United Methodist Church. LaGrange College is proud 
of this relationship and believes that its mission is an extension of the 
work of The United Methodist Church. LaGrange College is committed 
to the free, uninhibited pursuit of truth. Academic freedom and free 
expression of faculty and students are integral to the LaGrange College 
ethos. LaGrange College is committed to challenging the minds and 
inspiring the souls of students by improving their creative, critical and 
communicative abilities. Faculty recognize the part they play in a 
student's development by serving as mentors and role models. The total 
LaGrange College program - curricular and co-curricular - is designed to 
challenge and support students as they deal with fundamental issues of 
self, world, and God. 

The principal curricular methods by which the College assists students 
in the improving of their creative, critical, and communicative abilities 
are an interdisciplinary, technologically sophisticated liberal arts 
program (A.A., B.A., B.S., B.M.), and professional programs in 
business, nursing (B.S.N.) and education (B.A., M.Ed., M.A.T.) The 
principal co-curricular means is through a comprehensive program of 
student life and athletics. 

LaGrange College strives to be a caring and ethical community. The 
hallmark of the LaGrange College community is the quest for civility, 
diversity, service, and excellence. 

Adopted by Faculty, Administration, and Board of Trustees, 1997; 
reaffirmed by Board of Trustees on October 20, 2000. 

History and Description 

The history of LaGrange College is closely associated with the history of 
the City of LaGrange and Troup County. When the vast tract of land 
lying between the Flint and Chattahoochee Rivers was secured by the 
Indian Springs Treaty of 1 825 and was opened for settlement in 1827, 
one of the five counties formed on the western border of the state was 
named Troup in honor of Governor George Michael Troup. 

12 



An act was passed by the Georgia Legislature on December 24, 1 827, 
providing for the selection of a county seat. It was named LaGrange 
after the country estate of the Marquis de Lafayette, American 
Revolutionary War hero who had visited the region in 1 825 as the guest 
of Governor Troup. The site for the town of LaGrange was purchased in 
1828 and the town was incorporated on December 18, 1828. On 
December 26, 183 1, the charter for the LaGrange Female Academy was 
granted at the state capitol, then in Milledgeville. 

In 183 1 Andrew Jackson was president of the United States. Abraham 
Lincoln was 22 years old. The Creek Indians had been moved out of 
this area of the state only six years earlier. The only other college in the 
state was Franklin College, now The University of Georgia. 

In 1 847 the charter for the school was amended and the school became 
the LaGrange Female Institute with power to confer degrees. The name 
was changed to LaGrange Female College in 1851 and in 1934 it was 
changed to LaGrange College. The College became officially 
coeducational in 1953. 

The first location of the school was in a large white building at what is 
now 406 Broad Street. The school moved to its present location "On the 
Hill," the highest geographical point in LaGrange, after the construction 
of the building now known as Smith Hall in 1842. 

The College was sold to the Georgia Conference of the Methodist 
Episcopal Church South in 1856. Today it is an institution of the North 
Georgia Conference of the United Methodist Church. 

Strong in the liberal arts, LaGrange College has an outstanding 
reputation in pre-professional programs, including pre-medical and 
allied fields, pre-law, pre-theology, and pre-engineering. 

LaGrange College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree with sixteen 
majors, the Bachelor of Science degree in six areas, the Bachelor of 
Music and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. The Master of 
Arts in Teaching, and the Master of Education degree in Curriculum and 
Instruction are offered. The Associate of Arts degree is offered in one 
area. 

LaGrange College operates on the modified (4-1-4) semester system for 
day classes. In addition there is an evening session during the regular 
year and in the summer. During the regular school year, the night 
classes follow a modified quarter system. The summer is divided into 
two sessions of day classes and one seven-week session in the evening. 
For all day classes, credits earned are semester hour credits. 



The College draws more than half of its student body from Georgia. 
However, students from at least one-third of the other states in the U.S. 
and from abroad nourish a rich cosmopolitan and international 
community which includes various religious and ethnic backgrounds. 
Georgia's leader in granting academic credit through the College Level 
Examination Program, the College also offers travel seminars, field 
study programs and internships. Students in the college's nursing 
department receive supervised learning experiences in many area 
medical facilities. Campus art exhibitions, lectures, concerts, and varsity 
and intramural sports add to the cultural enrichment and recreational 
opportunities offered by the College. The College has a service learning 
program unlike any in the state. 

The College is located in the town of LaGrange, Georgia, which has 
a population of 28,000. Nearby are Callaway Gardens, the Warm 
Springs Foundation and Franklin D. Roosevelt's Little White House. 
The West Point Dam on the Chattahoochee River provides one of the 
largest lakes in the region, with waterfronts and a marina within the city 
limits of LaGrange. 

Accreditation 

LaGrange College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the 
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to award associates, 
bachelors, and masters' degrees. 

LaGrange College is also approved by the United Methodist 
University Senate. It has membership in the National Association of 
Independent Colleges and Universities and the Georgia Foundation for 
Independent Colleges. 

The Georgia Professional Standards Commission, which confers 
professional certificates upon college graduates meeting requirements in 
early childhood, middle grades, or secondary education, has awarded 
highest approval to LaGrange College's program of teacher education. 

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing program is accredited by the 
National League for Nursing. 

The undergraduate and graduate programs in business administration 
are accredited by the Association of Collegiate Business Schools 
and Programs. 



14 



Other Sessions 
Evening College 

Recognizing the unique needs of the nontraditional learner who may be 
managing personal, professional, and collegiate careers, the Evening 
College structure supports full-time or part-time evening study for 
qualified adult students. Classes are scheduled Monday-Thursday 
evenings during four academic quarters; students may enroll in 
September, January, March, or June. Degrees offered include the 
Bachelor of Arts degree in Business Administration, the Bachelor of 
Arts degree in Human Development, and the Associate of Arts degree in 
Liberal Studies. Students may also earn a minor in Sociology or Human 
Resource Management . 

View the Evening College Bulletin online at www.lagrange.edu or call 
(706) 880-8298 for additional information. 

LaGrange College at Albany 

The academic program at LaGrange College at Albany has been created 
in direct response to community and area needs. An extensive needs 
assessment in southwest Georgia was initiated prior to the planning and 
development of the program for LaGrange College at Albany. The 
research results stressed the need for a program for non-traditional 
students that would enable them to complete a baccalaureate degree. 
The program offers a modular course schedule with a predictable 
structure of course offerings, costs, and outcomes. The program 
emphasizes leadership knowledge and skills in the workplace and in 
the community. 

Additional information is contained in the Albany Bulletin or by calling 
229-420-8000. 



15 



The Lagrange College Campus 



William and Evelyn Banks Library 

The librarians and staff take great pride in the high level of service that is 
offered at the Banks Library. Each year the library staff receives high 
marks from faculty and students on the annual library survey. Library 
instruction is highly emphasized, with both individual and group instruction offered. 

The Banks Library provides up-to-date resources that support the 
curriculum and general information needs of students and faculty. The 
Online Catalog can be accessed from anywhere in the world on the Web. 
Additionally, the library makes available to students and faculty full-text 
databases on GALILEO plus other databases to which it subscribes 
including JSTOR, GALE'S Business and Company Resource Center, ATLAS 
Religion Database, CLNAHL, ProjectMuse, Wilson Omnifile and more. 

Separate Education and Music & Art areas provide easy access to library 
materials for those disciplines in a comfortable, user-friendly environment. 
A Multi-Media Center provides access to the Internet, word processing, 
presentation software, and the library's electronic resources. The library 
provides a scanner, computer projector, multi-media and Finale music 
workstations for student use. Group study rooms, study carrels, video 
viewing-rooms, and a conference room are also available. 

The Banks Library seeks to fulfill the mission of the College through the 
provision of information resources and services supporting the curriculum, 
co-curricular, and research needs of students and faculty. 

J. K. BOATWRIGHT HALL 

Completed in 1962, this three-story brick building serves as a men's 
dormitory. J. K. Boatwright Hall is named in memory of a longtime 
member of the College's Board of Trustees and chairman of the board's 
executive committee from 1956-1962. New designs were incorporated in 
renovations to the building in 2003. 

Fuller E. Callaway Academic Building 

Completed in 1981 and renovated in 2000, the Fuller E. Callaway 
Academic Building houses the Departments of Nursing, Psychology, 
History, Political Science, and Sociology and Anthropology. 



16 



Callaway Auditorium 

Built in 1941, Callaway Auditorium was originally designed as a 
multipurpose venue, and it served ably in that capacity for well over half 
a century, hosting countless basketball games, volleyball matches, 
dances, children's recitals, luncheons and other varied events. Though 
versatile, the facility was severely limited in its ability to provide an 
accommodation that was greatly needed by the community and 
LaGrange College: an acoustically pleasing music performance venue. 

The demand for such a facility was satisfied in 2005 with the 
auditorium's transformation from a "gym with a stage" to a state-of-the- 
art concert hall. Funded jointly by LaGrange College and Callaway 
Foundation, Inc., the $5.5 million renovation called for an almost 
complete internal makeover and a new roof. And while the hall's visual 
appearance has changed dramatically, the single most important 
improvement is the superior sound quality the Auditorium now delivers. 




17 



Callaway Campus 

Acquired by the College in 1992 as a gift from Callaway Foundation, Inc., 
the campus includes three buildings of brick and concrete construction. 
Callaway Foundation, Inc., donated funds to build a state-of-the-art lighted 
soccer field there in 1995, and the Callaway Campus also includes a 
Softball complex, tennis courts, swimming pools, and a football practice 
field. Referring to this southernmost portion of campus as the Callaway 
Campus can conftise visitors. Please use this label only when referring to 
the historic gift and the property's origins. 

Callaway Education Building 

Built in 1965, renovated in 1994, and given a $2 million, 17,000 square- 
foot addition in 2006, the building houses the Music Department, Offices 
of Intercollegiate and Intramural Athletics, Offices of the Department of 
Health and Physical Education, a weight room, an athletic training room 
and a football locker room. 

Cason J. Callaway Science Building 

Built in 1972, this three-story brick building is supplied with the latest 
equipment for instruction in general science, biology, chemistry, math, and 
physics. The building is named in memory of a former member of the 
College's Board of Trustees. 

Warren A. Candler Cottage 

Completed in 1929 as a home for the College president, Candler Cottage 
now houses the Vice President for Advancement, Donor Relations, and 
Advancement Services 

Lee Edwards Candler and Vernon Street 
Residence Halls 

Lee Edwards Candler and Vernon Street Residence Halls were completed 
in 2002. Each apartment-style hall houses 124 students. Arranged in 
either two or four bedroom floor plans with one bathroom per two students, 
the apartments are fiilly furnished and also have a full kitchen. A 
community room also is located at the end of one wing in each building. 
Candler Hall is named in memory of Mrs. Lee Edwards Candler. 



18 



The Chapel 

The materials used in the construction of the Chapel in 1965 link it with 
Christian worship in LaGrange and other parts of the world. Included in 
the structure are two stained glass windows made in Belgium more than 
100 years ago; a stone from the temple of Apollo at Corinth, Greece; a 
stone from the Benedictine Monastery, lona, Scotland; and a stone from St. 
George's Chapel, Windsor, England. Regular worship services are held 
when the College is in session. 

Cleaveland Field 

Cleaveland Field opened in 2000 as LaGrange College's new $2.21 million 
baseball facility. Callaway Foundation, Inc., gave a challenge grant as well 
as the land to honor Philip Cleaveland, who served the College as a trustee 
for 19 years 

HawkesHall 

Completed in 1911, this four-story brick building is named in memory of 
Mrs. Harriet Hawkes, mother of College benefactor, the late A.K. Hawkes. 
Following a $1.4 million renovation, the building now houses women 
students on second, third, and fourth floors. Faculty offices and classrooms 
for the Education Department occupy the ground floor. Also on the second 
floor is the Nixon Parlor, named in honor of longtime supporter of the 
College Winifred Adams Nixon '33. 

Waights G. Henry, Jr., Residence Hall 

Completed in 1970, this five-story brick building provides student housing. 
The structure is named in honor of the late Dr. Waights G. Henry, Jr., who 
served as president of the College from 1948-1978 and as chancellor from 
1978 until his death in 1989. The building also houses a 24-hour computer 
lab and tutoring center open to all students. 

Charles D. Hudson Natatorium 

The swimming pool was constructed in 1947 as an oversized pool with 
dimensions of 80 by 150 feet. The cabana and bathhouse were built in 
1956. Today, the oversized pool has been divided into an outdoor pool and a 
natatorium, and the complex is now equipped for a year-round aquatics 
program. The Natatorium is named in honor of Dr. Charles D. Hudson, 
longtime chair of the Board of Trustees and retired chair of the Board's 
Executive Committee. 



19 



Lamar Dodd Art Center 

Completed in 1982, this building provides a physical environment and the 
equipment needed for art instruction as well as gallery space for the 
College's outstanding art collection. The building is named in honor of the 
late Lamar Dodd, a Georgia artist who was reared in LaGrange and whose 
paintings won international recognition. 

Louise Anderson Manget Building 

Built in 1959 and completely renovated in 2001, the Louise Anderson 
Manget Building houses the Division of Humanities, including the 
Departments of English, Latin American Studies and Modem Languages, 
and Religion and Philosophy. 

Alfred Mariotti Gymnasium 

Built in 1959, the Mariotti Gymnasium houses physical education 
classrooms and facilities for indoor athletics. The facility is named in 
memory of Coach Alfred Mariotti, the College's basketball coach from 
1962 until 1974 and a member of the faculty until his retirement in 1979. 

Mitchell Building 

The Mitchell Building is located on the grounds of Sunny Gables Alumni 
House. It was named in memory of Evelyn Mitchell, a trustee of The 
Arthur Vining Davis Foundations. The building formerly provided 
classroom space for the Nursing Division and currently houses the 
College's Communications and Marketing Department. 

Margaret Adger Pitts Dining Hall 

Completed in 1962 and renovated in 1998, this two-story brick building 
houses the dining area, kitchen, and the College Bookstore. The building is 
dedicated in honor of the late Margaret Adger Pitts, a former College trustee. 

Pitts Residence Hall 

Completed in 1941, this two-story brick women's dormitory was renovated 
in 1990. Pitts Hall was rededicated in memory of Mr. and Mrs. W. I. H. 
Pitts and in honor of their daughter, the late Miss Margaret Adger Pitts, a 
former College trustee. The Pitts were longtime supporters of the College. 



20 



President's Home 

Acquired by the College in 1964, this home originally was occupied by 
local attorney and former trustee Hatton Lovejoy. The first College 
family to live in the house was that of Dr. Waights G. Henry, Jr., who 
moved from the former president's residence in Candler Cottage. 
Designed in 1934, the home represents a combination of Georgian and 
Neoclassical elements. 

Price Theater 

Completed in 1975, this building features a 280-seat proscenium theatre 
with 36 fly lines, 8 electrics (including 4 beam positions over the 
auditorium) and a hydraulic orchestra pit. It also houses the Department 
of Theatre Arts, including faculty offices, a scenery workshop, dressing 
rooms, a costume shop, an actors' lounge and a Black Box Theatre. 

QuiLLiAN Building 

Buih in 1949 and named in memory of a former president Hubert T. 
Quillian, who served from 1938-1948, this building provides offices for 
the President, the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean, the 
Executive Vice President for Administration, the Business Office and 
Institutional Research and Planning. 

Smith Hall 

Smith Hall is the oldest building on the campus. The main portion of the 
building was constructed in 1 842 of handmade brick formed from native 
clay. An addition was built in 1887 and a major renovation was 
completed in 1989 at a cost of over $2.5 million. The building now 
houses offices, classrooms and seminar rooms. Smith Hall was named 
in memory of Mrs. Oreon Smith, wife of former College president Rufus 
W. Smith, who served from 1885 until his death in 1915. The building 
is on the National Register of Historic Places. 



21 



Student Center 

Built in 1958 not long after the institution became co-educational, this 
three-story brick building was first used to provide campus housing for 
men, and later, women. In 2003, the structure was renovated and 
enlarged to become the Student Center, featuring large and small 
meeting rooms, a student grill and a game room on the first two floors. 
Student housing remains on the third floor and is known as the William 
H. Turner, Jr., Residence Hall. It is named in memory of Mr. Turner, a 
textile executive of LaGrange who was a benefactor of the College, a 
longtime member of the Board of Trustees and chairman of the board's 
executive committee from 1929 until 1950. 

Sunny Gables Alumni House 

Built by Mary and Julia Nix in 1925, Sunny Gables Alumni House is an 
outstanding example of early 20th century Tudor Revival architecture. 
Designed by P. Thornton Marye, it is now part of the National Register 
of Historic Places' Vernon Road Historic District. This multipurpose 
facility serves as the permanent home for alumni as well as the Alumni and 
Family Relations Office and the Development Office. The facility extends 
entertainment space to the College's constituents for specific 
programming purposes. 




I 







#- - 



22 



Admission And Enrollment 

The application process at LaGrange College is selective and designed to 
carefully consider each candidate's personal qualities and readiness for 
college. We seek applicants who have the potential to be successful 
academically and who will contribute to our community in meaningful 
ways. We will evaluate the application, transcript(s), course selection, 
SAT or ACT scores (if required), essay and recommendation when making 
our decision. An admission counselor will assist each prospective student 
throughout the application and enrollment process. We encourage 
prospective students to visit campus for a personal interview as part of the 
application process. 

Students interested in attending LaGrange College must submit an 
application for admission. March 1 is the deadline for best consideration 
for admission, financial aid, and housing for the fall semester. Students 
interested in scholarship consideration should apply before January 1 or the 
published deadline for the scholarship, whichever is earlier. Students 
applying for admission to the January or Summer terms should submit the 
application and supporting documents at least one month prior to the 
beginning of the term for which admission is desired. 

Applying for Admission 

Applicants for First-year admission must submit the following items: the 
application form, application fee, official high school transcripts, official 
SAT or ACT scores, essay and recommendation. The office of admission 
reserves the right to request or waive documentation as appropriate. 

Applicants who have attended a college or university following high school 
graduation must submit the following items: application form, fee, college 
or university transcripts, essay, and recommendation. If the applicant has 
completed fewer than 30 semester hours or 40 quarter hours of college level 
work, an ACT or SAT score and high school transcripts will also be required. 

To be considered an official document, a transcript should be submitted 
directly to LaGrange College in a sealed envelope from the sending 
institution. Institutional records personally delivered to LaGrange College 
by a student must also be in a sealed envelope to be considered official. 
Photocopies, faxes, or transcripts in unsealed envelopes are not 
considered official. 



23 



LaGrange College prefers SAT scores but will accept ACT scores. Test 
results should be sent directly to LaGrange College, preferably by 
March of the student's senior year of high school. 

The Admission Committee may request additional materials from an 
applicant or require an interview to gain a better understanding of the 
student's potential for success in a challenging academic environment. 
The Office of Admission notifies applicants of their application status 
shortly after review by the Admission Committee. Admission to the 
College requires satisfactory completion of academic work in progress. 

LaGrange College values personal integrit>' in our community. Our 
students sign an Honor Code statement pledging not to lie, cheat, steal, 
nor tolerate these unethical behaviors in others. Recognizing the 
importance of adherence to the Honor Code, the Office of Admission 
extends this principle to our application process. Any student who omits 
or falsifies material details in the application for admission will not be 
admitted or their offer of admission may be revoked. 

After an offer of admission is extended, candidates wishing to accept the 
offer of admission are asked to submit a tuition deposit. The tuition 
deposit reserves space for the student in the incoming class. The amount 
of the tuition deposit is $100 for commuting students and $200 for 
residential students. The $100 deposit will be placed on the student's 
account for the first semester. The additional $100 for residential 
students serves as a room reservation deposit and will reserve a space in 
the residence halls for the student. The tuition deposit is fully 
reftindable provided the student submits a written request to the Office 
of Admission by the following dates: May 1 for Fall Semester, 
December 1 for the Interim (January) Term, and Spring Semester. 

LaGrange College encourages interested students to visit the campus. 
Individual appointments may be scheduled by contacting the Office of 
Admission at 1-800-593-2885 or by e-mail at admission@lagrange.edu. 
Please contact the Office of Admission at least one week prior to the day 
you plan to visit. 

Academic Requirements for Admission 

First-year Admission: Prior to enrollment, an applicant is expected to 
complete graduation requirements from an approved high school. 
Students graduating from Georgia high schools are normally expected to 
complete the requirements for the College Preparatory Curriculum 
(CPC) diploma. 



24 



LaGrange College students come from a variet>' of public and private 
secondary' school backgrounds. Preference is given to applicants who 
have strong academic preparation in high school. To qualify for regular 
admission to the college, an applicant should complete at least the 
following number of units, comparable to the Georgia College 
Preparator)' Curriculum: 

Subject Area Units 

English 4 

Social Studies (including American and world studies) 3 

College Preparator)' Mathematics 4 

(Algebra I, Algebra II, Geometr>% etc.) 
Science (including lab courses for life and physical sciences) 3 

Desirable electives include additional academic courses in languages, 
mathematics, and the sciences. A basic understanding of computer 
science is also encouraged. 

LaGrange College invites home-educated students to apply for 
admission. In addition to the items requested for First-year admission, 
home-schooled students are asked to provide two letters of 
recommendation. Please note family members may not submit 
letters of recommendation. 

Students holding a General Education Development (GED) (High 
School Level) may be considered for admission although they will 
generally not be accepted to the college prior to the year in which their 
class would have normally been eligible for admission to the college. 
Applicants must submit GED scores in addition to the certificate. 
Students possessing a GED must also submit either SAT or ACT scores 
as a part of the application process. The SAT or ACT requirement may 
be waived for students who are at least 24 years of age. 

Admission Status 

A number of factors are considered in making an admission decision, 
including a student's grade point average, difficult}- of course work, 
standardized test scores, extracurricular and co-curricular activities, 
recommendations and admission essay. Students may be accepted to 
LaGrange College in one of several categories. 

Regular Admission: Most students offered admission to LaGrange 
College are accepted with no stipulations, other than successful 
completion of their current academic course work and proof of high 
school graduation. 



25 



Conditional Admission: In some cases a candidate who appears to 
meet the standard requirements for admission may experience delays in 
obtaining required documents. At the discretion of the Admission 
Committee, a student may be granted Conditional Admission pending 
receipt of required documents. Upon submission of the documents, the 
student will be granted regular status. All documents must be submitted 
within 30 days of matriculation. 

Probation: In some cases candidates for admission may meet most of 
the criteria for admission but still not qualify for regular admission. At 
the discretion of the Admission Committee, such students may be 
admitted on probation. Students admitted on probation must meet the 
minimum stated grade point average requirement based on their class 
level in order to be removed from probationary status. 

Joint Enrollment: LaGrange College encourages qualified twelfth 
grade students to consider simultaneous enrollment in LaGrange College 
and their high school. Georgia high school seniors may also wish to 
consider participating in the Georgia Ace Program. Students wishing to 
apply for the joint enrollment program or Georgia Ace Program must 
submit the following materials: an application for admission, application 
fee, recommendation letter from the student's principal or headmaster, 
SAT or ACT scores, and a high school average that indicates that the 
student has the academic ability to be successful in the program. 

Transfer Admission: Students attending another institution may apply 
for transfer to LaGrange College provided they are eligible to return to 
their current institution at the time of entry to LaGrange College. A 
student may be accepted on probation under the standard probation 
regulations. Prior to admission to LaGrange College, the Office of 
Admission must receive all necessary documents, including official 
transcripts of all college course work. Applicants may enroll at the 
beginning of any semester. 

LaGrange College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the 
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools (1866 Southern Lane, 
Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097: Telephone number 404-679-4501) to 
award degrees of Associate of Arts, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of 
Music, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, 
Bachelor of Science in Nursing, Master of Education, and Master of 
Arts in Teaching. Accordingly, the college accepts course work from 
similarly regionally accredited colleges and universities. Academic 
credit is normally given to students for grades of "C-" or above. 
Acceptable credit from a junior college is limited to 60 semester hours. 
Students enrolling from other senior colleges may be able to receive 

26 



additional semester credit but LaGrange College residency 
requirements, the core curriculum, and appropriate major course work 
must be satisfied. Transfer students who have attempted any 
developmental-level course work must provide evidence that they have 
completed all requirements and successfully exited the program prior 
to evaluation by the Admission Committee. Members of Phi Theta 
Kappa may qualify for academic scholarships reserved for members of 
this society. 

Transient Admission: Students currently enrolled in good standing at 
another college may enroll at LaGrange College as transient students. 
Approval of course work must be authorized by the primary institution 
on the Transient Application for Admission, which is available in the 
Admission Office. A permission letter from the student's home 
institution certifying status and granting permission for specific transient 
course work may also be sent. 

Non-degree Undergraduate Admission: Students not working toward 
a degree may register as non-degree undergraduate students in any 
course for which they have the necessary prerequisites. An application 
for non-degree undergraduate student status may be obtained through 
the Admission Office. Students classified as non-degree undergraduate 
students may become regular, degree-seeking, students by meeting 
requirements for regular admission. No more that 6 credit hours earned 
under this classification may be applied toward a degree. 

Readmission to LaGrange College: Following an absence from 
LaGrange College of 3 or more semesters, or any time a student was not 
in good standing during the last term of attendance at LaGrange College, 
any student wishing to return to attempt additional course work must 
submit an Application for Readmission. This form is available in the 
Office of Admission. Students absent from LaGrange College for 2 
semesters or less, and who were in good standing when he/she last 
attended LaGrange College may re-activate his/her file in the Registrar's 
Office. These students do not need to apply for readmission. 

In the event that a student seeking readmission has attended another 
institution as a transfer student (not transient) since he/she left LaGrange 
College, then the student, if readmitted, is treated as a new transfer 
student. Students fitting this description are subject to the Bulletin in 
force at the time of transfer back to LaGrange College. Students who 
have not attended another institution are generally governed by the 
catalog in force at the time of their initial admission. However, students 
who have been out of school for four calendar years or more re-enter 



27 



LaGrange College under the Bulletin in force at the time of readmission 
and resumption of study. 

International Student Admission: Admission to LaGrange College 
requires submission of the international student application, application 
fee, and translated and certified documents attesting to the student's 
academic performance in secondary and/or university studies. Students 
seeking admission may submit one of the following to prove English 
proficiency: 

Minimum TOEFL score of 500 (173 computer-based); 

Certificate of completion of level 1 12 from the ELS Centers, Inc.; 

Grades of "C-" or better on G.C.E., G.S.C.E, or C.X.C. English 
examinations or equivalent tests; 

Minimum SAT verbal score of 450; 

Minimum ACT English section score of 21 . 

International students must submit an affidavit of support and financial 
statements demonstrating the ability to pay the cost of attendance for at 
least one year of study. 

If the prospective student is in the United States, an interview at the 
college is desirable. The Director of Admission should be contacted for 
an appointment as well as for the current interpretation of regulations 
with regard to obtaining an F-1 student visa. 





28 






Financial Information 
expenses 

Payment of Charges 

All charges for the semester are due and payable at the beginning of the 
term, and each student is expected to make satisfactory arrangements at 
that time. Students who pre-register and pay in advance of the deadline 
each semester are not required to attend final Registration. Students 
completing Registration after the posted deadline will be assessed a Late 
Registration Fee as enumerated below. Realizing that some families 
prefer to pay on a monthly basis, the College has arrangements with 
TuitionPay to offer families this option. This plan is between the family 
and the company and there is no involvement by LaGrange College in 
the agreement. For additional information on this plan, contact the 
Business Office. The College also offers a deferred payment option that 
allows students to make monthly payments to cover educational costs. 
Interest will be assessed to students utilizing this option. 

The College accepts American Express, Discover, MasterCard, and 
VISA as payment on a student's account. Online payments are accessed 
through the Quick Links on the College's website. 

Charges 

1. Admission 

Application for admission (non-refundable) $30.00 

2. Tuition 

A. Undergraduate 

(1) Part-time per semester hour 

(1-1 1 or greater than 15) $762.00 

(2) Full-time (12-15 semester hours) $9,250.00 

(3) Nursing (NSG) courses  per semester hour $762.00 

B. Summer Term charges are listed in the summer brochure. 

Students may request information regarding course offerings 
and charges from the Registrar's Office. 

C. Audit (per semester hour) $762.00 



29 



3. Room 

Boatwright, Hawkes, Henry, Pitts, and Turner 

(per semester) $2,225.00 

Candler and Vernon (per semester) $2,542.00 

Board 

Boatwright, Hawkes, Henry, Pitts, and Turner 

1 5-meal plan (per semester) $1 ,574.00 

Candler and Vernon 10-meal plan (per semester) $1,500.00 

{Note: All residential students are required to pay 

room and board.) 

4. Private Room 

Private rooms are available at an additional charge 

(per semester) $685.00 

After the beginning of the semester any student occupying a double 
room alone will be charged the private rate. If a student occupying a 
double room alone does not wish to pay the private room rate, it is the 
student's responsibility to find a suitable roommate. Willingness to 
accept a roommate does not constitute grounds for waiving the single 
room charge. 

Fees - Miscellaneous 

Late Registration (after Registration deadline) $50.00 

Personal checks failing to clear $25.00 

Student Identification Card replacement fee $ 1 5 .00 

Document Fee (International Students) $175.00 

Parking Permit $15.00 

Testing Fee (All New Students) $60.00 

' Room Deposit (Refundable) $100.00 

Admission Deposit (New Students) $100.00 

Summary of Standard Charges Per Semester Per Year 

Non-Dormitory Students: 

Tuition (ftill-time with 12-15 hours) $9,250 $18,500 

Dormitory Students: 

Boatwright, Hawkes, Henry, Pitts, and Turner residents 

Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours) $9,250 $ 1 8,500 

Semi-private Room $2,225 $4,450 

Board Plan ( 1 5-meals) $1,574 $3,148 

$13,049 $26,098 



30 



Apartment Students: 

Candler and Vernon Road residents 

Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours) $ 9,250 $ 1 8,500 

Apartment $ 2,542 $ 5,084 

Board Plan ( 1 0-meals) $ 1,500 $ 3,000 

$13,292 $26,584 

All undergraduate degree-seeking students taking twelve or more hours 
who have been residents of the State of Georgia for twelve consecutive 
months are eligible to receive a Tuition Equalization Grant (TEG) 
regardless of need. The State Legislature establishes the amount of 
this grant. 

In addition, Georgia students who are entering First-year as Hope 
Scholars (B or better high school grade point average) will receive a 
$3,000 academic scholarship per year from the Georgia Hope 
Scholarship program as long as a "B or better" average is maintained. 
Eligibility is determined in the spring by the Financial Aid Office. 

Fees relating to the Albany, Evening and Graduate Programs are 
included in separate bulletins. You may contact the College to receive a 
copy of these publications. 

Federal Tax Credits 

The Tax Reform Act of 1997 provided two tax credits for higher 
education. The Hope Scholarship Credit provides up to a $1,500 tax 
credit for the first two years of postsecondary education in a program 
that leads to a degree, certificate, or other recognized educational 
credential. The student must be enrolled at least halftime. Qualified 
expenses are tuition and fees, and do not include room, board, books, 
insurance, and other similar expenses. 

The Lifetime Learning Credit provides up to a $2,000 per year tax credit 
per family after the first two years of higher education. These tax 
credits are phased out as the modified adjusted gross income exceeds 
certain limits. Please check with your tax advisor regarding these limits. 
For additional information about these credits, please consult the 
Business Office or your tax preparer. 

Miscellaneous 

Depending upon individual requirements, a student may expect to spend 
$1,000 per year on books. Bookstore charges for the fall term are 
normally higher than the spring term. 



31 



The above charges are appHcable to an academic year of two semesters. 
Summer charges and Interim Term fees, and curriculum, are available in 
separate bulletins. 

Nursing students should consult the Nursing Department concerning 
required nursing supplies and their projected costs. 

All students must present the College with proof of health insurance at 
the time of Registration and complete a Waiver Form including provider 
name and policy number. If the student does not have insurance, the 
College will assess the student for a limited coverage group sickness and 
accident insurance policy. 

Official transcripts and diplomas are withheld for any student who has a 
financial obligation to the College. 

Credit Balances 

Students who have a credit balance on their student accounts may obtain 
a credit balance refund within fourteen (14) calendar days whichever is 
the latest of: 

 the date the balance occurs, 

 the first day of classes of a payment period or enrollment period, 
as applicable, or 

 the date the student rescinds authorization given the school to 
hold the funds. 

Refund and Repayment Policies 

No refijnd of any nature will be made to any student who is suspended 
or dismissed for disciplinary reasons. 

No refund will be made for individual courses dropped after the end of 
the drop/add period as established by the school calendar. 

Refunds will be processed within thirty (30) days of notification of a 
Complete Withdrawal. A Complete Withdrawal date is defined by: 

 the earlier of date student began school's withdrawal process or 
date student otherwise provided "official" notice; or 

 if student did not notify school, the midpoint in the term, or the 
date of student's last attendance at documented academically- 
related activity; or 

 if student did not notify due to circumstances beyond student's 
control, date related to that circumstance. 



32 



Refund Policies -- Tuition and Fees 

A student withdrawing from the College must submit a Complete 
Withdrawal Form, which may be obtained through the Registrar's 
Office. The student should also consult the Financial Aid Office and the 
Business Office to determine the financial consequences of a 
Complete Withdrawal. 

The Department of Education requires all unearned Title IV funds to be 
returned to the program from which such aid was awarded. The College 
will credit a student's account for all unearned institutional charges. 
The Department of Education defines institutional charges as "all 
charges for tuition, fees, and room and board, and expenses for required 
course materials, if the student does not have a real and reasonable 
opportunity to purchase the required course materials from any place but 
the school." 

In the event of a Complete Withdrawal from the College, refunds of 
institutional charges will be calculated using the number of days 
attended. The College will calculate the dollar amount of federal grant 
and loan funds the student has earned during the term by dividing the 
number of days a student actually completed by the total number of days 
within the term (excluding breaks of five days or more). The resulting 
percentage is then multiplied by the amount of federal funds that were 
applied to the student's account. This is the amount of Title IV funding 
the student actually earned. The remainder will be returned to the 
originating program. If the resulting percentage exceeds 60 percent, the 
student would be entitled to 100 percent of the federal funds. Refunds 
of tuition will be applied to the student's account in the same manner as 
the return of federal funds. After the student has completed 60 percent 
of the term, there are no refunds of institutional charges. 

In certain cases, these refund requirements may leave an indebtedness 
on the student's account. This may also require the student to reimburse 
the Department of Education for some or all of the applicable Federal 
Pell and SEOG funds. It is therefore imperative that students fully 
discuss the ramifications of a Complete Withdrawal with the Financial 
Aid Office prior to making a final decision. 

A student will not receive a refund until all financial aid programs have 
been reimbursed. Refunds will be returned in the order indicated below: 

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program 

Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program 

Federal Perkins Loan Program 



33 



Federal PLUS Program 

Federal Pell Grant Program 

Federal SEOG Program 

Other Title IV Programs 

Other state, private, or institutional assistance programs 

To the student 

Refund Policies - Room and Board 

If a student does not enroll, the room deposit is refundable if the student 
notifies the College of his/her cancellation by May 1st. There is no refund 
of room deposits after this date. No refund of room or board will be made 
if a student withdraws from the dormitory after Registration. In the event 
of a Complete Withdrawal from the College, there is no refund of ROOM 
charges. The BOARD charges will be prorated at the rate of $15 per day 
from the move-in date. 

Student Repayment Policy 

Students who receive cash disbursements after Registration for that 
enrollment period will be assessed liability for repayment of the 
appropriate percentage of the refund due the Title IV programs upon 
withdrawal, expulsion, or suspension. 

Students who receive cash disbursements that are attributable to Federal 
Pell or SEOG programs may owe a repayment of these funds to the College 
to prevent an overpayment. A student who owes a repayment will be 
deemed ineligible for any financial assistance from any source until the 
student has resolved the overpayment. Repayments will be allocated to the 
student aid programs in the following order: Pell Grant, SEOG, other Title 
IV programs, and then to the institution. 

Students have 45 days from the date of their notification to make 
arrangements for repayment of the aid received. If they fail to make 
satisfactory arrangements within the 45-day time period, the account will 
be submitted to the Department of Education and the student could lose 
future eligibility for financial aid programs. 



34 



Financial Aid 



Philosophy 

Recognizing the significant investment students and families make wlien 
choosing a private college, LaGrange College offers a variety of 
assistance and payment options. We expect students and families to use 
a combination of scholarships, grants, loans and work to meet college 
costs. These resources may come from family, college, community, and 
state or federal sources. Payment plans are available to distribute 
required payments over the course of an academic year or for longer 
terms using Federal loan programs. We encourage students to apply for 
financial aid and scholarships as early as possible to maximize eligibility 
access to all available types of assistance. 

Financial Aid Eligibility Requirements 

In general, to be eligible for financial assistance, the applicant must: 

 Be a U.S. Citizen or permanent resident alien of the United States. 

 Be admitted or currently enrolled in an approved degree-seeking or 
teacher certification program. 

 Have a high school diploma or a General Education Development 
(GED) Certification, or pass an approved Ability-to-Benefit test. 

 Be making Satisfactory Academic Progress towards the completion 
of their degree program. 

 Not be in default on any federal educational loan or have made 
satisfactory arrangements to repay the loan. 

 Not owe a refund on a federal or state grant. 

 Not have borrowed in excess of federal loan limits. 

 Be registered with Selective Service, if required. 



35 



Financial Aid Application Procedures 

Applicants for financial aid must: 

 Complete and submit a Free Application for Federal Student Aid 
(FAFSA) or a Renewal FAFSA annually. 

 Complete a Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant Application, if 
applicable. 

 Complete a HOPE Scholarship Application, if applicable. 

 Submit all required documents for verification, if selected. 

Determining Financial Need 

Students seeking financial assistance must complete the federal need 
analysis form, the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). 
The FAFSA collects parental and student income and asset information 
needed to determine eligibility for financial aid. This information is 
used in a federal need analysis formula to determine the Expected 
Family Contribution (EFC). 

Undergraduate dependent residing on campus $29,388 

Undergraduate dependent residing with parents $25,125 

Undergraduate independent residing off campus $29,025 

Undergraduate nursing dependent residing on campus $35,458 

Undergraduate nursing dependent residing with parents $3 1 ,495 

Undergraduate nursing independent residing off campus $35,095 

The Financial Aid Office establishes Cost of Attendance Budgets each 
year. A Cost of Attendance Budget includes tuition, fees, room, board, 
books, supplies, and living expenses. Other components of the Cost of 
Attendance, which is applied on an individual basis, are childcare 
expenses, study abroad, and the purchase of a computer. These items 
may require documentation from the student. Below are the Cost of 
Attendance Budgets for the 2007-2008 academic year. 

The Expected Family Contribution (EFC) is deducted from the Cost of 
Attendance at LaGrange College to determine whether a need for 
financial assistance exists. If the family's EFC is less than the Cost of 
Attendance, a financial need is established. The Financial Aid Office 
attempts to meet the demonstrated financial need of applicants with 
federal, state, and institutional grants and scholarships, work programs, 
and student loans. 



36 



Satisfactory Academic Progress 

The United States Department of Education requires institutions of higher 
education to establish a satisfactory academic progress policy to be applied 
to all recipients of federal financial aid. Satisfactory academic progress 
means the student is progressing in a manner consistent with fulfilling their 
degree or certification requirements. Satisfactory academic progress is 
evaluated throughout the course of the degree program. A Satisfactory 
Academic Progress policy must include two components: qualitative and 
quantitative. Qualitative measures cumulative grade point average. 
Quantitative measures the number or percentage of courses completed. 
The quantitative component also establishes the maximum time frame for 
completing a degree program. Financial aid recipients must meet both of 
these standards to receive financial aid. 

The standards established in the Satisfactory Academic Progress policy 
apply to the following financial aid programs: Federal Pell Grant, Federal 
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG), Academic 
Competitiveness Grant, National SMART Grant, Federal Perkins Loan, 
Federal Stafford Loan (subsidized and unsubsidized), Federal Parent Loan 
for Undergraduate Students (PLUS), Federal Work Study, HOPE 
Scholarship, Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant (GTEG), Georgia LEAP, 
State Service Cancelable Loans, LaGrange College Grant, LaGrange 
College Academic and Merit scholarships, and LaGrange College Work 
Aid. 

Note: HOPE scholarship guidelines require a cumulative grade point 
average of 3.0 to maintain eligibility. 

Qualitative Standard 

Federal regulations require a student to have a grade point average that is 
consistent with the institution's policy governing academic progress. 
LaGrange College has set the following minimum grade point average 
requirements. The Registrar and Academic Dean monitor this component 
of the policy each term. 



Classification 


Minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average 


First-year 


1.65 


Sophomore 


1.75 


Junior 


1.85 


Senior 


2.00 



37 



Quantitative Standard 

Students receiving funds from any of the financial programs covered under 
this policy must demonstrate measurable progress toward the completion of 
their degree program. LaGrange College requires students to maintain an 
overall completion rate of 67 percent. The credit hours considered under 
this policy will be those for which the student is registered at the 
conclusion of late registration. Grades of A, B, C, or D are considered as 
successful completion of a course. Grades of F, W, WF, NR, or I are 
considered failing and do not count as successfully completed courses. 
Audited courses are not considered in either the quantitative or qualitative 
standards. 

In addition to maintaining a completion rate of 67 percent, federal 
regulations allow a student to receive financial assistance for no more than 
150 percent of the credit hours required to complete the degree program. 
Therefore, students pursuing a bachelor's degree must complete their 
program within 180 (162 attempted hours for students enrolling prior to 
Fall 2006) attempted semester credit hours. Most students will complete 
the program within the time frame; however, frequent withdrawals from 
courses or school, changes of major, failed repeated courses, or taking 
courses that are not related to your degree program could jeopardize 
financial aid eligibility. All attempted hours are considered when 
reviewing maximum time frame. 

Transfer students must complete their program within a maximum of 1 80 
(162 for students enrolling prior to Fall 2006) attempted semester credit 
hours. Hours transferred to and accepted by LaGrange College from other 
institutions are considered in the maximum time frame. For example, if a 
student has 75 credit hours acceptable towards their degree program, the 
student may receive financial assistance for 105 (87 for students enrolling 
prior to Fall 2006) additional credit hours. 

Students pursuing an additional bachelor's degree are allowed an additional 
60 semester hours to complete the degree. 

Evaluation 

The cumulative academic history of all financial aid recipients is reviewed 
each term to determine if the student is meeting the quantitative, qualitative 
and time frame standards. This includes all courses attempted regardless of 
whether financial aid was received or not. Transfer grade point averages 
are not considered in either of these standards. However, accepted transfer 
credit hours will be considered in the maximum time frame for completing 



38 



a degree program. Students who fail to meet both of these standards 
will be placed on financial aid probation. Students placed on financial 
aid probation are eligible for financial aid during the probationary term. 
If the student does not meet the satisfactory academic progress standards 
at the end of the probationary term, future financial aid will be 
terminated effective with the next term of enrollment. Students whose 
financial aid is terminated may appeal to the Financial Aid Appeals 
Committee for reinstatement of financial aid. The chart below indicates 
the minimum credits a student must earn to meet the quantitative 
standard. 

Total Attempted Hours Minimum Earned 

30 20 

60 40 

90 60 

120 80 

150 100 

180 120 

Appeal Process 

Student financial aid recipients who lose their eligibility for financial aid 
may appeal in writing to the Financial Aid Appeals Committee except 
for loss of eligibility due to time frame. Appeals must be submitted in 
writing to the Director of Financial Aid outlining any mitigating 
circumstance(s) that influenced the student's academic performance, 
documentation of circumstance(s), if applicable, and the manner by 
which the deficiency will be resolved. The Director will convene the 
Financial Aid Appeals Committee to evaluate the request for 
reinstatement of financial aid eligibility. The Director of Financial Aid 
will notify the student in writing of the decision of the Committee and 
any conditions associated with reinstatement. Students whose appeals 
are approved will receive financial aid on probationary status for the 
next term of enrollment and will have their academic performance 
reviewed at the end of that term for continued eligibility. 



39 



Student Financial Aid Policies 

 Financial aid applications for the upcoming academic year are 
available beginning January 1 in the financial aid office. 

 LaGrange College awards aid to eligible students on a first-come, 
first-serve basis. In awarding, first priority is given to students 
pursuing their first undergraduate degree. Transient, non-degree 
seeking, and unclassified students are not eligible for 
financial assistance. 

 All financial aid applications and documentation for verification 
must be submitted before an official financial aid award letter 

is mailed. 

 In constructing a financial aid award, funding is awarded in this order: 
grants and scholarships, student loans, and student employment. 

 External sources of financial aid available to a financial aid 
recipient must be considered in the awarding of Federal, State, and 
LaGrange College need-based financial aid programs. LaGrange 
College reserves the right to cancel or reduce financial aid awards 
in the event that these resources result in financial aid in excess of 
financial need. 

 Financial aid awards are made assuming full-time enrollment. 
Most LaGrange College and State financial aid programs require 
full-time enrollment, however, financial assistance is available to 
students who enroll half-time. 

 A student's enrollment status will be based on the credit hours for 
which the student is registered at the conclusion of late registration. 
All financial aid awards will be calculated using final registration 
information. If it is later determined that attendance in all or some 
courses cannot be documented, financial aid awards will be 
adjusted. The student will be responsible for repaying any 
ineligible funds received. 

 Financial aid awards will be disbursed on the first day of 
classes provided all required documents and eligibility 
requirements are met. 



40 



Sources of Financial Aid 

There are a variety of financial aid resources available to assist students 
with funding their college education. These resources are in the form of 
scholarships, grants, loans, or student employment and are made 
possible by funding from federal, state, and institutional sources. 
Although financial need is a primary factor in financial aid eligibility, 
there are financial aid programs available to students who do not 
demonstrate financial need. These programs may be awarded based on 
residency, merit, academic excellence, talent, and other criteria. 

LaGrange College Academic Scholarships 

LaGrange College recognizes the academic excellence of outstanding 
entering freshmen and transfer students by awarding scholarships 
ranging from $4,000 to full tuition, room and board. These merit 
scholarships are made possible by generous gifts and endowments of 
alumni and supporters of LaGrange College. All entering freshmen are 
evaluated for academic scholarships during the admission process. The 
top applicants who are accepted for admission by January 15 are invited 
to compete in the Scholar Weekend Competition. Scholarships are 
awarded at the following levels: 

Presidential Scholarship is a competitive four-year, renewable 
academic scholarship awarded to incoming first year students on the 
basis of academic achievement in high school, SAT or ACT test scores, 
and participation in the Scholar Weekend Competition. Recipients of 
this prestigious award receive full tuition, mandatory fees, room, and 
board. Presidential Scholarships of Georgia residents eligible for the 
HOPE Scholarship and Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant will be 
reduced by the value of these state programs. If selected to receive one 
of the awards, the scholarship will replace any previous scholarship 
award. 

Dean's Scholarship is a competitive, four-year, renewable, $12,000 
academic scholarship awarded to incoming first year students on the 
basis of academic achievement in high school, SAT or ACT test scores, 
and the Scholar Weekend Competition. If selected to receive one of the 
awards, the scholarship will replace any previous scholarship award. 



41 



Fellows Scholarship is a four-year, renewable, $10,000, academic 
scholarship awarded to incoming first year students on the basis of 
academic achievement in high school and SAT or ACT test scores. 
Fellows Scholarship recipients are eligible to compete in the Scholar 
Weekend Competition for a Presidential or Dean's Scholarship. If 
selected to receive one of the awards, the scholarship will replace any 
previous scholarship award. 

Founders Scholarship is a four-year, renewable, $8,000 academic 
scholarship awarded to incoming first year students on the basis of 
academic achievement in high school and SAT or ACT test scores. 
Founders Scholarship recipients are eligible to compete in the Scholar 
Weekend Competition for a Presidential or Dean's Scholarship. If 
selected to receive one of the awards, the scholarship will replace any 
previous scholarship award. 

Lafayette Scholarship is a four-year, $6,000 renewable academic 
scholarship awarded to incoming first year students on the basis of 
academic achievement in high school and SAT or ACT test scores. 

Quadrangle Scholarship is a four-year, $4,500, renewable academic 
scholarship awarded to incoming first year students on the basis of 
academic achievement in high school and SAT or ACT test scores. 

Phi Theta Kappa Scholarship is a two-year, renewable $6,000 
academic scholarship awarded to qualified transfer students who are 
U.S. citizens or permanent resident aliens fully inducted into Phi Theta 
Kappa Honor Society. Recipients must hold Associate of Arts or 
Associate of Science degrees from an accredited two-year college and 
have earned a 3.5 or better grade point average. 

Transfer Scholarship is awarded to students transferring to LaGrange 
College from a college or university with a minimum of 30 semester 
hours and a minimum grade point average of 3.0 or higher. Scholarship 
awards range from $2,000 to $4,000. 

Fine Arts Scholarships 

LaGrange College's Theatre Arts, Music, and Art and Design Programs, 
through the generous support of alumni and supports of LaGrange 
College Fine Art program, award the exceptional talents of prospective 
and current students with departmental scholarships. These scholarships 
are competitive and are awarded based on academic promise, audition, 
portfolio, and departmental interviews. For a listing of these 
scholarships, please visit the Financial Aid section of our website. 



42 



General Grants and Scholarships 

Federal Pell Grant is awarded to undergraduate students pursuing a 
first bachelor's degree. The student's Expected Family Contribution 
(EFC) as determined by the results of the FAFSA, Cost of Attendance, 
and enrollment status determines the Pell award. Students enrolling less 
than full-time may qualify for a prorated amount of Pell Grant based on 
their enrollment status and EFC. 

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant is awarded to 
undergraduate students with exceptional financial need. Priority is 
given to students eligible for Federal Pell Grant. 

Academic Competitiveness Grant (ACG Grant) is a new federal grant 
program that began in the 2006-2007 award year for full-time 
undergraduate students who are U.S. citizens and eligible to receive 
Federal Pell Grant. Recipients must have completed a rigorous 
secondary school program as defined by the U.S. Department of 
Education. This grant is for the first and second academic years, as 
defined by the student's institution of enrollment, of undergraduate 
study. First year recipients must have graduated from a rigorous 
secondary school program after January 1, 2006. The first year ACG 
award is up to $750. Second year ACG recipients must have completed 
a rigorous secondary after January 1, 2005 and must have a 3.0 GPA for 
the first academic year. The ACG award is up to $1,300 for second 
academic year undergraduates. 

National Science and Mathematics Access to Retain Talent Grant 
(National SMART Grant) is a new federal grant program for full-time 
undergraduate students who are enrolled in the third or fourth academic 
year of an eligible program, who receive Federal Pell Grants and are 
U.S. citizens. An eligible program in the National SMART Grant is one 
that leads to a bachelor's degree in an eligible major in physical, life, or 
computer sciences, engineering, technology, mathematics, or a critical- 
need foreign language. SMART Grant recipients must maintain a 3.0 
grade point average for each semester of eligibility. The SMART Grant 
award is up to $4,000 each of the third and fourth academic years as 
defined by the student's institution. 

Georgia LEAP Grant is a State of Georgia need-based grant awarded 
to Georgia residents who qualify for Federal Pell Grant and have 
substantial financial need. The annual amount is contingent upon 
appropriations by Congress and the Georgia Legislature. 



43 



Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant is a State of Georgia non-need- 
based grant awarded to Georgia residents attending a private college or 
university as a full-time student. The annual amount is contingent upon 
funding by the Georgia Legislature. 

HOPE Scholarship is a State of Georgia non-need-based lottery funded 
scholarship awarded to Georgia residents who graduate from an eligible 
high school with a minimum of a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in the 
college preparatory core-curriculum subjects or a 3.2 minimum grade point 
average in the career/technology core-curriculum subjects. HOPE Scholars 
attending a private college or university are eligible for $1,500 per semester 
as a full-time student or $750 per semester as a half-time student. Scholars 
must maintain their enrollment status for 14 days beyond the end of late 
registration (drop/add) to qualify for disbursement for a semester. 

HOPE Scholars are evaluated annually at the end of the spring semester, as 
well as, at increments of 30, 60, and 90 attempted hours. At each 
evaluation point, the scholar must have a minimum cumulative grade point 
average of 3.0 for continued eligibility. The calculation of grade point 
average for HOPE purposes must include all courses attempted since the 
scholar's high school graduation. A HOPE Scholar may receive assistance 
for a maximum of 127 attempted-semester hours or once a baccalaureate 
degree is earned, whichever occurs first. 

Home schooled students and students who graduated from an ineligible 
high school may receive HOPE retroactively for tier 1 if they earn a 3.0 
cumulative grade point average after attempting 30 semester hours and 
meet all other HOPE Scholarship requirements. Home-schooled students 
will need to provide a copy of the "declaration of intent to home school" 
submitted to their school system. 

HOPE Promise Scholarship provides forgivable loans to undergraduate 
students who plan to teach in Georgia upon completing their education 
degree. Applicants must be of junior or senior standing with a 3.0 or better 
grade point average. Georgia residency or full-time attendance is not a 
requirement. HOPE Promise recipients may cancel the loan in full by 
working at a Georgia public school at the preschool, elementary, middle or 
secondary level one academic year for each $1,500 awarded through the 
scholarship. 

Law Enforcement Personnel Dependents Grants provides non-repayable 
grants of up to $2,000 per year to eligible Georgia residents who are 
dependent children of Georgia law enforcement officers, prison guards, or 
firemen who were permanently disabled or killed in the line of duty. 



44 



LaGrange College Grants offer a variety of need-based institutional 
grants made possible by the generosity of alumni, foundations, and 
individuals. These grants are available to undergraduate degree seeking 
students enrolled full-time. Recipients must be in good academic 
standing. A list of LaGrange College grants and their eligibility 
requirements are available on our website. 

Loans 

Federal Perkins Loan is a low interest, repayable loan awarded to 
undergraduate and graduate students with exceptional financial need. 
The interest rate is 5% and no interest accrues on the loan while the 
borrower is enrolled half-time and during the grace period. Repayment 
begins nine months after graduating or withdrawal from school. This 
loan program has cancellation provisions for critical fields of study. 
Contact the Financial Aid Office for more information. 

Federal Stafford Loan is a low interest, repayable loan available to 
undergraduate and graduate degree seeking students regardless of 
financial need. The interest rate is a fixed rate of 6.80% for loans 
disbursed after July 1, 2006. Federal Stafford Loans are available from 
banks, credit unions, savings and loans, and other lending institutions. 
The Federal Stafford Loan Program consists of a subsidized (need- 
based) and unsubsidized (non-need-based) loan programs. Subsidized 
loans will have interest subsidies paid by the federal government to the 
lender while the student is enrolled in school. Unsubsidized loans are 
available to students regardless of financial need. Interest accrues while 
the borrower is in school. The borrower has the option of paying the 
accruing interest or to allow the interest to accrue and capitalize. 

The annual subsidized/unsubsidized Stafford Loan limit for a dependent 
undergraduate is $3,500 for first year students, $4,500 for sophomores, 
and $5,500 for juniors or seniors. The annual loan limits for an 
independent undergraduate is $7,500 for first year students, $8,500 for 
sophomores, and $10,500 for juniors and seniors. Federal Stafford 
Loans are delivered to the borrower in two separate disbursements, one 
at the beginning of the enrollment and the second at the middle of the 
loan period. 

Repayment of a Federal Stafford Loan begins six months after the 
borrower graduates, withdraws, or ceases enrollment as at least a half- 
time student. The standard repayment period for a Stafford Loan is 10 years. 



45 



Georgia Service Cancelable Stafford Loans provide forgivable 
Stafford loans to Georgia residents who are pursuing degrees in areas 
where there is a critical shortage of qualified professionals. The terms 
and conditions of a service cancelable loan are the same as for a Federal 
Stafford loan except the student may cancel the loan in full by working 
one year at an approved Georgia location for each academic year 
funding was received. The cancellation benefit will be principal and 
accrued interest. The only approved critical field at LaGrange College 
is nursing. Funding in this program is limited so awards are made on a 
first-come, first-serve basis. 

Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS) is 

available to the parents of a dependent student to defray remaining 
educational expenses after all other financial aid resources are 
exhausted. Eligible applicants may borrow up to the cost of attendance 
less other financial aid. The interest rate is a fixed rate of 8.5% for loans 
disbursed after July 1 , 2006. Unlike the Federal Stafford Loan 
program, PLUS borrowers must be credit worthy to qualify for this loan 
and repayment begins within 60 days of the loan disbursement. If the 
parent borrower is denied a PLUS, the borrower may appeal to the lender 
if an extenuating circumstance exists. 

Student Employment 

There are part-time job opportunities available to eligible students 
through the Federal Work Study Program and LaGrange College's Work 
Aid Program. Jobs are available on campus and off-campus in 
community service activities. Funding in these programs is limited. 
Students interested in student employment must complete the FAFSA. 
The average student works 1 to 15 hours per week. Student 
employment awards are made on a first-come, first-serve basis until 
funds are depleted. 

Federal Work-Study provides employment opportunities for 
undergraduate and graduate students with financial need to defray 
educational expenses. 

LaGrange College Work Aid Program provides students, regardless 
of financial need, with opportunities to earn additional money for 
school through employment in campus departments and community 
service activities. 



46 



Student Financial Aid and Federal Tax 
Implications 

Students receiving scholarships and grants that exceed their tuition, fees, 
books and supplies should be aware that these funds are taxable under 
federal and state tax law. It is important that students maintain records of 
their grants and scholarships and documentation of educational expenses 
for reporting purposes. 

Federal tax law allows for only qualified scholarships and grants to be 
excluded from income. Qualified scholarships are any amount of grant 
and scholarship received that is used for tuition, fees, books, supplies and 
equipment required for course instruction. Scholarships and grants that 
are specifically designated for educational expenses other than those 
described under qualified scholarships (room, board, transportation, or 
living expenses) are taxable. 

For information, please read IRS Publication 970, Tax Benefits for 
Education, for more details on reporting requirements or consult a 
tax professional. 

Suspected Fraud 

Institutions are required to report cases of suspected fraud to the Office 
of the Inspector General of the Department of Education, or, if more 
appropriate, to the state or local law enforcement agency having 
jurisdiction to investigate these allegations. Fraud may exist if the 
institution believes the applicant misreported or altered information in 
order to increase their financial aid eligibility or fraudulently obtained 
federal funds. 



47 



Student Life 



The Student Life staff is concerned with providing those services which 
assist individuals in their personal growth. Their purpose is to provide 
assistance which facilitates the development of the total person. At 
LaGrange College, the emphasis is upon the intellectual, social, physical 
and spiritual development of each student. 

Student Life involves a wide variety of programs and activities. The broad 
range of available services is an outgrowth of complex student needs: 
orientation, activities, student government, organizations, health services, 
wellness programs, parking, food service, discipline, leadership 
development, personal counseling, career development and placement, 
fraternities and sororities, and all residence programming. The Student 
Life staff is committed to creating a positive climate within which personal 
growth and development occur. 

Student Conduct / Social Code 

LaGrange College, as a church-related college, is committed to an 
honorable standard of conduct. As an educational institution the College 
is concerned not only with the formal in-class education of its students, 
but also with their welfare and their growth into mature men and women 
who conduct themselves responsibly as citizens. 

Like the Honor Code, the Social Code is the responsibility of every 
student, faculty member, and staff member at LaGrange College. The 
Social Code attempts to instill in every member of the student body a 
sense of moral and community responsibility. As such, LaGrange 
College expects its students to adhere to community standards. Likewise, 
if some fail to live up to these codes of conduct, the College expects 
students to enforce these standards through the Social Code and its 
Social Council. In this way, students assume the obligation of upholding 
the integrity of their community and of ethically preparing themselves 
for the world beyond college. 

The College has established guidelines and policies to assure the well- 
being of the community. In general, the College's jurisdiction is limited 
to events that occur on College property; however, the College and the 
Social Council reserve the right to hear cases that concern students' 
behavior when they are off-campus in the name of the College (e.g., with 
a Jan Term travel course, an academic fieldtrip, or a campus organization 
social), especially when such situations could be regarded as an adverse 
reflection on the College's mission. 

48 



(For a complete description of the Social Code, its policies and 
processes, please see the Student Handbook.) 

The College reserves the right to dismiss at any time a student who, in 
its judgment, is undesirable and whose continuation in the school is 
detrimental to himself or his fellow student. 

Furthermore, students are subject to federal, state and local laws as well 
as College rules and regulations. A student is not entitled to greater 
immunities before the law than those enjoyed by other citizens 
generally. Students are subject to such disciplinary action as the 
administration of the College may consider appropriate, including 
possible suspension and expulsion for breach of federal, state or local 
laws, or College regulations. This principle extends to conduct off 
campus which is likely to have adverse effect on the College or on the 
educational process or which stamps the offender as an unfit associate 
for the other students. A complete description of student conduct 
policies, rules and regulations can be found in the Student Handbook, 
which is published in the Panther Planner each year. Copies of the 
Handbook are available in the Student Development Office. 

Statement of Policy on Harassment 

All members of the college community have the right to be free from 
discrimination in the form of harassment. Harassment may take two 
forms: (1) creating a hostile environment, and (2) quid pro quo . 

A hostile, demeaning, or intimidating environment created by 
harassment interferes with an individual's full and free participation in 
the life of the College. 

Quid pro quo occurs when a position of authority is used to threaten to 
impose a penalty or to withhold a benefit in return for sexual favors, 
whether or not the attempt is successful. Sexual harassment may 
involve behavior by a person of either gender against a person of the 
same or opposite gender. It should be noted that the potential of 
sexual harassment exists in any of the following relationships: 
student/student, faculty/student, student/faculty, and faculty /faculty. 
Here and subsequently "faculty" refers to faculty, staff, and 
administration. Because of the inherent differential in power between 
faculty and students, sexual relationships between faculty and students 
are prohibited. 



49 



Sexual harassment may result from many kinds of behavior. These 
behaviors may range from the most egregious forms, such as sexual 
assault, to more subtle forms. Explicit behaviors include but are not 
limited to requests for sexual favors, physical assaults of a sexual nature, 
sexually offensive remarks, and rubbing, touching or brushing against 
another's body. More subtle behaviors may be experienced as 
intimidating or offensive, particularly when they recur or one person has 
authority over another. Such behaviors may include but are not limited 
to unwelcome hugs or touching, inappropriate staring, veiled 
suggestions of sexual activity, requests for meetings in non-academic 
settings, and risque jokes, stories, or images. 

Accusations of harassment which are made without good cause shall not 
be condoned. Such accusations are indeed grievous and can have 
damaging and far-reaching effects upon the careers and lives of 
individuals. 

Any member of the college community having a complaint of 
harassment may raise the matter informally and/or file a formal 
complaint. The informal process is an attempt to mediate between the 
parties in order to effect a mutually agreeable solution without entering 
into the formal hearing process. 

A. Informal Procedures 

The following informal procedures may be followed: 

 Clearly say "no" to the person whose behavior is unwelcome. 

 Communicate either orally or in writing with the person whose 
behavior is unwelcome. The most effective communication will 
have three elements: 

 a factual description of the incident(s) including the time, 
place, date, and specific behavior, 

 a description of the complainant's feelings, including any 
consequences of the incident, 

 a request that the conduct cease. 

 Speak with a department chair, dean, director, counselor, or 
chaplain who may speak to the person whose behavior is 
unwelcome. The name of the complainant need not be disclosed. 
The purpose of such conversation is the cessation of the 
unwelcome behavior. 

 In the case of harassment of a student, it may be appropriate first 
to seek the advice of his or her advisor. 



50 



B. Formal Procedures 

To initiate a formal grievance procedure the complainant shall submit 
a written statement to the President of the College. The President, after 
such consultation as is deemed appropriate, will appoint a three-member 
Review Committee from among the membership of the Institutional 
Planning Council, the Academic Council, or other College committees as 
the President deems appropriate. Members of the Review Committee 
will then meet to discuss the complaint. Unless the Committee 
concludes that the complaint is without merit, the parties to the dispute 
will be invited to appear before the Committee and to confront any 
adverse witnesses. The Committee may conduct its own inquiry, call 

witnesses, and gather whatever information it deems necessary to assist 
in reaching a determination as to the merits of the accusation. Once a 
determination has been reached, the Committee shall report its findings 
to the President of the College. 

Possible outcomes of the investigation are (1) that the allegation is not 
warranted and cannot be substantiated, (2) a negotiated settlement of the 
complaint, or (3) that the allegation is substantiated requiring a 
recommendation to the President that disciplinary action be taken. 

C. Faculty 

In the case of a faculty member subject to the provisions of the Parts A 
or B of the 1977 tenure settlement, the Tenure Committee will be 
involved. Discipline or dismissal of a faculty member will follow the 
procedure outlined in the LaGrange College Tenure Regulations. 

For those faculty members subject to the provisions of the 1999 tenure 
policy, the Promotion and Tenure Committee will be involved according 
to the procedures defined in the 1999 tenure policy. 

D. Appeals 

Faculty, staff, administration, and students can appeal a final decision 
regarding a complaint to the Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees. 

E. Special Circumstances 

If the President of the College is the accused, the case is referred to the 
Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees. 

If the chairperson of the Review Committee is the accused, the complaint 
shall be submitted to the President of the College. If any member of the 
Review Committee is the accused or for reason of prejudice must be 
recused, the President of the College shall appoint another member. 



51 



F. Confidentiality 

The right to confidentiahty of all members of the college community 
will be respected in both formal and informal procedures insofar as 
possible. 

LaGrange College is committed to preventing harassment. To that end, 
this policy and these procedures will be printed in appropriate College 
publications. In addition, educational programs will be conducted 
annually by the College to (1) inform students, faculty, staff, and 
administration about identifying harassment and the problems it causes; 
(2) advise members of the college community about their rights and 
responsibilities under this policy; (3) train personnel in the 
administration of this policy. The Harassment Policy and Procedures 
will be issued to all incoming students and personnel. 

Aims of Student Development Services 

 To facilitate the transition from high school to college. 

 To develop and sustain  ^through student-involvement activities, 
organizations and services  a campus life encouraging the cultural, 
intellectual, social, physical and religious development of all students. 

 To assist students in discovering life goals and exploring career opportunities. 

 To create an environment which stimulates qualities of self- 
discipline and personal responsibility. 

 To provide a suitable context whereby the student can explore new 
ideas, skills and life styles, thus gaining the insight and experience 
necessary to make intelligent choices. 

 To provide opportunity for the student to develop the understanding 
and skills required for responsible participation in a democratic 
community through involvement in self-government. 

 To serve a supervisory role in campus disciplinary concerns; to 
develop, with campus community involvement, and to distribute the 
necessary rules and regulations for a harmonious and productive 
college community. 

 To mediate, where necessary, conflicts between individuals and 
campus community standards. 

 To provide a comfortable, clean, safe environment that enhances the 
personal growth as well as the academic pursuits of resident students. 

 To collect retention data and to suggest/plan programs and 
strategies to increase retention based on data collected. 



52 



Residence Programs 
Resident Classification 

All traditional day students taking twelve or more hours are required to live 
in college housing, so long as appropriate campus housing is available. 
The Dean of Students may exempt a student for one of the following 
reasons: 

 The student is married and living with spouse. 

 The student is residing exclusively with parents or legal guardian 
in the parent's primary residence within a thirty-mile radius of 
the College. 

 The student is a veteran with at least two years of active military 
service. 

Students are assigned rooms of their choice in so far as facilities 
permit. Generally, first year students are assigned to double rooms in 
Boatwright (men), Pitts, or Hawkes Hall (women). Roommates are 
assigned by mutual preference whenever possible. The College 
reserves the right of approval of all room and residence hall 
assignments. Also, the College reserves the right to move a student 
from one room or residence hall to another room or residence hall 
during the year. Resident students are required to subscribe to the 
board plan. 

Room Deposit 

A room and tuition deposit of $200 is required of all resident students. The 
room deposit ($100) is not a prepayment to be applied to residence hall 
charges but will remain on deposit with the College to be refunded, 
provided the student's account with the College is cleared, upon one of the 
following: (1) change of status from resident student to commuter student, 
(2) formal withdrawal, or (3) graduation. The room reservation/damage 
deposit serves as a room reservation while the student is not occupying 
college housing and is refundable if a student cancels his/her reservation by 
the following dates: May 1 for fall semester, December 1 for spring 
semester. It serves as a damage deposit while the student is occupying 
college housing and is refundable when the student leaves the College 
housing minus any unpaid assessments and/or any debt owed to the 
College. Complete residence information and regulations can be found in 
the Student Handbook. 



53 



Residence Hall Activities 

Residence Advisors also function as a governing body and coordinating 
committee. They plan activities within the residence halls such as 
cookouts, movie nights, decorating contests and other special events. 

Office of Student Activities and Service 

The Office of Student Activities and Service works closely with the 
students, faculty, and staff of LaGrange College to bridge the curricular 
and co-curricular experiences of students at LaGrange College. Located 
in the Turner Hall Student Center, the Director of Student Activities and 
Service strives to provide a diverse array of social, multicultural, 
political, service, and leadership activities for the campus community. 

The Director of Student Activities and Service is responsible for 
advising the Student Government Association (SGA) and the Presidents' 
Council as well as overseeing the activities and operations of all 
Lagrange College student organizations. With over 52 active student 
organizations at LaGrange College there is a club or organization for 
every student. If students do not feel as though there is something 
available of interest to them there is always the option of creating and 
beginning a new organization on campus. Student Organizations are 
divided into six categories: Departmental/Special Interest Organizations, 
Honor Societies, Religious Life Organizations, Social Greek 
Organizations, Service Organizations, and Student Publications. Please 
refer to the following section. Student Government and Other 
Organizations, for a complete listing of active student organizations at 
LaGrange College. 

Community Service is another large component of the Office of Student 
Activities and Service. The Director of Student Activities and Service 
works closely with the SGA's Service Council and the Servant 
Leadership Program to provide LaGrange College students with a 
variety of service projects throughout the academic year. The traditional 
service activities offered at LaGrange College include, but are not 
limited to the following: the First Week Service Project, the Service 
Fair, the Annual West Point Lake Clean-up, the American Heart 
Association's Heart Walk, Panther Toy Store, the Brian Center Beauty 
Pageant, The Boys' and Girls' Club Annual Easter Egg Hunt, Blood 
Drives, and the American Cancer Society's Relay for Life. In addition to 
these activities, other service activities occur which are often associated 
with one or more of the following local agencies and organizations: 



54 



American Cancer Society Girl Scouts 

American Heart Association Habitat for Humanity 

American Red Cross Hospice of LaGrange 

Humane Society 

Big Brothers Big Sisters of Interfaith Food Closet 

Troup County 

Boys' and Girls' Club Parks and Recreation Department 
Boy Scouts of Troup County 

Burwell Program Salvation Army 

Carelink Americorps Special Olympics 

CASA-Court Appointed Troup County Schools 

Special Advocacy Group Twin Cedars Youth Services 

Communities in Schools United Way 

D.A.S.H.-Dependable West Point lake 

Affordable, Sustainable West Georgia Medical Center 

Housing 

The Lagrange College Gameroom, located in the basement of the Turner 
Hall Student Center, is also supervised by the Office of Student 
Activities and Service. The Gameroom is open 7 days a week from 
1 lam until 1 1pm and provides students with the opportunity to hang out 
and play pool, ping pong, cards, board games, watch television, and 
listen to music. 

Student Government and Other 
Organizations 

The Student Government Association exists to serve as a medium for 
student expressions, to coordinate campus activities, to promote good 
citizenship and to govern within the parameters granted by the President 
of the College. The SGA is an important part of student life. Upon 
acceptance into the College, a student automatically becomes a member 
of the association. All students are encouraged to become active 
members, so that the association is a truly representative body of student 
thought and opinion, voicing the needs and concerns of the student 
body. 

The SGA, as a voice of the student body, promotes diversity and 
involvement through activities, entertainment, and service at LaGrange 
College and in the surrounding community. 



55 



Traditional Activities 

Fair on the Square Activities fair where students can become familiar 
with LC student organizations and how to become 
more involved. 



Homecoming 



Lip Sync 
May Day 
Greek Week 
Vegas on the Hill 



Fall weekend featuring a concert, a 
parade, various alumni activities, and 
culminating with crowning of Queen. 



Step sing 

Week of activities centering around campus Greek life 



Quadrangle Dance Spring Formal scheduled around 
Valentine's Day 

Spring Concert Larger concert scheduled in April 

There are numerous activities planned by the SGA and the Programming 
Board. Please consult the Student Handbook for specific dates. The 
Student Handbook is published by the Student Development Office 
and contains guidelines and regulations for successful campus life. It 
appears in each year's Panther Planner. 

All clubs and organizations are sanctioned by LaGrange College. These 
include: 

Social Sororities 

Alpha Kappa Alpha 

Alpha Omicron Pi 

Delta Sigma Theta 

Kappa Delta 

PhiMu 
Zeta Phi Beta 
Panhellenic Council * 
* Sorority Governing Body 

Student Publications 

Citations (research journal) 
The Hilltop News (newspaper) 
The Scroll (literary magazine) 

The Quadrangle (yearbook) 



Social Fraternities 

Delta Tau Delta 
Phi Beta Sigma 
Pi Kappa Phi 
Interfratemal Council * 

* Fraternity Governing Body 



56 



Service Clubs Religious Life Organizations 

Circle K Baptist Student Union 

FRISBEE Fellowship of Student Athletes 

LC Buddies Gospel Choir 

LC Bus Project Interfaith Council 

Panther Toy Store Reformed Bible Fellowship 

Service Council (SGA) Young Life 

Wesley Fellowship 
Various Bible study groups 

Departmental/Special Interest Organizations 

Art Student League 

CRIS - Campus Recreation and Intramural Sports 

Dialogue (Philosophy) 

Hilltoppers (Admissions - Campus Ambassadors) 

International Group 

LC Dance Team 

LC Student Nurses Association 

Phi Eta Omega (Pre-Health Professionals) 

Presidents' Council (SGA) 

Student Athlete Advisory Council 

Student National Association of Teachers of Singing 

Society for Human Resource Management 

Honor Societies 

Alpha Psi Omega (Drama) 

Alpha Sigma Lambda (Adult) 

Delta Mu Delta (Business) 

Honor Council 

Kappa Delta Pi (Education) 

Omicron Delta Kappa (Leadership) 

Nursing Honor Society 

Phi Alpha Theta (History) 

Pi Gamma Mu (Social Science) 

Pi Sigma Alpha (Political Science) 

Psi Chi (Psychology) 

Sigma Tau Delta (English) 

Theta Alpha Kappa (Religious Studies) 



57 



Programs, Exhibitions and Forum Lectures 

A balanced and comprehensive program of lectures, music 
performances, dramatic presentations, workshops and other activities 
contribute to student enrichment. Tuesdays and Thursdays from 11:15 
a.m. until 12:20 p.m. are reserved for programs, exhibitions, and forum 
lectures. 




58 



Athletic Program 

LaGrange College is a member of the NCAA Division III and the Great 
South Athletic Conference. College colors are red and black. 
Intercollegiate teams compete in women's soccer, basketball, cross 
country, volleyball, Softball, swimming and tennis, and men's baseball, 
football, basketball, cross country, golf, soccer, swimming and tennis. It 
is the philosophy of LaGrange College that the team participants are 
attending college primarily for a quality education, and no athletic 
scholarships are offered. The coaching staff is a group of highly 
qualified teachers who stress the educational aims of the College. 

LaGrange College is committed to a full program of non-scholarship 
athletics that encourages the student-athlete to reap the benefits of 
educationally sound activity that encourages and promotes a strong 
academic regime. Students are given the opportunity to participate fully 
in their given sport and to compete with other teams locally, statewide, 
and regionally. 

Philosophy Statement for Intercolleglvte 
Athletics 

Intercollegiate athletics at LaGrange College provide students with an 
integral complement to their total educational experience. Recognizing 
the importance of athletics to the individual student while seeking to 
strike an appropriate balance between the life of the mind and 
participation in co-curricular offerings, the College is committed to 
providing a program of intercollegiate athletics that is student-centered 
for both participants and spectators. The College believes that the 
primary function of intercollegiate athletics at a small church-related, 
liberal arts college is one of a high quality co-curricular complement to 
its overall mission. As such, academics have priority over athletic or 
other co-curricular pursuits. 

LaGrange College seeks to recruit and retain student athletes who 
understand the balance of priorities between academics and co-curricular 
programs, whether the latter are athletics, the performing arts, or other 
student activities. The College employs coaches who understand that 
balance of priorities, and its coaches seek to recruit students who will be 
successful student-athletes. Because the College awards no financial aid 
based upon athletic ability, the aim of student-athlete recruitment by 



59 



coaches is not solely for athletic success but rather for student 
contribution to the College's enrollment goals, although by no means do 
those have to be mutually exclusive. 

The College embraces a commitment to instill and develop the values of 
superlative ethical conduct and fair play among its athletes, coaches, 
spectators, and other constituents. Further, LaGrange College recognizes 
that student-athletes are role models to their peers as well as 
representatives of the College, and the College actively encourages 
student-athletes to conduct themselves in a manner which befits 
those roles. 

LaGrange College is committed to gender equity and values cultural 
diversity. The College will invest sufficient resources to ensure that 
medical and athletic training services are available to all athletes at 
appropriate times. It shall strive to ensure that all individuals and all 
teams are treated with the same level of fairness, resources, and respect 
so that all athletes are afforded an equal opportunity to develop their 
potential as a student-athlete. 

INTRAMURALS 

Intramurals provide opportunities for wholesome recreation and 
competition among members of the campus community. Teams 
representing campus organizations and independents compete in 
organized tournaments and events throughout the year. Competitive 
events include flag football, volleyball, basketball, Softball, dodgeball, 
and Ultimate Frisbee. Winners of the campus tournaments in some of 
these events are eligible to represent LaGrange College in state or 
regional tournaments. 

Many opportunities are available for recreational use of the facilities in 
the LaGrange College Aquatics Complex: recreational swimming and 
lap swimming all year round in the indoor pool; the aquarius water 
work-out stations, water aerobics or aqua exercise or aqua exercise class 
(non-credit). 

The facilities and equipment of the Physical Education Department also 
are available for student recreational use when these are not scheduled 
for instructional, athletic, or intramural sports use. The use of outdoor 
equipment (canoes, backpacks, tents, stoves, lanterns) requires the 
payment of a small deposit which is refunded upon the safe return of the 
equipment. The fitness center, gymnasium, and pools are available for 
student/faculty /staff use during posted hours. A valid LaGrange College 
ID is necessary for admittance to all facilities. 



60 



Religious Life 

College is a point of transition. Regardless of the student's age or 
reason for being on campus, college is a turning point. It is a time of 
exciting intellectual and social growth. During their collegiate 
experiences, students will wrestle with new ideas, discover new 
interests, and explore relationships and issues of identity. The struggle 
to define identity and personal values are opportunities for spiritual 
growth and faith relationships. Therefore, Religious Life programs at 
LaGrange College offer students a chance to examine their faith, to 
assess what is important, and to forge a system of values that will 
sustain them through their adult years. 

Growing out of its history of service and its affiliation with The United 
Methodist Church, LaGrange College is committed to creating a caring 
and ethical community that challenges student's minds and inspires their 
souls. As a result, the College offers a number of opportunities for 
students, faculty and staff members to celebrate life and explore God's 
intention for human living. Included in these opportunities are 
occasions for worship, fellowship, and service. Chapel services and 
special worship services occur throughout the year. 

Office of the Chaplain 

To help students during their faith struggles when their spiritual 
outlooks and understandings of God are challenged, the College 
employs a full-time chaplain. The responsibility of the Chaplain is to 
care for the spiritual needs of the college. 

Our chaplain is an ordained United Methodist minister who is available 
to persons of all faiths to help them sort out and make sense of life 
crises. The Chaplain provides support and counseling for students, 
faculty and staff members in times of crisis or transition. Through 
worship programs, group activities, and community service, the 
Chaplain invites students, faculty and staff members to further their own 
religious development and explore their faith. 

The chaplain serves as spiritual advisor to students, faculty, and 
administration. The chaplain is responsible for providing and 
supervising all aspects of religious life on campus, which include 
community worship and prayer along with advising and coordinating the 
activities of student religious groups. 

In all the chaplain does, the goal is to help students, faculty and staff 
members discover for themselves the values and ideals that they hold 
most dear and to make sure that those views are fully examined and 

61 



rooted in the two great commandments of loving God and neighbor. 
Because of this, much of the chaplain's work is done in talking and 
listening to people for questions on matters of life, family, God, 
spirituality, personal crisis, and religious faith on campus and in the 
world; offering sacramental services such as communion; rituals to mark 
life's transitions; assisting faculty and students with stress, personal 
crises, and God's call for their lives, and addressing pressing moral, 
ethical and theological questions. 

Student Health Services 

All students must have proof of medical insurance. For those not having 
coverage through individual or group plans, LaGrange College makes 
available accident and sickness coverage through a private carrier at 
reasonable rates. Application forms are available at registration or 
through the Business Office. In order to register for classes, students 
must have a medical histoiy form on file with the Student Development Office. 

For a description of health services available to LaGrange College 
students, refer to the Student Handbook. 

Career Development Center 

The LaGrange College Career Development Center provides services to 
students, alumni, faculty, and staff Students begin their career journeys 
in the first year of school by coming to the Center to meet with 
counselors. From the first to the final day of school, students are 
encouraged to use the Center's resources to identify and prioritize 
values, interests, passions, and skills, and to recognize the impact each 
of these has on personal and career decisions. 

The Center assists students in locating part- and full-time employment 
while in school, internships, scholarships, fellowships, graduate 
assistantships, summer jobs, and full-time jobs following graduation. 
Additional resources and training provide students with job-search 
skills, including resume preparation, interview skills, as well as assistance 
with graduate school applications, test preparation, and online resources. 

The LaGrange College Career Development Center is a member of the 
Georgia Consortium of Colleges and the Georgia Association of 
Colleges and Employers. Through these organizations, students receive 
valuable information and can attend career fairs twice each year with 
over 100 employers in a wide variety of fields. 

The Internship program at LaGrange College utilizes over 1 50 
employers from around the world, the nation, Georgia, Atlanta, and 



62 



Lagrange. Students may begin doing Exploratory internships as early as 
the summer following the first year of study. These internships will aide 
students in obtaining valuable experience as a prelude to future employment. 

LaGrange College is a member of the Georgia Consortium of Colleges 
and the Georgia Association of Colleges and Employers. Through these 
organizations, students receive valuable information and can attend 
career fairs twice each year with over 100 employers in a wide 
variety of fields. 

Personal and Academic Counseling 

An important part of the philosophy of LaGrange College is that each 
student should have access to personal and academic counseling 
throughout his or her academic career. The Counseling office, located 
on the first floor in Smith Hall offers a variety of counseling services to 
assist students in reaching their academic and personal goals. 
The Counseling office does this by providing short-term personal 
counseling in the following ai'eas: 

Conflict resolution 

Adjustment to college life 

Relationships Issues 

Stress Reduction 

Depression 

Eating disorders 

Alcohol or substance abuse 

Healthy lifestyle choices 

Gender identity issues 

The Counseling office also provides study skills workshops, maintains 
the campus tutoring center, and offers one-on-one academic coaching. In 
addition, the Counseling office works to ensure that educational 
programs are accessible to all qualified students in accordance with the 
provisions of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and 
expanded by Title III o f the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. 
Reasonable and appropriate accommodates, academic adjustments, and/ 
or auxiliary aids are determined on a case-by-case basis for otherwise 
qualified students who have a demonstrated need for these services. The 
Counseling office's Secfion 504 coordinator must receive proper 
documentation for learning and attention disorders, psychiatric 



63 



disorders, chronic health impairments, physical disabilities, and any 
other physical or mental condition that substantially limits a major life 
activity prior to the academic term when accommodations are desired. 

The Counseling office strives to help students make the most of 
themselves as developing individuals along with creating successful 
relationships with others. Additionally, it is important that students fmd 
balance in their daily life which can be accomplished by practicing 
healthy lifestyle choices. Some of these goals can be challenging to 
attain. It is during these times that the Counseling office can be 
extremely useful. Students can call the Counseling office (880-8177) 
and set up weekly appointments to resolve personal and academic issues 
when time slots are available. All discussions are confidential in 
keeping with professional standards. 

International Student Advising 

International Student Advising Staff 

 Diana Celorio, International Advisor and DSO 

(Handles CPT's and OPT's) 

 Lynn Murray, Assistant International Advisor 

 Cindy Saines, PDSO (Handles I-20s) 

The International Student Advising Staff is here to assist international 
students during their stay at LaGrange College. We assist with 
integration into American and college life as well as assist with 
international paperwork. (SEVIS, I-20s, etc.) Diana Celorio and Lynn 
Murray oversee the Intemational/Rotaract Group which offers a network 
of International and American Students. This group conducts service to 
the community as well as coordinates annual trips to Atlanta and around 
LaGrange. Every year in March the Intemational/Rotaract Group 
dedicates a week to teaching campus faculty, staff, and students about 
the countries represented at LaGrange College. 

Vehicle Registration 

To insure efficient control of traffic and parking on campus and the 
safety of all persons and vehicles, every vehicle must be registered and 
must have a parking permit. These permits are issued to students, 
along with a copy of existing parking regulations. There is a fee. 
Failure to adhere to published policies may result in vehicles being 
ticketed and/or towed. 



64 



Student Appeal of Decisions 

Recognizing that decisions must be made and that some students may 
feel aggrieved by some decisions, LaGrange College provides the 
following procedures: 

A student must first attempt to resolve an issue with the college staff 
member first rendering a decision. If this does not resolve the issue, a 
decision rendered by a college staff member may be appealed by a 
student as follows: 

I. Student Life: 

(a) A disciplinary decision rendered either by a duly constituted 
student judicial board or by the Dean of Students. Disciplinary 
decisions rendered originally by the Dean of Students may be 
appealed in writing to the Vice President and Dean for Student 
Life and Retention who shall seek, in an informal conference, to 
settle the grievance to the satisfaction of the two parties involved. 
If no resolution can be found, the Vice President will deliver 
the appeal to the Student Affairs Committee of the faculty for its 
determination. 

(b) Other grievances in the area of student life may be appealed 

to the Dean of Students. If the grievance involves an original 
decision rendered by the Dean of Students, the decision may be 
appealed as above. 

II. Financial Aid. See the Financial Aid Section. 

III. Academic Matters. See the Academic Advising Section. 



65 



Academic Policies 



Honor Code 

Students at LaGrange College sign the Honor Code, which states, 

As a member of the student body of LaGrange College, I 
confirm my commitment to the ideals of civility, diversity, 
service, and excellence. Recognizing the significance of 
personal integrity in establishing these ideals within our 
community, I pledge that I will not lie, cheat, steal, nor tolerate 
these unethical behaviors in others. 

The Honor Council is selected each spring from student candidates by 
the outgoing President of the Honor Council, the outgoing President of 
the SGA, the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean, the 
President of the Faculty Assembly, and the Advisor to the Honor 
Council. A member of the faculty serves as advisor to the council. Both 
members of the faculty and the student body are expected to report any 
suspected violation of the Honor Code to the Honor Council, either to 
the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean or to the President of 
the Honor Council. Students who suspect a violation may, in a course- 
related case, first report the suspected violation to the course instructor. 
(For a complete description of the Honor Code and policies, please see 
the Student Handbook.) 

The following are examples of violations of the Honor Code: 

1 . Lying in any academic matter 

2. Cheating by either giving aid to or receiving aid from a student 
 or other source without the consent of the instructor 

3. Plagiarizing (using another's words or ideas without proper 
citation) 

4. Failure to report a violation of the Honor Code 

5. Failure to appear before the Honor Council as requested by 
written notice 

6. Failure to maintain confidentiality regarding an Honor Council 
case. 



66 



Sanctions include the following: 

1 . Assigning a grade of zero to the related academic work 
(assignments, exams, reports, projects, case studies, etc.) 

2. Lowering the final grade in the course by one letter, in a grade- 
related offense 

3. Assigning a grade of F in the course, in a grade-related offense 

4. Suspension for the next semester, either fall or spring; or 
suspension for the next semester and an F in the course, in a 
grade-related offense; or 

5. Dismissal from the College; or dismissal from the College and an 
F in the course, in a grade-related offense. 

When a student accused of a violation does not appear for a preliminary 
interview when notified to do so, a hold will be placed on the student's 
transcript. A hold will also be placed on the transcript when the 
President of the Honor Council and the Vice President for Academic 
Affairs and Dean determine that the case will proceed to a hearing. This 
hold will be removed when the case has been resolved. 

If a case cannot be heard before the end of a grading period, the 
instructor will submit the grade of "I" until the Honor Council acts on 
the case. 

The Honor Council reserves the right to conduct a hearing in absentia 
when a party to the case fails to appear as directed. 

An investigation and hearing shall be confidential and those within the 
bounds of confidentiality shall not divulge anything that is said or done 
with regard to these proceedings to anyone outside the bounds of 
confidentiality. Should anyone outside the bounds of confidentiality 
receive information which is considered to be confidential, he or she 
will automatically be bound by confidentiality. Those within the bounds 
of confidentiality include Council members, the faculty advisor to the 
Council, the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean, the 
President, accusers, the accused, witnesses, persons interviewed during 
the investigation, and the College's attorney. In addition, the accused 
may include within the bounds of confidentiality his or her parents, 
faculty, staff, minister, personal or legal counsel. 

All tests at the College are conducted under the Honor Code. 
Accordingly, instructors may leave the room during the examination and 
students are on their honor to do their own work. The Honor Code 



67 



should be abbreviated on the outside of the test and signed by the student 
before handing in the examination. Students should leave all books and 
materials not pertaining to the test either in the hall outside the classroom, 
or next to the wall in front of the classroom. Students should take the test 
in the designated classroom, except under extenuating circumstances or 
by prior arrangement. 

Work prepared out of class should be that of the individual. Any 
assistance from fellow students, books, periodicals, or other materials 
should be carefully acknowledged. Instructors should give specific 
guidance regarding what constitutes a violation of the Honor Code. If any 
doubts about plagiarism arise, a question should be raised by the 
instructor. 

As early as possible in the term, the instructor should make clear to his or 
her classes how the specifications of the Honor Code apply to class 
requirements. For example, what constitutes a legitimate use of source 
material, especially material on the Internet, should be made clear. 

Orientation 

All new students are introduced to LaGrange College through an 
orientation and academic program which takes place during the summer. 
The student life aspect of the program is designed to acquaint the new 
students with various phases of the life of the College including traditions, 
procedures, and regulations. Students profit from a proper introduction to 
the opportunities and responsibilities of college life. 

The academic component of the summer program is a one credit hour 
course called the Cornerstone First Week Experience. Planned 
concurrently with the student life aspect of the summer program, the 
Cornerstone First Week Experience requires first year students to select 
from a program of seminars where faculty present their research interests, 
academic opportunities, and standards for excellence. In addition to the 
six hours of academic seminars, the first year student is also required to 
attend five hours of Cornerstone classes to discuss seminars and the 
assigned summer reading, as well as a two hour Honor Code Presentation 
and Signing Ceremony. The first year student will complete 13 hours of 
academic work during First Week to earn one credit hour. Grading for this 
one credit course is on a pass/fail system evaluated by a 500-word 
summer reading essay graded with a common rubric, attendance and 
disposition. 

Following the Cornerstone First Week Experience students will enroll in 
Cornerstone, a course designed to enhance the valuing and decision- 



68 



making processes emphasizing Christian influences on ethical behavior. 
Students use skills of comparison, contrast, analysis, and synthesis of 
multiple perspectives as they examine issues that imbue an ethical 
obligation to oneself and to the community in the context of a global 
ethical perspective. Cornerstone also addresses morality in a developmental 
process that requires investigation into many ways of knowing. Caring for 
the community is another integral aspect of the course along with 
discussions about why academic integrity is essential for individual success 
and critical for sustaining a college community. 

To become successful in college, the student must acquire the skills to 
think critically and read critically about ethics and the world. They also 
must possess requisite life skills for a successful personal experience that 
includes coming to know oneself in relationship to others, as well as time 
and career management knowledge. All of these enduring understandings 
are not achievable unless the student is equipped with library and research 
skills. It is through these skills that the student can begin to synthesize and 
evaluate complex phenomena. The course emphasizes active learning, 
small group problem solving, and service learning, including reflection on 
those experiences. 

Registration and Advising 

All students should register on the dates specified. All registration 
procedures for all terms are under the direction of the Vice President for 
Academic Affairs and Dean. Students have not completed registration until 
they have cleared the Registrar, Office of Student Life, and the Business 
Office. Students enrolled for twelve or more hours must obtain a campus 
post office box. Communications to the student will be through campus 
email or campus mail. 

Each student is assigned to a faculty adviser who assists the student in 
planning an academic program. However, the ultimate responsibility for 
meeting all requirements rests with the individual student. 

A student interested in a particular major should inform his/her general 
adviser in order that special prerequisite courses for the major may be 
scheduled. A major may be formally declared any time by contacting the 
Registrar's Office. The student must declare his/her major in writing to 
the Department by the time the student has earned 51 semester hours of 
credit. The student will then be assigned to an adviser in the department in 
which the student will major. 

A studenf s major program requirements are those described in the College 
Bulletin at the time of declaration of the major. 



69 



Withdrawal 

To withdraw from an individual course, a student must confer in the 
office of the Registrar. Failure to withdraw officially through this office 
may result in the assignment of a "WF." A student who wishes to 
withdraw completely from the college must confer with the Director of 
Counseling. 

Medical Withdrawal 

Medical withdrawal is defined as complete withdrawal without 
academic penalty for reasons of health. Except in circumstances of 
emergency, a physician licensed health care provider, or a qualified 
counselor must provide a written recommendation for medical 
withdrawal to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. This 
written recommendation must be on file prior to approval for 
withdrawal. Anytime medical withdrawal is initiated, the student's 
instructors, the Office of Financial Aid, and the Business Office will be 
notified by the Registrar. The re-entry of the student following medical 
withdrawal for medical reasons requires a clearance from the attending 
physician, licensed health care provider, or a qualified counselor with an 
evaluation of the student's potential to resume study successfully at 
LaGrange College. The Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean 
will review this evaluation and make the decision concerning the 
student's re-entry. 

Class Attendance Regulations 

A student is expected to attend all classes, including labs, for all courses 
for which he/she is registered. The student is solely responsible for 
accounting to the instructor for any absence. An instructor may 
recommend that the Registrar drop from class, with a grade of " W" or 
"WF", any student whose absences are interfering with satisfactory 
performance in the course. 

Course Repetition 

A student is prohibited from repeating a course in which he has made a 
"C-" or better (while enrolled at LaGrange College or any institution) 
without the approval of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and 
Dean, and the Academic Council. Should a case arise in which counting 
C- grades means the student's average in the major (or minor) drops 
below a 2.0, the student could petition to repeat a course in which a C- 
was awarded. All courses in which a student receives an unsatisfactory 



70 



grade must be repeated at LaGrange College. A student may not remove 
from the transcript an unsatisfactory grade earned at LaGrange College or 
elsewhere even if the course is repeated. 

Acceleration 

Students desiring to accelerate their college program may complete 
requirements in less than four academic years. This may be 
accomplished by attending summer schools and/or taking an academic 
overload. Permission to take an overload in any semester is granted 
only to those students who have earned at least a cumulative average of 
"B" (3.0), except that a student may take an overload during one 
semester of his or her senior year without respect to grade-point average. 

Students may be eligible for credit and/or exemption in certain areas 
through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) and other 
recognized testing procedures. Advanced placement credit is accepted 
for those students who present evidence from their high schools that 
advanced placement programs have been completed and appropriate 
scores earned on the advanced placement test of the College Entrance 
Examination Board administered by Educational Testing Service. The 
Registrar and department chairs keep up-to-date standards for AP credit. 

Transient Work 

(1) Students who have failed a course at LaGrange College are not 
allowed to take the course elsewhere. 

(2) Students must take ENGL 1 101 and 1 102 here. 

(3) Students must take all CORE designated courses here. 

Credit Through United States Armed Forces 
Institute and Service Schools 

Courses taken through The United States Armed Forces Institute and 
other recognized military educational programs are accepted in 
accordance with the policy governing transfer work when presented on 
official transcripts from accredited institutions. Nine semester hours of 
elective credit will be allowed for military service credit, including 
USAFI correspondence courses and military service school courses as 
recommended by the American Council on Education. Academic credit 
for one activity course in physical education, up to a maximum of four, 
will be awarded for each two months served in the Armed Forces. 



71 



International Students 

Students who are on a student visa in the United States are subject to 
special regulations mandated by the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration 
Services (USCIS) of the United States Government. As the institution 
which issues documents certifying student status, LaGrange College is 
subject to USCIS regulations as a matter of law. USCIS regulations 
change from time to time, so students are encouraged to contact the 
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean or the Registrar when 
questions about USCIS regulations arise. Under current guidelines, 
persons with student visas must be enrolled for a full academic load (at 
least 12 semester hours) at all times. Federal regulations concerning 
"status" for all international students on an F-1 visa state that any 
student who falls below 12 semester hours at any time will be 
considered out-of-status and must be reinstated by the U.S. Citizenship 
and Immigration Services (USCIS). 

English proficiency is fundamental to a successful academic course at 
LaGrange College. Therefore, in addition to the minimum TOEFL 
score required for admission, the Vice President for Academic Affairs 
and Dean may require that a student attend a special, intensive English 
language course if it is apparent that a student's English continues to 
jeopardize a successful academic career. If such a requirement is 
placed on a student, failure to attend the English language course can 
result in withdrawal of the student visa. 

International students must enroll in an English course each 
semester they are in school until they satisfactorily complete their 
English studies. 

International Studies 

Increasing international understanding is valued at LaGrange College. 
In promoting that understanding, LaGrange College seeks to enroll an 
internationally diverse student body. The College serves as a host or 
home base institution for short-term international visitors and has 
executed cooperative agreements with Seigakuin University in Tokyo, 
Japan; Nippon Bunri in Oita City, Japan, Instituto Laurens in Monterrey, 
Mexico, and Oxford-Brookes University in Oxford, England. 



72 



 



Grades and Credits 

The definitions of grades given at LaGrange College are as follows: 



A+ 




4.0 


A 


superior 


4.0 


A- 




3.75 


B+ 




3.25 


B 


above average 


3.0 


B- 




2.75 


C+ 




2.25 


c 


average 


2.0 


c- 




1.75 


D+ 




1.25 


D 


below average 


1.0 



F failing 0.0 

I incomplete. This grade is assigned in case a student is doing 
satisfactory work but for some reason beyond the student's 
control has been unable to complete the work during that term. 

P pass 

NC no credit or non-credit 

W withdrawn. During the first three weeks a student may withdraw 
from a class with an "automatic" "W." After this trial period the 
student may withdraw, but the grade assigned, "W" or " WF," 
will be at the discretion of the professor. 

WF withdrawn failing. The grade of " WF" is included in computing 
the grade-point average. 

AW audit withdrawn 

AU audit complete 

NR grade not reported by instructor at the time the report issued. 

A student may register for a course on a non-credit basis, for which he 
or she pays full tuition. To have a grade of "NC" recorded, he or she 
must fulfill all course requirements. 



73 



All requests for audit courses must be approved in writing by the 
instructor and Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. Only 
lecture courses may be audited. No new First-year student may audit 
any course during the first semester of residence at LaGrange College. 

An "I" is a temporary grade, assigned by an instructor within the last 
three weeks of the term to students who are doing satisfactory work and 
who cannot complete the course due to circumstances beyond their 
control. Should conditions prohibiting completion of a course arise 
within the first eight weeks, students should withdraw. 

An "I" is to be removed by the date indicated in the academic calendar. 
Failure to remove an "I" by the date set initiates the following action: 
The Registrar will write a letter to the student using the address on file. 
The letter indicates that the student has two weeks to respond. Otherwise 
the "I" grade will be converted to an "F". 

Grades are assigned and recorded for each course at the end of 
each term. Grades are available to students on the web. Transcripts 
are withheld for any student who is under financial obligation to 
the College. 

Academic Standing Probation Regulations 

Students are placed on academic probation when the quality of work 
is such that progress toward graduation is in jeopardy. The purpose of 
probation is to warn. It is not a penalty. Students on probation will 
be notified, and the regulations governing probation will be called to 
their attention. 

First Years (fewer than 30 hours) must maintain a cumulative grade 
point average (GPA) of at least 1.65 to avoid being placed on probation. 
Sophomores (30-59 hours), a 1.75 GPA; Juniors (60-89 hours), a 1.85 
GPA; and Seniors (90 or more hours), a 2.00 GPA. In most cases, 
students have two semesters to remove their probationary status. Failure 
to do so could result in suspension. 

Students are also subject to suspension for failure to earn at least three 
semester hours of academic credit in any semester, or for other valid 
academic reasons (such as violating cheating and plagiarism standards). 
In the case of part-time students, the extent of application of these 
regulations will be at the discretion of the Vice President for Academic 
Affairs and Dean. Normally, all applications of the regulations will be 
based upon a full academic load. 



74 



A letter from the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean is sent 
to the student providing information on standing. "Probation One" 
means that the student's next term will be the first term on probation, etc. 
"Dean's Decision" means that the student's academic records have been 
given to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean for action. 

Student Grade Appeals 

The initial determination of a student's grade is entirely the prerogative 
of the instructor. However, a student who wishes to contest a course 
grade or other academic decision may initiate an appeal by the 
procedures outlined below. Grade appeals must be initiated no later than 
mid-term of the academic term following that in which the grade was 
assigned. The date of the academic term is defined in the College 
calendar in the front of this Bulletin. 

The following procedures govern all student requests for grade changes: 

 The student should first attempt to resolve the matter by discussing 
the question with the course instructor. 

 If the student and the instructor are unable to reach a resolution, the 
student must then submit a written appeal to the Vice President for 
Academic Affairs and Dean. The appeal must state the manner in 
which the course syllabus was violated. 

 The Dean shall then seek an informal conference between the 
student and the instructor to settle the grievance to the satisfaction 
of the two parties involved. If no resolution can be found, the Dean 
will deliver the student's appeal, together with any other pertinent 
documents provided by the student and/or the instructor, to the 
Review Panel of the Academic Policies Committee for its 
determination. 

 The Review Panel shall then convene to conduct a preliminary 
review of the appeal, after which the Chair of the Review Panel will 
set times convenient to the student and the instructor for hearing 
both sides of the dispute. 

 Upon completion of its hearings, the Review Panel will report its 
findings to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. The 
Dean will in turn inform the principal parties involved of whether 
the student's request for a change of grade or other decision was 
denied or approved. 



75 



 It is the responsibility of the Review Panel to make every reasonable 
effort to complete its deliberations prior to the end of the term in 
which an appeal was initiated. 

Academic Forgiveness 

Academic forgiveness is a process which allows a student to have his or 
her prior academic record adjusted if: 

1 . four or more calendar years have elapsed since the period of last 
enrollment at LaGrange College; 

2. the student applying for forgiveness has completed a minimum of 
12 semester hours since readmission to LaGrange College and has 
earned a GPA of 2.0 with no course grade lower than "C-" since the 
time of readmission. 

The student may petition for forgiveness through the Academic Council 
and, if approved, the College will: 

1 . apply toward the student's common core, general education 
curriculum, and electives requirements but not necessarily toward 
the student's academic major or minor, all those courses in which 
the student earned a grade of "C-" or better; 

2. set the student's cumulative grade point average to 0.0; 

3. require the student to successfully complete a minimum of 30 
semester hours after bankruptcy declaration in order to graduate; 

4. and allow all graduation requirements (see LaGrange College 
Bulletin) to remain the same and apply equally, except that students 
who have petitioned for and received academic forgiveness will not 
be eligible to receive honors at graduation. 

LaGrange College will maintain the student's complete record, including 
those courses excluded from the GPA by the granting of forgiveness. 
No course work will be expunged from the student's academic record. 
The student's official transcript will clearly indicate that the student has 
been granted academic forgiveness. Ordinarily, no transfer or transient 
credits will be accepted after academic forgiveness. A student may be 
granted academic forgiveness only once during his or her academic 
career at LaGrange College. 



76 



Requirements for Bachelor Degrees: 
A Summary 

LaGrange College's Undergraduate Day Program offers the Bachelor of 
Arts degree, the Bachelor of Science degree, the Bachelor of Music 
degree, and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. To obtain a 
second bachelor's degree, at least 30 additional semester hours must be 
earned beyond the first degree, in a minimum of two semesters. 
Baccalaureate degrees require a minimum of 120 semester hours of 
credit including required course work in the core curriculum, interim 
terms, and the major. There is often an opportunity to select course work electives. 

To be eligible for the degree, a student must meet all requirements for 
the degree (core curriculum, major program, all necessary assessments, 
120 semester hours and 2.0* cumulative grade point average in all 
course work taken at LaGrange College), and make application for the 
degree before the beginning of his or her final term. A student who does 
not earn a degree in ten full semesters or the equivalent may be denied 
further registration. 

In order to graduate in four academic years a student, at a minimum, 
should enroll for at least 30 semester hours each academic year. A 
student who takes at least 12 semester hours credit is classified as full- 
time. The maximum full load is 15 semester hours; anything beyond is 
considered an overload. No student whose average is below 3.0 is 
permitted to enroll for more than 15 (16 if lab is involved) hours in any 
one term without the written permission of the Vice President for 
Academic Affairs and Dean. 

The quality-point average is computed by multiplying the grade point by 
the course value, summing, and then dividing the total quality points 
earned by the total GPA hours. If a student has received credit for a 
course and repeats that course, he or she receives no additional credit 
toward the degree. In computing the student's average, GPA hours and 
quality points are counted on all attempts. 

Not more than 60 semester hours of credit earned at a junior college are 
counted toward the degree. No credit is granted toward the degree for 
course work taken at a junior college after a student has attained junior 
standing except that up to 9 hours of transient credit from a junior 
college may be granted for courses that are below the LaGrange College 
3000-level. (The 60 credit-hour limit still applies.) A transfer student is 
not given credit toward graduation for any Ds earned elsewhere. 
Transient work with a grade of "C-" or better is acceptable. Academic 
averages are computed on work done only at LaGrange College. 

77 



There are two ways by which a student must meet residency 
requirements for graduation: 

(1) The student must be in residence the last 39 credit hours; 
Or 

(2) 51 credit hours of the last 60 credit hours must be earned at 
LaGrange College. 

With prior approval of the adviser and the Vice President for Academic 
Affairs and Dean up to nine hours of transient study may be earned at 
another accredited institution. Transient credit is awarded only for 
courses in which the grade is "C-" or better. 

Grades earned for transient work are not included in the cumulative 
grade average. Normally, after receiving an unsatisfactory grade in a 
course at LaGrange College, a student will not be given permission to 
repeat that course at another institution. 

Transient credit for courses within a student's major will only be 
accepted from a four-year baccalaureate degree conferring, regionally 
accredited institution that offers a major in the specific discipline of the 
course being requested for credit. The department chair retains the right 
to deny the request. 

Any regularly enrolled LaGrange College student who desires to take 
course work for credit by extension, correspondence, or through on-line 
vendors must obtain prior approval in writing from his academic adviser 
and from the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. Such 
extension, correspondence, and on-line credit may in no case exceed six 
hours (grades of "C-" or better); however, no credits earned in this 
manner may be applied toward the fulfillment of the core 
curriculum requirements of LaGrange College. No courses with the 
subject code CORE or ENGL 1101 or 1102 may be met at 
institutions other than LaGrange College. Any course or courses so 
taken must be completed and all grades recorded before the end of the 
student's final term, in order to be graduated that term. 

A student is classified as a first-year student if he or she has earned 
fewer than 30 hours of credit. A student is classified as a sophomore if 
he or she has earned 30-59 hours of credit. To be classified as a junior, a 
student must have completed 60 earned hours of credit. A student is 
classified as a senior upon having earned 90 hours of credit. A student 
should be alert to the fact that a minimum of 120 hours are required for 
graduation and that some majors may require more than 120 hours. 



78 



Attaining these minimum progression requirements may not be sufficient 
to insure graduation within the two semesters of the senior year. 

Unless otherwise specified in the Bulletin, grades of "C-" may be 
counted toward a major or minor, but the major or minor GPA must 
remain at or above 2.0 (or the departmental minimum) in order for a 
student to graduate with said major or minor. No grade below a "C-" in 
any course above 1000-level may be applied toward a major or minor. 

*2.5 for Education, Nursing, Business Management, and Accountancy. 

Academic Honors 

Upon graduation, students who have been in residence at LaGrange 
College for at least their last 60 hours (90 quarter hours for Evening 
College students) and 

1. have attained a quality point average of 3.50 to 3.74 may be granted 
the bachelor degree cum laude or 

2. have attained a quality point average of 3.75 to 3.89 may be granted 
the bachelor degree magna cum laude or 

3. have attained a quality point average of 3.90 to 4.0 may be granted 
the bachelor degree summa cum laude. 

At the end of each academic semester, students who have maintained a 
3.60 cumulative grade point average on a minimum of 12 GPA hours of 
work will be placed on the Dean's List. 

Upon graduation, students who have been in residence at LaGrange 
College (as transfer students in the day program, in the Evening College, 
or in the Albany program) for at least 42 semester hours (70 quarter 
hours) and have attained a grade point average of 3.50 or higher may be 
granted the bachelor degree with distinction. 

Cultural Enrichment Requirement at 
LaGrange College 

Because the intellectual and cultural opportunities during one's college 
years are exceptionally rich, and because exposure to a variety of 
cultural experiences, and participation in a lively collegial atmosphere, 
during one's intellectually formative years, are vital to the concept of a 
liberal education, LaGrange College is dedicated to assisting in this 
enrichment by requiring all students to accumulate a prescribed number 
of Cultural Enrichment credits over the course of their careers. Each 
semester a list of approved Cuhural Enrichment programs  lectures, 



79 



presentations, events, performances, recitals, etc.  will be published in a 
brochure and on the college web page. Attendance at a maximum of six 
designated athletic events will count toward the total required for 
graduation. Many of these events will occur during the Contact Hour on 
Tuesdays and Thursdays, and some will double as required programs in 
the CORE classes. Students will meet their obligation according to the 
following schedule. 





EARNED HOURS 


CULTURAL 




UPON ENTRY TO 


EVENTS 




LAGRANGE 


NEEDED TO 


CLASSIFICATION 


COLLEGE 


GRADUATE 


New/Transfer First- 






year 


0-14Sem.Hrs. 


40 


Transfer First-year 


15- 29Sem. Hrs. 


35 


Transfer Sophomore 


30- 45 Sem. Hrs. 


30 


Transfer Sophomore 


46- 59 Sem. Hrs. 


25 


Transfer Junior 


60- 75 Sem. Hrs. 


20 


Transfer Junior 


76- 89 Sem. Hrs. 


15 


Transfer Senior 


90 and above 


10 



Graduation Requirements 

A student who enters LaGrange College under a given Bulletin 
generally will be graduated under the core curriculum, hours 
requirement, and grade point average requirements of that Bulletin. 
Major requirements are those in force at the time a student formally 
declares a major. If a student suspends his or her study and re-enters 
more than four years later, he or she will graduate under the 
requirements of the Bulletin in effect at the time of re-entry. 

Students in their last year of college work must have an audit of their 
course credits and planned courses examined upon pre-registration for 
their final semester in residence. This is called a "graduation petition." 
The major adviser and the Office of the Vice President for Academic 
Affairs and Dean assist the student in completing this petition. No 
student may participate in Commencement exercises if he or she has not 
completed a graduation petition. Also, no student may participate in 
Commencement unless all graduation requirements have been 



80 



certified as completed by the Registrar and the Vice President 
for Academic Affairs and Dean. 

Students at LaGrange College will participate in the evaluation of the 
extent to which institutional education goals are being achieved. This 
evaluation will be in both the core curriculum and the major. Students 
who graduated in June of 1990 were the first to participate in these 
comprehensive evaluations. Consult the specific majors for details. 

Transcripts 

Students are entitled to transcripts of their record free of charge. No 
transcripts will be issued for any student under financial obligation to 
the College. Transcript requests must be made in writing to the Registrar 
well in advance of the time the transcript is needed. Transcripts will be 
issued promptly; however, at the beginning and end of terms some delay 
may be unavoidable. Unofficial transcripts may be obtained from the 
online student module of the web. 

Student Appeal of Academic Policy 

Students may petition for exception to published academic policy. The 
Academic Council reviews the petition. 




81 



Information Technology and 
Academic Support 



LaGrange College Policy for the Responsible 
Use of Information Technology 

The purpose of this policy is to ensure a computing environment that 
will support the academic, research, and service mission of LaGrange 
College. Simply stated, continued and efficient accessibility of campus 
computing and network facilities depends on the responsible behavior of 
the entire user community. The College seeks to provide students, 
faculty, and staff with the greatest possible access to campus 
information technology resources within the limits of institutional 
priorities and financial capabilities and consistent with generally 
accepted principles of ethics that govern the College community. To that 
end, this policy addresses the many issues involved in responsible use of 
the College's information technology resources, including systems, 
software, and data. Each authorized user of information technology 
assumes responsibility for his or her own behavior while utilizing these 
resources. Users of information technology at LaGrange College accept 
that the same moral and ethical behavior that guides our non-computing 
environments also guides our computing and networking environment. 
Any infraction of this policy may result minimally in loss of computer 
and network access privileges, or may result in criminal prosecution. 

USE 

All users of the College's information technology resources agree to 
abide by the terms of this policy. Information technology resources 
include, but are not limited to. College owned computers and 
information technology hardware, the College campus network, 
information sources accessible through the campus network, and 
Internet access. When accessing any remote resources utilizing 
LaGrange College information technology, users are required to comply 
with both the policies set forth in this document and all applicable 
policies governing the use and access of the remote resource. The 
College, through a review and amendment process directed by the 
Instructional and Information Technology Round Table (IITR), reserves 
the right to amend this policy. For the most up-to-date version of this 
responsible use policy, see the information technology helpdesk 

82 



(helpdesk.lagrange.edu). As far as possible, changes will be made only 
after consulting with the user community. LaGrange College computing 
resources and associated user accounts are to be used only for the 
College activities for which they are assigned or intended. The 
computing systems are not to be used for any non-college related 
commercial purpose, public or private, either for profit or non-profit. 
Unless placed in public domain by its owners, software programs are 
protected by Section 117 of the 1976 Copyright Act. It is illegal to 
duplicate, copy, or distribute software or its documentation without the 
permission of the copyright owner. Copyright protection of text, 
images, video and audio must also be respected in all uses of College 
technology resources. The LaGrange College Campus Network must 
not be used to serve information outside of LaGrange College without 
written permission approved by the IITR. 

User Accounts 

Many technology resources at LaGrange College are accessed through 
user accounts. No user accounts should be used to execute computer 
software or programs or attempt to gain access to resources other than 
software, programs or resources specifically granted and offered for use 
by LaGrange College. All users are responsible for both the protection 
of their account passwords and the data stored in their user accounts. 
Sharing a password is prohibited. Users must change their password 
periodically to help prevent unauthorized access of their user account. 
When working on computers that are in general access areas 
(laboratories and public access), users must log off or lock the computer 
before leaving to protect the security of their data and the network.. 
Leaving the web-based email page (Outlook Web-Client) open on an 
accessible computer, especially outside of campus, leaves the account 
available to anyone who passes by, and allows the changing of the user's 
password giving the passerby access to the LaGrange College Network. 
Before leaving a computer, users must log off the web-based email. If a 
student becomes locked out of their account or for other reasons needs 
to have their password reset, they must make the request in person to an 
Information Technology staff member and present a valid LaGrange 
College ID. Any suspected unauthorized access of a user's account 
should be reported immediately to the Executive Director of 
Instructional & Information Technology or another College authority. 
User accounts will be deactivated when the user's affiliation with the 
College is terminated and all files and other data will be removed from 
those accounts. 



83 



College Email Accounts 

The College provides email accounts for students, faculty and staff. All 
course and advising related email and other official College electronic 
communication with students must be sent to the student's campus email 
address or via WebCT. Official College email communications with 
faculty and staff will use their College email address. Email must not be 
used for purposes inconsistent with the mission of the College. Users 
may not conceal, mask or misrepresent their identity when sending 
email or other electronic messages. Transmission of abusive, harassing 
or libelous electronic messages is forbidden. Deliberate transmission or 
propagation of malicious programs such as viruses, worms, Trojan 
Horses, data mining programs or participation in denial of service 
attacks are subject to disciplinary and possible criminal action. 

LaGrange College maintains faculty and staff mail groups (distribution 
lists or aliases) for the purposes of communications concerning the 
operation of the College. The College maintains a Community mail-list 
for communications of a less formal nature. Users must make 
appropriate use of the subject line in postings to all College related mail 
groups (distribution lists or aliases) and mail-lists (list servers). 
Announcements to faculty and staff about campus events should be 
made through FYI. These announcements should be sent to the 
Communications and Marketing staff for inclusion in FYI. A single 
reminder close to the date of the event may be made to the faculty and 
staff mail groups. Exceptions to this policy may be made by approval of 
the Instructional and Information Technology Round Table. Daily 
reminders of an upcoming event are inappropriate. Examples of 
messages appropriate for the FYI/email reminder procedure are Cultural 
Enrichment Events, Faculty Meetings, Staff Council Meetings, Faculty- 
Staff Coffees, and Sports Events. Messages not directly related to the 
operation of the College should be posted to the Community mail-list. 
For example, items for sale, contests, fund-raisers, sports scores, 
humorous items and commentaries belong on the Community mail-list 
rather than being sent to the faculty and staff mail groups. Users can 
unsubscribe from and re-subscribe to the Community mail list as they 
desire. Instructions for subscribing and unsubscribing are available on 
the helpdesk (helpdesk.lagrange.edu). 

Posting of messages to the email group containing all students must be 
cleared through the appropriate Vice President's Office or their 



84 



delegates. Use of the electronic signs in the Dining Hall, posters and 
flyers are suggested alternative means of reaching all students. 
Messages to the student body should not be made through the faculty 
mail group. Messages to faculty containing variations on "Please 
announce to your class" are ineffective in reaching all students. 

Campus Computing Facilities 

Computer labs on the LaGrange College campus are available for 
general use by students, faculty and staff except during the periods when 
the rooms have been reserved for teaching purposes. Additional 
computers are placed in public access areas for student, faculty and staff 
use. It is the responsibility of every user to use lab and public access 
facilities in a responsible manner. Accidental damage or damage caused 
by other parties should be reported as soon as possible so that corrective 
action can be taken. Use of laboratory or public access facilities to view 
material that may be considered offensive to others which includes, but 
is not limited to, racially hateful and sexually explicit material, is 
considered a form of harassment. The viewing of harassing material is 
inconsistent with the mission of LaGrange College. Viewing such 
harassing material in a lab or public access area may result in 
disciplinary action. 

Personal Web Pages 

Any authorized user or group at the College may have a personal home 
page on a LaGrange College World Wide Web server, provided that the 
graphical images, multimedia information, text, or the intent of the home 
page do not refute the mission of LaGrange College. Users must sign a 
Registered Information Provider Agreement before web pages are 
placed on the server. Groups must designate an individual as their 
Registered Information Provider, who is responsible for the content of 
their web pages. Registered Information Provider Agreements must be 
renewed annually. Failure to renew will resuh in removal of content 
from the web server. No individual user is authorized to create and 
serve a web site on the World Wide Web utilizing College computer 
resources. Applications for personal web pages should be made to the 
Director of Information Technology. 

Student Computer Configurations 

Access to the LaGrange College Campus Network is available in 
dormitory rooms for students who bring to campus personal computers 
meeting the minimum specifications defined by Information 
Technology. These specifications are revised annually and will be made 

85 



available to all new students. The Campus Network will allow students 
to access the World Wide Web (WWW) and email. By accessing the 
College network, students agree to abide by this usage policy. Students 
must not change network configurations specified by Information 
Technology. The Information Technology staff will only support 
software installed by Information Technology personnel, and do not 
provide support for personally owned computer equipment other than 
verifying that the network link is functional. 

Students are responsible for all network traffic originating from their 
network access. Students should employ appropriate and up-to-date 
antivirus software. 

Campus Network 

The College provides network access in classrooms, laboratories, the 
library, offices, public access locations and student dormitory rooms. 
While the College is committed to free speech and open access to 
information and communication, these must be tempered by the need to 
respect others' rights to speech, access and communication. Each user is 
expected to balance their needs with the needs and expectations of the 
College community as a whole. The College reserves the rights to limit 
bandwidth to users and access to non-academic, resource intensive 
applications if they threaten to interfere with academic uses of the 
campus network. 

Users on the network must not attempt to conceal, mask or misrepresent 
their identity or the identity of computers when using the network. 
Users shall not employ software or hardware that interferes with the 
operation or security of the network. Users shall not interfere with the 
administration of the campus network nor shall they attempt to breach 
any network or resource security system. In administering the network, 
network activities of users may be monitored as to type and quantity. 

Users are responsible for all network activities originating from 
resources provided to them by the College. 

Wireless Network 

Wireless networking provides many benefits to the College, but with 
these benefits comes unique security threats. In order to make a 
reasonable effort to prevent access to network resources from 
unauthorized users via the Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN), the 
following policy and associated best practices exist. 

An unsecured Wireless Access Point (WAP) has the potential to open a 

86 



backdoor into an otherwise secure network. All WAPs located in 
academic and administrative buildings must be managed by IT. Faculty 
and staff are prohibited from installing a WAP without explicit 
permission from the Director of Information Technology. Requests for 
expansion of the wireless network should be made to the Network 
Manager via the IT Helpdesk. In order to allow flexibility for students 
to utilize wireless networking in the residence halls, secured personal 
WAPs are allowed. IT must be notified of intent to install a WAP via 
the IT Helpdesk. WAPs must be physically located in the vicinity of the 
owner's conventional wired jack and they must be secured in at least 
one of two ways. At least 40-bit Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) must 
be enabled on the WAP and client. Ideally the WAP's internal MAC 
address table should be set to only allow access from authorized clients. 
IT reserves the right to scan for and disable any unauthorized or 
unsecured WAPs. 

WAP Best Practices: 

 Activate WEP on the WAP and client 

 Change the default administrator password to a more secure 
password 

 Don't use the default Service Set Identifier (SSID) 

 Don't broadcast the SSID if possible 

 Use the lowest power radio output possible to minimize propagation 
outside the building 

 Disable the WAP in non-usage periods 

Remote Access 

LaGrange College provides very limited direct telephone dialup access 
to the Campus Network for college business. This service was created 
for technical and administrative access to the network not available 
through a regular Internet connection, and is not intended to provide 
general Internet access to members of the LaGrange College 
community. In order to be granted dialup access to the Campus 
Network, a user must submit a request to the IITR via their department 
chair/supervisor. The request should indicate the period of time for 
which this access is to be granted and indicate how this access is 
consistent with the technical and/or administrative purpose of the dialup 
resource. For regular dialup needs, service through a commercial 
Internet Service Provider is recommended. 



87 



Data Security 

Within institutional priorities and financial capabilities, LaGrange 
College provides reasonable security against unauthorized intrusion and 
damage to data, files and messages stored on its computer systems. The 
College maintains facilities for archiving and retrieving data stored in 
user accounts. If a user needs to recover data after an accidental loss. 
Information Technology staff should be contacted and every reasonable 
attempt will be made to recover the lost or corrupted data. Neither the 
College nor any Information Technology staff can be held accountable 
for unauthorized access by other users, nor can they guarantee data 
protection in the event of media failure, fire, criminal acts or natural 
disaster. Backing up critical files regularly is recommended. 

Information Resource Use by Guests and 
Alumni 

Use of physical facilities for information technology by guests 
(individuals not currently enrolled as students or currently employed as 
faculty or staff members of LaGrange College) and alumni is allowed 
only within William and Evelyn Banks Library and under the 
supervision of library staff. Additionally, such access is allowed only 
when existing resources are not being fully utilized by LaGrange 
College students, faculty, or staff. The use of technological resources 
may be extended to alumni and friends of LaGrange College without the 
imposition of a "user fee." A "per printed page" user fee established by 
Banks Library will be assessed for use of College printing resources. 

User Awareness: 

Because information technologies change at so rapid a rate, updates to 
the Responsible Use Policy may be made between printings of College 
publications. It is the responsibility of the user to keep informed of the 
changes in this policy, which will be available on a LaGrange College 
web site (http://panther.lagrange.edu). 

LaGrange College Cell Phone and Pager Policy 

The carrying and use of cell phones, pagers and other electronic 
communications devices are allowed on the LaGrange College campus. 
Users of these devices, however, must be attentive to needs and 
sensibilities of other members of the College community. Furthermore, 
the use of these devices must not disrupt the functions of the College. 



88 



Devices must be off or ringers silenced in classes, laboratories, the 
library, study spaces and other academic settings and during events such 
as plays, concerts, speakers and College ceremonies. The term 
'laboratories' explicitly includes computer laboratory spaces. 
Answering or operating the device during classes, laboratories, meetings 
or events is only appropriate in case of emergency. If the device must 
be answered, the user must move to a location where the class, 
laboratory, library patrons, etc. will not be disrupted before making use 
of the device. 




89 



Academic Programs 



Introduction 

Faculty members and the staff of LaGrange College implement 
academic and non-academic programs toward the fulfillment of the 
mission of the College. Undergirding all of the academic programs at 
LaGrange is the fundamental commitment to the liberal arts. Therefore, 
LaGrange College is first and foremost a liberal arts college. The 
underlying philosophy of liberal learning is found in all parts of the 
curriculum of the College but is most obvious in the structure of the 
Liberal Studies Core Curriculum, that part of the curriculum that serves 
as foundation and complement to the major. All baccalaureate majors 
share the same Liberal Studies Core Curriculum, which represents just 
less than forty percent of a student's formal study at the College. 

The curriculum is designed to provide the components of a liberal arts 
education that historically have proved to be of lasting value. Those 
components include skills such as writing, computation, speaking, 
problem solving, computer utilization, ethical decision-making, and 
analytical thinking. Additionally, specific courses are designed to 
integrate knowledge from diverse disciplines including history, the arts, 
literature, religion, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. 

The desired results of this curriculum are that students will be better able 
to communicate clearly; to interpret and evaluate the influence of 
historical, cultural, scientific, and religious developments upon human 
experiences; to gather, interpret and evaluate information to assist in 
problem solving and decision making; and to establish personal values, 
applying them to service to the community. 

Core Program in the Liberal Arts 

As a Methodist related institution, LaGrange College offers an 
educational experience which emphasizes the inter-relatedness of 
knowledge and the importance of understanding and evaluating human 
experience. The Core Program in the Liberal Arts (also known as the 
Common Core Program) uses an interdisciplinary approach to develop 
the students' creative, critical and communicative abilities. The specific 
objectives of the Core Program are also noted elsewhere in this Bulletin 
(see "Core Program Curriculum"). 

The Core Program is designed to be integrated with other courses during 
the first three years of the student's experience at LaGrange College. 
The forty-six semester hours included in the Core Program are arranged 

90 



in three divisions: foundation studies, integrative studies, and 
exploratory studies. The twelve hours of integrative studies, which 
bring an interdisciplinary focus to the humanities, the social sciences, 
and problem solving, are central to the entire Core Program. The 
interdisciplinary courses First-Year Cornerstone and First Week 
Experience provide the introduction and foundation for the Core 
Program. No transient credit will be allowed for any Rhetoric and 
Composition course (ENGL 1101 or 1 102) or for the Integrative Studies 
courses (Problem Solving, Computer Applications, Humanities I and 11, 
The American Experience). 



Integrative Studies 

Problem Solving (CORE 1 120) 
Computer Applications (CORE 1 140) 

Humanities I and Humanities II 
(CORE 2001, 2002) 

The American Experience (CORE 3001) 



Foundation Studies 27 Hours 
Course Taken 

First- Year Cornerstone (CORE 1101) 

First Week Experience (CORE 1 102) 

Rhetoric and Composition 
(ENGL 1101, 1102) 

Mathematics 

(MATH 1 101, 2105, 2221, or 2222) 3 

(Entry level by placement) 

World Languages and Culture 6 

(2 sequential courses in languages: 
FREN, GERM, SPAN) 

Laboratory Science I and II 8 

(BIOL 1 101-1 102, 1 148*-1 149*; CHEM 1 101 
PHYS 1 101-1 102; PHYS 1121-1122) 
Mandatory for BSN students 



Min. Credit Year 



First-year 
First-year 
First-year 

First-year 

as best scheduled 

as best scheduled 



102; 



27 Hours 



as best scheduled 



Sophomore 



Junior 



13 Hours 



91 



Exploratory Studies 

Fine Arts 3 as best scheduled 

(any beginning level classes in the Fine Arts Division Courses that 
satisfy this requirement are marked with an asterisk (*) in the Art, 
Music, and Theatre Sections of the Bulletin) 

Religion 3 as best scheduled 

(RLGN 1101, 1102, 1103, 1104, or 1105) 

6 hours 

TOTAL CORE PROGRAM 46 hours** 

* Transfer students with SO or more hours may be waived from the 
CORE 1 101/1 102 requirement. 

** Although not considered a part of the Core Program, each student is 
required to pass 3 interim term courses (one three semester hour course per 
term) as part of the graduation requirements. Students may elect to 
complete 4 interim terms, and are encouraged to do so. Considt 
"Requirements for Bachelor Degrees: A Summary" in this Bulletin for 
details. 

Please read carefully the next section titled Placement. 

Placement 

Appropriate placement in certain courses is essential. 

During the first few days on campus all students will participate in 
placement evaluation inventories. These inventories are necessary for 
(1) planning for majors and careers, (2) providing the comparison levels 
for subsequent assessment of the Core Program curriculum, and (3) 
determining current skill levels for placement purposes. Placement in 
mathematics and English is based on skills assessment or standardized 
test scores. Students who are not predicted to be successful in 
Mathematics 1101 are required to enroll in Mathematics 0100. This is a 
pre-Core Program mathematics course, and credit in this course does 
not count toward the fulfillment of the 46 hours of core requirements, 
but does count toward hours required for graduation. English placement 
is based on scores obtained on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). 
Based on scores obtained students are placed in an appropriate section 
(standard, honors, or grammar-intensive) of English 1101 (see 
description of English program). 



92 



Students entering LaGrange College with two (2) years of high school 
level foreign language are placed in an intermediate level course of 
that language; or if the students choose, they may start the study of 
another language at the beginning level. Any student for whom English 
is not the native language may have the language requirement waived 
by submitting a written request to the Registrar from the student's 
advisor, the Director of International Student Services, or the Chair of 
the Humanities Division. Those students who are allowed to waive 
the language requirement must still complete the minimum 120 hours 
for graduation. 

Core Program, Time Restrictions 

There is no time limit on the credit or validity of coursework in the Core 
Program. It should be noted, however, that students who have not been 
enrolled at LaGrange College for four years, or who transferred from 
LaGrange College and subsequently return, enter the college under the 
Bulletin in force at the time of re-entry. 

Credit by Examination and Exemption 

Students may be eligible for credit and/or exemption in certain areas 
through Advanced Placement (AP) Tests or the College Level 
Examination Program (CLEP) and other recognized testing procedures. 
To determine the test scores that qualify for college credit and/or 
exemption, students should contact the Registrar. This information is 
also available in the individual department sections of the Bulletin. 
Credit by examination (AP or CLEP) may reduce the 46 semester hour 
requirement of the CORE Program by the number of credit hours earned 
by this process. 

Assessment of the Core Program 

During the first semester and again, prior to graduation, students take the 
College's assessment exam designed to determine the extent to which 
students have achieved the objectives of the curriculum of the Core 
Program. Meaningful participation in this testing program is a 
requirement for graduation with a baccalaureate degree. 



93 



The Major Programs 

A major is defined as a primary program of study in which the student 
completes a designated number and sequence of courses within a 
specific discipHne, department or subject area. A major may or may not 
offer concentrations for focused course work within the major. 

A student may choose to pursue one of four baccalaureate degrees: the 
Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Science, the Bachelor of Music, or the 
Bachelor of Science in Nursing. Most students pursue one of these 
baccalaureate degrees. 



Bachelor of Arts 

Art and Design 

Biochemistry 

Biology 

Chemistry 

Computer Science 

Education 

Early Childhood 
English 
History 



Mathematics 
Music 

Political Science 
Psychology 
Religion 
Sociology 
Spanish 
Theatre Arts 



Bachelor of Science 

Accountancy 

Biology 

Business Management 

Chemistry 

Computer Science 

Mathematics 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing 

Nursing 

Bachelor of Music 

Creative Music Technologies 

Performance (voice, piano, organ, guitar, percussion) 

Church Music 

LaGrange College also offers graduate programs. In these programs, 
students may complete the Master of Arts in Teaching or the Master of 
Education in Curriculum and Instruction. Please refer to the Graduate 
Bulletin for more information about these programs. 



94 



LaGrange College at Albany students may pursue the Master of Arts in 
Organizational Leadership. More information about this program is 
available in the Bulletin for LaGrange College at Albany. 

Interdisciplinary Major 

The Interdisciplinary Major at LaGrange College allows highly motivated 
students to pursue a self-designed, individualized program leading to a 
Bachelor of Arts degree in Interdisciplinary Studies. 

To be eligible to pursue the interdisciplinary major, a student must exhibit 
a high-level of maturity and self-direction. A grade point average of 3.3 or 
permission of the Academic Dean is required at the time of submission of 
the proposal The major may be declared upon completion of 30 semester 
hours, but no later than 69 semester hours. 

Policies and Procedures: 

1) The proposed major must stem from at least two separate 
disciplines, but no more than three, and be supportable by the 
existing resources of the college. 

2) The student must select an advisor in each discipline with one 
agreeing to serve as the principal advisor. 

3) The student must research and select classes totaling at least 36 
semester hours that relate to the proposed major and justify the 
inclusion of each course. At least 30 semester hours must be from 
courses at the 3000 level or above. 

4) The proposal must include a clear sense of where the 
interdisciplinary major would lead the student (graduate school or 
career possibilities). The proposal should also state why the 
Interdisciplinary Studies Major better suits the student's needs than 
existing majors/minors offered at LaGrange College. 

5) The final major curriculum will be determined by the student in 
consultation with all advisors. All general education requirements 
must be met for graduation. The major must culminate in a 
capstone paper or project approved by all advisors and supervised 
by the principal advisor. The student must register for INDV 4499 
during his or her senior year. 

6) The student must complete the Interdisciplinary Studies Proposal 
Form, which may be acquired from the Registrar's office. The 
proposed major must be approved by all advisors, the Academic 
Policies Committee and the Vice President for Academic Affairs 



95 



and Dean. It must also be filed with the Registrar's office. Any 
changes to the approved curriculum must have the approval of all 
advisors, the Academic Policies Committee and the Vice 
President for Academic Affairs and Dean. An amendment form 
with these approvals must be submitted to the Registrar's office. 

Major Requirements, Time Restrictions 

Course work requirements in major programs necessarily change in 
response to evolving curriculum concerns and changing student needs. 
Students' major requirements are governed by the Bulletin in force at the 
time of the declaration of the major. The declaration of major is initiated 
with the head of the respective department. 

At the discretion of the department chair, students may be required to 
demonstrate proficiency and/or currency in the subject matter if the 
major course work is older than five (5) academic years. Normally 
credit hours earned in the major may not be applied to the completion of 
the major, if the hours earned are older than eight years, dated from the 
student's initial matriculation. 

Students who have been out of school longer than two years must again 
declare their majors. 

Independent Study in the Major 

In certain majors, independent study courses are offered. These courses 
are limited to upper-class major and minor students who have completed 
at least two-thirds of their particular major or minor program, and who 
wish to pursue a special problem or course of reading beyond that taken 
up in any formal course and lying within the capabilities of the library 
and laboratories. In order to be eligible for independent study, the 
student must have at least a 3.0 average in major courses. Total credit 
which can be earned through independent study normally will not be 
more than six semester hours. Written permission to enroll in such a 
course must be obtained from the instructor, the chair of the department 
concerned, and the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. A 
descriptive syllabus including the method of evaluation must be 
submitted with the petition. 

Assessment in the Major 

The faculty members who are responsible for instruction in the major 
programs have identified specific objectives for a major in that 
discipline. There is an assessment, devised by the faculty in the 



96 



discipline that determines the extent to which the objectives have been 
met by the student. That assessment is a requirement for students who 
graduated in June 1990, or who will graduate thereafter. The assessment 
styles are varied. Students should carefully explore with their adviser in 
their intended major the nature of the assessment. A satisfactory 
assessment in the major is a requirement for the degree. The chair of the 
department offering the major must certify satisfactory completion of 
the assessment component. 

Students who fail to complete satisfactorily the assessment in the major 
and exhaust reassessment opportunities at the departmental level may 
appeal the decision of the department as described in the Academic 
Procedures and Regulations section. 

Advice and Counseling in the Major 

All students are assigned an academic adviser. Prior to the declaration of 
a major a student is advised by a member of the faculty in a discipline 
related to the student's area of interest. Subsequent to declaring a major, 
the student and the department chair work together in planning a 
program. The uhimate responsibility for selecting the proper courses in 
order to complete the desired degree is the responsibility of the student. 

Minors 

Academic minors may be earned in most departments. A minor must 
include at least 12 semester hours, 6 of which must be in 3000-level or 
above courses. Some departments do not designate the courses required 
for the minor, but the courses selected must be approved by the chair of 
that department. 

Pre-professional Programs of Study 

LaGrange College has a curriculum and environment that is well suited 
to preparation for further study in fields such as law and medicine. 
These programs include, but are not necessarily limited to, preparation 
for the following areas. 

Dentistry 

Dr. William McCoy is the general adviser. Students should consuh 
frequently with Dr. McCoy in addition to their primary advisors for their 
majors. The pre-dental student should select a major as early as possible 
and work toward the B.A. degree. Some dental schools accept students 
with fewer than four years of college training, but most of them prefer a 
student with the baccalaureate degree. 

97 



The pre-dental student should be famiHar with the specific requirements 
set by the dental schools to which he or she plans to apply. There is 
some variation in the requirements of the various schools, but the 
minimum requirements set by most schools of dentistry are: 

Inorganic (General) Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours 

Organic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours 

Biology with lab 8 semester hours 

Physics with lab 8 semester hours 

English 9 semester hours 

All applicants must complete the Dental Admission Test not later than 
the October 3 1 testing preceding the year of desired entry. Dental 
schools also expect experience in the dental field. The student should 
keep records of dates, duration and type of experience when involved in 
shadowing, volunteer, or paid work. 

Engineering 

LaGrange College has an engineering-oriented program designed to 
provide a broad liberal arts background while preparing the student for a 
professional engineering program. Dual-degree programs in 
engineering have been established with Georgia Institute of Technology 
and Auburn University. Students accepted in the dual-degree program 
will attend LaGrange College for approximately three years (90 
semester hours if entering under this Bulletin) while they complete 
the Core Curriculum and the pre-engineering courses listed at the end 
of this section. The student will then attend the engineering institution 
and complete a major in engineering, a process that generally takes two 
to three additional years. After completion of the degree requirements 
for both institutions, the student will receive an engineering degree 
from the engineering institution and a Bachelor of Arts degree from 
LaGrange College. 

All students considering either dual degree option should contact the 
pre-engineering adviser. Dr. Terry Austin, prior to registration. Students 
must complete all components of the Core Curriculum, including the 
College's exit assessment exam before transferring to the engineering 
institution. Pre-engineering students must complete all of the following 
courses before attending the engineering institution: 



98 



Calculus I, II and III 

Differential Equations 

Linear Algebra (GA Tech.) 

General Chemistry 

General Physics I and II 

Please note that calculus based physics (General Physics PHYS 1121- 
1 122) is required. Students must begin the study of calculus as early as 
possible in order to be prepared for the physics sequence. 

Journalism 

The student who plans a career in journalism needs a wide range of 
courses in many areas. A recommended basic program would include: 
ENGL 2260 Journalistic Writing I (3), ENGL 2261 Journalistic Writing 
II (3), ARTD 2201 Graphic Design I: Fundamentals (3), ARTD 2223 
Photography I (3), plus experience working on one of the student 
publications: 

The Hilltop News (paper) 

The Scroll (magazine) 

Citations (journal) 

The Quadrangle (yearbook) 

Specific courses to prepare for admission to individual schools should 
be selected in consultation with the student's advisor. 

Law 

The pre-law advising committee is chaired by Dr. Tracy Lightcap and 
is composed of Dr. Lightcap, Dr. Kevin Shirley, and Dr. Brenda 
Thomas. Students considering law school should consult with one of 
these faculty members beginning in their first year and should meet 
regularly with other students interested in pre-law. 

Students entering law school come from varied undergraduate programs. 
It is not really possible to say which major serves as the best preparatory 
background for law school. Almost every law school bulletin, however, 
suggests that entering students must have a strong background in 
history, political science, and English as well as some preparation in 
economics, business, sociology, psychology, and mathematics. 



99 



Medicine (M.D.) 

Dr. William McCoy is the general adviser. Students should consult early 
and frequently with Dr. McCoy in addition to their primary advisers for 
their majors. The pre-medicine student should select a major as soon as 
possible and seek the B.A. or B.S. degree. Medical schools rarely accept 
candidates with less than the baccalaureate degree. 

The student should be familiar with the requirements of the several 
medical schools to which he or she plans to apply. Requirements vary 
somewhat in the various medical schools, but the minimum 
requirements of most medical schools are: 

Biology with lab 8 semester hours 

General Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours 

Organic Chemistry 8 semester hours 

Physics 8 semester hours 

Every applicant must take the Medical College Admission Test, 
preferably in the spring preceding the submission of his or her 
application to medical school, but no later than the fall of that year. 
Students should take General Chemistry (CHEM 1 101-1 102) as a First- 
year student to be on-track for the MCAT exam, normally taken in the 
spring of Junior year. BIOL 1 101-1 102 is also suggested for first year 
students if scheduling allows. Medical schools also expect experience 
in the field of medicine. Students should keep records of dates, duration 
and types of experience when participating in shadowing or volunteer or 
paid work in a hospital, doctor's office, or other medical facility. 

Optometry 

The pre-optometry general adviser is Dr. William McCoy. Students 
should consult early and frequently with Dr. McCoy in addition to their 
primary advisers for their majors. Though selected students may be 
admitted to optometry school after three years of preparation, most are 
admitted after receiving Bachelors or Masters degrees. Optometry 
involves fours years of study after admission to the program and in some 
areas also includes a brief internship. Majors in any academic area are 
acceptable though the student should include emphasis on the sciences. 
The pre-optometry requirements are the same as pre-med plus a course 
each in statistics and calculus. Preparation for admission to a specific 
school can be planned with the assistance of the advisor. Prospective 
optometry students must take the Optometry Admission Test (OAT) in 
October or February. 



100 



Pharmacy 

The pre-pharmacy general adviser is Dr. William McCoy. Students 
should consult early and frequently with Dr. McCoy in addition to their 
primary advisers for their majors. While the admission requirements 
vary, the following is standard course work as a minimum: CHEM 
1101-1102,2201-2202, BIOL 1 101-1 102, MATH 2221 and 1114, 
PHYS 1101, ECON 220 1 -2202, ENGL 1 1 1 - 1 1 02, and 6 semester 
hours each of Humanities and Social/Behavioral Science. POLS 1101 
and HIST 1111 or 1112 may be required as well as electives to reach 60 
semester hours. 

Physical Therapy 

The pre-physical therapy general adviser is Dr. William McCoy. A few 
schools which offer training in physical therapy award a Bachelor's 
degree after successful completion of classroom and clinical work. 
Students are admitted to such programs after completion of 60 semester 
hours of work including approximately 12 hours in Humanities, 12 
hours in math and science, 12 hours in social science plus 24 hours in a 
major field such as biology. 

Specific courses to prepare for admission to individual schools should 
be selected in consultation with the adviser. Many schools have moved 
to the Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) degree. These schools require 
a bachelor's degree as well as completion of the pre-physical therapy 
core. Most schools look for experience working with or observing a 
certified physical therapist. Students should keep records of dates and 
duration of such experience. 

Veterinary Medicine 

Dr. William McCoy is the general adviser. Students should consult early 
and frequently with Dr. McCoy in addition to their primary advisers for 
their majors. The pre-veterinary student should be familiar with the 
specific requirements of the school to which he/she plans to apply. The 
minimum requirements set by most schools of veterinary medicine are 
as follows: 

A candidate must have completed at least 54 semester hours of college 
credit by the end of the spring semester before fall matriculation at the 
veterinary school. The baccalaureate degree is preferred. The following 
courses on the next page should be completed prior to entry into 
veterinary school. 



101 



English 
Biology with lab 

Advanced Biological Science 

Physics 

Biochemistry 

Inorganic (General) Chemistry with lab 

Organic Chemistry with lab 



6 semester hours 
8 semester hours 

8 semester hours 
8 semester hours 
3 semester hours 
8 semester hours 
8 semester hours 



The candidate must have worked with a veterinarian and must have had 
hands-on experience working with large and small animals. 

Each applicant will be required to take the Graduate Record 
Examination (GRE) and the GRE biology subject test. These tests 
should be taken in October or December of the year prior to probable 
admission to veterinary school. The results should be received by 
VMCAS by February 1 of the year following the application. 




102 



Summary List of Majors and Minors 
Offered at LaGrange College 



Accountancy 

Art and Design 

Biology 

Biochemistry 

Business Management 

Chemistry 

Church Leadership 

Coaching 

Computer Science 

Education 

English 

French 

History 

Interdisciplinary Studies 

Japanese Studies 

Latin American Studies 

Mathematics 

Music (B A.) 

Music (B.M.) 

Nursing 

Oikos Program 

Philosophy 

Physical Education 

Physics 

Political Science 

Psychology 

Religion 

Sociology 

Spanish 

Theatre Arts 

Women's Studies 



Major 


Minor 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 






X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 






X 




X 




X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




X 



103 



Evening College degrees: 

Associate of Arts in Liberal Studies 

Bachelor of Arts in Business 

Bachelor of Arts in Human Development 

Students should not assume the privilege of automatic transfer from 
the Day program to the Evening program. Students interested in 
changing their enrollment classification from Day to Evening must 
complete an Academic Petition indicating the reason for requesting 
the program transfer. Before presenting to the Vice President for 
Academic Affairs and Dean for consideration, the Petition must be 
signed by the current academic advisor and the major advisor of the 
Evening program into which the student desires to transfer. Note that 
transfer between programs may only be requested one time during a 
student's undergraduate career. 

Graduate degrees: 

Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction 

Master of Arts in Teaching 

Master of Arts in Organizational Leadership 




104 



Endowed Lectureship 



The Jennie Lee Epps Memorial Lecturesliip was revived in 1997 by a 
gift ft-om Dr. Grace Hadaway Boswell '49 and her husband, Dr. R. Dean 
Boswell. Miss Kate Howard Cross, professor of Latin, donated the 
originating gift for the Epps Lecture in memory of her friend and 
colleague, who was professor of English for 28 years. 

The Waights G. Henry, Jr., Endowed Lectureship was established by 
a gift from the Neighbors Fund, Inc. in memory of Dr. Henry, president 
and chancellor of LaGrange College over a period of 42 years. Income 
from the endowment is used to fund the Waights G. Henry, Jr. Lecture 
held during Celebrate the Servant. 

The Arthur H. Thompson Lectureship brings to the campus a noted 
scholar to address the faculty and student body on the interrelationship 
of religion and other fields of knowledge. The endowment was 
established by Mrs. Mary Will Thompson, class of 1898, in memory of 
her husband, who served as chairman of the Board of Trustees of the 
College. He expressed his philosophy in the statement: "The greatest 
thing in life is the simple faith of an honest man." 

The Lorenzo Valla Visiting Scholar Program was established in 1996 
by Mr. and Mrs. Tom Bushar (Linda Doolittle Bushar '96). Named after 
the 15th century Italian humanist, Valla is considered to be one of the 
earliest scholars in the liberal arts. 



Awards and Recognitions 



The Nancy Alford Award is awarded each year to the sorority 
accumulating the greatest number of points in the areas of scholarship, 
leadership, sportsmanship, and community service. 

The Irene E. Arnett Drama Award is presented annually to the 
member of the senior class who shows that greatest potential for 
contribution to the field of theatre, devotion to the tasks in the theatre, 
and dedication to the principles of good theatre - to amuse the heart and 
lift the spirit to a better understanding of man and his struggle in this 
world and towards his God. 



105 



The Needham Avery Art Award is a purchase award granted 
annually in visual arts, provided by Dr. and Mrs. R.M. Avery in 
memory of their son. 

The Josephine A. Case Scholarship is awarded to a junior for 
excellence in art and promise of achievement in that field. This award 
carries a stipend and is associated with the Josephine A. Case Collection 
of American Indian Art which Mrs. Case and her husband, the late Dr. 
Leland D. Case of Tucson, donated to LaGrange College. Both hold 
honorary doctorates from this school. 

The Frances Marion Chalker Medlock Prize for Poetry is awarded to 
a student or students exhibiting a profound love and appreciation of 
poetry in memory of alumna Frances Marion Chalker Medlock '53. The 
recipient(s) is/are selected by the Chair of the Department of English 
using criteria developed by the English faculty. 

The Austin P. Cook Award is presented annually by the Student 
Government Association to the organization that made the most positive 
impact on campus life during the year. 

The Mamie Lark Henry Scholarship Cup is presented each semester 
to a sorority with the highest grade-point average the previous semester. 

The Waights G. Henry, Jr., Leadership Award is given annually by 
the Student Government Association to a student who has actively 
demonstrated effective leadership skills. Selection of the recipient is 
made by a committee composed of students, faculty, and administrators. 

The John R. Hines, Jr. Undergraduate Research Award is presented 
annually to a LaGrange College faculty member who makes an 
outstanding contribution to undergraduate research and to an 
outstanding undergraduate research project in each division. 

The Karen Sue Kafrouni Award is presented annually by the History 
Department for a member of Phi Alpha Theta and a graduating senior 
with the highest academic achievement. 

The John Love Scholarship Cup is presented each semester to the 
fraternity with the highest grade point average the previous semester. 

The Weston L. Murray Award is presented to the senior class member 
of the Georgia Delta Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu who has the highest 
record of achievement and contribution in the field of Social Science. 



106 



The Meri Meriwether Norris Award was established in 1998 in memory 
of this 1980 alumna by her husband. Dr. Tommy Norris. This award is 
presented annually to a graduating nursing student who demonstrates 
extraordinary compassion. 

The Outstanding Achievement in Psychology Award is presented 
annually by the psychology department to the senior psychology major 
who, through academic excellence and service, has made an outstanding 
contribution to the field of psychology. 

The Walter Malcolm Shackelford Award is presented annually to a 
graduating senior who has majored in Education and has demonstrated 
outstanding academic performance, leadership, and service to the College. 

The Annie Moore Smith Award is a purchase award given annually in 
visual arts, provided by Mrs. Rebecca Moore Butler, class of 1924, in 
memory of her sister, Annie Moore Smith, class of 1915. 

The W. Lee Wilson, Jr., Art Award is presented annually by the Art 
Department to a graduating senior who has excelled in the art of 
photography. Mr. William L. Wilson established the award in 1998 in 
memory of his son. 

The Jean Young Award in Photography granted annually, was 
established in memory of Jean Young who was the first curator of the Lamar 
Dodd Art Center. The award is a book on contemporary photography and is 
presented to the student who has demonstrated an exceptional commitment 
to photographic art. 

Departmental Awards are presented annually at Honors Day in the 
spring. 



For a complete listing ofLaGrange College's Scholarships, please refer 
to the Financial Aid website: www.lagrange.edu/finaid/scholarships.htnu 



107 



Departments and Courses 

Table of Contents 4 

Academic Divisions 110 

Abbreviations and Numbers 112 

Art and Design 113 

Professor Marsha Brown 

Biology.... 122 

Dr. Sarah Beth Mallory 

Business 129 

Dr. Jon Birkeli 

Accountancy 129 

Dr. Lydia Rosencrants 

Chemistry 147 

Dr. William McCoy 

Computer Science 158 

Dr. Fay Riddle 

Core Curriculum 167 

Dr. Sarah Beth Mallory 

Education 169 

Dr. Don Livingston 

English 180 

Dr. Brenda Thomas 

Health and Physical Education 189 

Mr. Phil Williamson 

History 196 

Dr. Joe Cafaro 

Latin American Studies and Modem Languages 201 

Dr. Amanda Plumlee 

Mathematics 213 

Dr. Greg McClanahan 

Music 221 

Dr. Toni Anderson 



108 



Nursing 234 

Dr. Celia Hay 

Oikos Program 244 

Dr. David Ahearn 

Physics 247 

Dr. William McCoy 

Political Science 249 

Dr. Tracy Lightcap 

Psychology 256 

Dr. Chuck Kraemer 

Religion and Philosophy 262 

Dr. David Ahearn 

Sociology and Anthropology 271 

Dr. Frank O 'Connor 

Theatre Arts 277 

Professor Kim Barber 

Women's Studies 284 

Dr. Amanda Plumlee 




109 



Academic Divisions, 
Departments, and Courses 

Fine and Performing Arts Kim Barber Knoll, Chair 

Professors: Anderson, Barber Knoll, Joiner, Lawrence, 

Taunton 
Associate Professors: Brown, Edwards, Johnson, Reneke, Turner 
Assistant Professors: Ogle, Tomsheck 

This division, offering B.A. and B.M. degrees, includes the 
Departments of Art & Design, Music, and Theatre Arts. 

Core Program and Interim Term Sarah Beth Mallory, Chair 

Humanities and Social Sciences Kevin Shirley, Chair 

Professors: Cafaro, Cook, Dulin-Mallory, Lightcap, 

Plumlee, Slay, Thomas 
Associate Professors: Aheam, O'Connor, Scott, Williams, 

Simmons, Tures 
Assistant Professors: Appleby, Brevik, Cody, Gulley, 

Lingenfelter, Matthews, Shirley, A. Wilson 

This division, offering the B.A. degree, includes the Departments of 
English Language & Literature, History, Latin American Studies & 
Modem Languages, Political Science, Religion & Philosophy, and 
Sociology & Anthropology. 

Professional Programs Maranah Sauter, Chair 

Professors: Birkeli, Hillyer, Sauter 

Associate Professors: Barrett, Hay, D. Livingston, Rosencrants, 

Williamson 
Assistant Professors: Mason Barber, Bearden, Blair, Geeter, 

Hampton, Kovack, Lawson, McMullen, Truitt, 

J. Wilson, Yates 

This division includes the following Departments: 

Department of Business offering B. S. degrees; 

Department of Education offering B.A., M.A.T., and M.Ed, degrees; 

Department of Health and Physical Education; 

Department of Nursing offering the B.S.N. 



110 



Science and Mathematics Greg McClanahan, Chair 

Professors: Evans, Hurd, Kraemer, McClanahan, McCoy, 

Paschal, Riddle, Shelhorse, W. Yin 
Associate Professors: Haas, Hall, Mallory, C. Yin 
Assistant Professors: Austin, Barlow, Cauther, Hwang, 

Langdon, Pomeroy-Black 

The Natural Sciences and Mathematics Division, offering B.A. and B.S. 
degrees, includes the Departments of Biology, Chemistry & Physics, 
Computer Science, Mathematics, and Psychology. 

Course Numbering System and Abbreviations 

The projected schedule of classes will be followed insofar as possible, 
but is subject to change. 

Courses numbered 1 100 through 1 199 are intended primarily for 
freshmen and sophomores. Courses numbered 2200 to 2299 are intended 
primarily for sophomores; the number may, alternately, mean credit of 
less than three semester hours. 

Courses numbered 3300 through 3399 and above are intended primarily 
for juniors and seniors. 

Courses numbered 4400 through 4499 are intended primarily for seniors. 
The number in parentheses following the course title indicates the number 
of semester hours credit for the course. 



Ill 



Abbreviations 




Accountancy 


ACCT 


Anthropology 


ANTH 


Art and Design 


ARID 


Biology 


BIOL 


Chemistry 


CHEM 


Computer Science 


CSCI 


Core 


CORE 


Economics 


ECON 


Education 


EDUC 


English 


ENGL 


Finance 


FNCE 


French 


FREN 


German 


GERM 


Health and Physical Education 


HPED 


Physical Education 


PEDU 


History 


HIST 


Japanese Studies 


JAPN 


Languages 


LANG 


Latin American Studies 


LAST 


Library Science 


LIBR 


Management 


MGMT 


Marketing 


MRKT 


Mathematics 


MATH 


Music 


MUSI 


Nursing 


NURS 


Oikos Program 


OIKS 


Philosophy 


PHIL 


Physics 


PHYS 


Political Science 


POLS 


Psychology 


PSYC 


Religion 


RLGN 


Sociology 


SOCI 


Spanish 


SPAN 


Theatre Arts 


THEA 


Women's Studies 


WMST 



112 



ART AND DESIGN 

Introduction 

The Department of Art and Design offers major concentrations in 
painting/drawing, graphic/surface design, ceramics/sculpture, 
photography, and in art history/museum studies. The courses required of 
the studio concentration are specific and scheduHng should be 
determined in consultation with an art faculty advisor. A student may 
choose a studio concentration in more than one area. 

Objectives 

The following objectives are established as a basis for the Art and 
Design Program at LaG range College: 

 To develop technical knowledge pertaining primarily to the 
student's chosen area of concentration, but not limited to it. 

 To assist students in finding and focusing their creative ideas into a 
consistent body of work.. 

 To instruct students in the correct means of presenting their work 
in a portfolio and culminating in a required senior exhibition. 

 To encourage students to exhibit their work and acquaint them 
with the gallery system.. 

 To encourage students to pursue graduate study. 

 To provide students with a basic understanding of the history of 
world art. 

 To develop both oral and written communicative skills. 

 To provide the students with a creative environment by using all 
available resources. This would include field trips to galleries 
and museums, course work in locations of artistic interest, 
guest lectures and workshops related to the exhibitions in the 
College's galleries. 



113 



Requirements for a Studio Concentration 
Major in Art and Design: 

9 hrs. Art History - ARID 1 1 09, 1 1 1 0, 1 1 1 1 or an 
Art History elective 

9 hrs. Foundation Core - ARID 1 1 5 1 , 1 1 52, 1 1 53 
These courses should be taken during the first- 
year/sophomore year as they are prerequisites for all studio 
courses. 

12 hrs. Introductory Studio Courses: One course from each 
of the following studio disciplines: 

Painting or Drawing 

Graphic Design or Printmaking 

Photography 

Ceramics or Sculpture 

9 hrs. Major Concentration - Three additional courses in 
one of the above disciplines. 

3 hrs. Studio Concentration - ARTD 3351, 3352 

42 Total hours required 

ASSESSMENT OF LEARNING OBJECTIVES 

Success in achieving the objectives of the Art and Design major will be 
measured in the following ways: 

 Completion of each major course with a grade of "C-" or better. 

 Exemplary completion of assignments and independent study, and 
the presentation of work in scheduled critiques. 

 An Exit or Senior Exhibition of work done in the student's major 
studio discipline. 

Requirements for Art History/Museum Studies 
Concentration 

The Art History/Museum Studies Concentration offers two options. A 
student may focus on art history or may choose a combination of art 
history and muscology. Courses include art history, graphic design, 
studio courses, and an internship. The program also offers hands-on 
experience in the exhibition program and the regular collection of the 
Lamar Dodd Art Center. 



114 



Requirements for a Concentration in Art 
History: 

6 hrs. Art History Survey I and II - ARID 1 109, 1 1 10 

18 hrs. Art History courses - ARID 1 1 1 1 , 3 1 1 , 3 1 05, 3 1 06, 

3107,31 08 The Art of Greece and Rome, Art of the 
Renaissance, Art of the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries 
in Europe and America, Art of the Nineteenth Century in 
Europe and America, Modem and Contemporary Art, Art of the 
Non- Western World. 

12 hrs. Studio Courses 

3 hrs. Internship or Independent Study in Art History 

3 hrs. Senior Seminar - ARID 3380  ^A course in which senior art 
history and museum studies students work on research and 
writing skills. They also prepare a resume and focus on 
applying for graduate school. 

42 Total hours required 

Requirements for a Major in Art History/ 
Museum Studies Concentration: 

6 hrs. Art History Survey I and II - ARID 1 109, 1 110 

15 hrs. Art History electives - ARTD 1 1 1 1, 3103, 3105, 3106, 3108 
The Art of Greece and Rome, Art of the Renaissance, Art of the 
Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries in Europe and America, 
Art of the Nineteenth Century in Europe and America, Modern 
and Contemporary Art, Art of the Non- Western World. 

9 hrs. Studio Coursework - Three courses in elective studio 

3 hrs. Graphic Design - ARTD 220 1 

6 hrs. Museum Studies I and II- ARTD 3101, 3102 

3 hrs. Internship 

42 Total hours required 



115 



Assessment of Learning Objectives 

Success in achieving the objectives of the Art History/Museum Studies 
Concentration will be measured in the following ways: 

 Sophomore review 

 Completion of each major course with a grade of "C-" or better 

 Participation in the Art History Forum or other public presentation 
of research 

Awards 

The Art and Design Department presents four awards annually during 
Honor's Day Convocation. These are purchase awards that allow the 
college to acquire works of art by the award recipients. The faculty of 
the Art and Design Department presents these awards to students for 
superior performance and a proven commitment to their craft. 

Minor 

A minor in Art and Design, Art History/Museum Studies consists of 1 8 
semester hours: at least one course in art history, at least one course at 
the 1 000 level, and 4 other courses selected in consultation with your 
minor advisor. 

Course Descriptions (ARTD) 

ARTD1109 Art History Survey I. (3)* Fall 

This course surveys the history of Western Art and architecture from the 

Paleolithic period through the Gothic era. 

ARTD 1110 Art History Survey 11. (3)* Spring 

This course surveys the history of Western art and architecture from the 

early Renaissance to the beginning of the 20^^ century. 

ARTD 1111 Modern and Contemporary Art History (3)* 

This course surveys the development of Western art from the beginning 

of the 20*^ through the early 21'^ century. 

ARTD 1151 Basic Drawing. (3) * Fall 
A course in drawing fundamentals, including line, value, 
composition, perspective, and chiaroscuro. A variety of drawing 
media will be explored. 



116 



ARTD 1152 2-D Design. (3) * Spring 

A study of the basic design elements and principles. Emphasis will be on 
creative problem solving and development of unified designs. A study of 
color theory and relationships will be included. 

ARTD 1153 3-D Design. (3) * Fall 

This course will explore the fundamentals of three-dimensional form 
using various materials such as wood, clay, plaster, paper, etc. 
Craftsmanship, creative thought, and transformation of ideas into 
form while becoming familiar with proper use of tools and equipment is 
also emphasized. 

ARTD 2201 Graphic Design I: Fundamentals. (3) Fall 
An introduction to the fundamentals of graphic design, including 
typography, and layout. Basic Macintosh computer skills will be 
covered, including working with fonts, system basics, printers and 
service bureaus, and understanding file formats. 

ARTD 2211 Life Drawing. (3) Spring 

A course in the study of human anatomy and the expressive potential of 
the human form. Drawing from the model, both nude and clothed, and 
from the skeleton using a variety of drawing media. 

Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission of instructor 

ARTD 2222 Graphic Design II: Logos and concepts. (3) Spring 
A course exploring the development of graphic ideas through projects in 
advertising, layout, corporate identity, magazine and poster design. 
Students will be exposed to basic concepts of logo design. 
Prerequisite: ARTD 2201 

ARTD 2223 Photography L (3) * Fall 

An introductory course in photography in which both silver (film and 
paper) and digital (pixel and pigment) based materials are used. The 
course begins with the mechanics of the camera, exposure of film and 
digital file, darkroom procedures of film and printing processes from the 
negative as well as pigment printing and manipulation from digital files. 
Students are required to have a digital camera with manual control of 
focus, f-stops and shutter speeds. Cameras for film processing will be 
provided. Film, photographic and pigment print paper and presentation 
materials are the responsibility of the student. 



117 



ARTD2224 Photography II . (3) Spring 

A course in documentary photography in which the student is assigned 

projects to illustrate narrative issues relevant to contemporary social 

concerns utilizing both silver and digital based materials. An 

introduction to the history of documentary photography and the study of 

the stylistic techniques of contemporary photojournalism will also be 

included. 

ARTD 2227 Ceramics-Methods and Materials (3) * Fall 
This course is an introduction to ceramic methods and techniques. It 
will explore both wheelthrowing and hand building used in forming 
vessels and sculpture. This will include using the potter's wheel, slabs, 
coils, textures to create form. Glazing, decoration and firing methods 
such as raku, pitfire and standard reduction will also be emphasized. 

ARTD 2229 Ceramics-Wheelthrowing. (3)* Spring 
This course is an introduction to basic wheelthrowing techniques, 
beginning with centering and opening then progressing to pulling basic 
cylindrical forms, teapots and bottles. Glazing, decoration and firing 
methods such as raku, pitfire, and standard reduction are also included. 

ARTD 2271 Beginning Painting. (3) Fall 
An introduction to painting with acrylics or oils. Projects will explore 
the fundamentals of composition and modeling with color and light, as 
well as abstraction and mixed media. 
Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission of instructor 

ARTD 2272 Sculpture I. (3)* Spring 
The projects in this class will address both traditional and 
contemporary issues in sculpture such as figure modeling, carving, 
narrative imagery, and environmental sculpture. 

ARTD 2273 Printmaking I. (3) * Fall 

A course in the basics of intaglio and relief printmaking techniques, 

selected print and book arts media, and the development of creative imagery. 

ARTD 3101 Museum Studies I. (3) Fall 
In addition to textbook study, students are actively engaged in the 
activities of the Lamar Dodd Art Center: cataloguing the collection, 
organizing and hanging exhibitions, and overseeing the gallery's daily 
activities. Students visit area museums not only to view their collections 
and special exhibitions, but also to learn from museum personnel about 
the functioning of a museum. 



118 



ARTD 3102 Museum Studies II. (3) Spring 
This course traces the history of museums, discusses contemporary 
practice in museums, and examines current issues in Muscology. It 
explores the museum's mission and its role in society through case 
studies and exhibitions in a variety of museums: art, living history, 
history, children's, and ethnographic. 

ARTD 3103 The Art of Greece and Rome. (3)* Spring 
This course focuses on the art of Greece and Rome, emphasizing the 
historical and cultural context of the works studied. 

ARTD 3105 Art of the Renaissance. (3)* Fall 

This course focuses on the painting, sculpture, and architecture of the 

Renaissance, considering works in their historical and cultural context. 

ARTD 3106 Art of the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries in 

Europe and America. (3)* Spring 
This course examines works of painting, sculpture, and architecture 
created in Western Europe and in the United States during the 
seventeenth and eighteenth centuries and explores the cultural and 
historical circumstances of their creation. 

ARTD 3107 Art of the Nineteenth Century in Europe 

and America. (3)* Fall 
This course focuses on the painting, sculpture, photography, and 
graphics of the nineteenth century in Europe and America. 

ARTD 3108 Art of the Non-Western World. (3)* Spring 

This course treats the art of non- western cultures: South and Southeast 

Asia, China, Japan, Korea, Pre-Columbian America, Africa, and Oceania. 

ARTD 3222 Digital Imaging. (3) Spring 

A course dealing with the art of computer technology, with emphasis on 
photographic image manipulation. Emphasis will be placed on 
developing creative personal imagery. 
Prerequisite: ARTD 2201 or permission of instructor 

ARTD 3301 Advanced Graphic Design. (3) Fall 
This course explores advanced design principles in applied surface 
design, and advanced topics in typography, layout and corporate 
identity. The course is designed to assist students in developing a 
portfolio of their work. 
Prerequisites: ARTD 2201, ARTD 2222, ARTD 3222 



119 



ARTD3311 Advanced Life Drawing. (3) Spring 
Advanced work with the figure in projects exploring composition and 
subjective expression. 
Prerequisite: ARID 2211 

ARTD 3323 Photography III. (3) Fall 

Advanced work in image manipulation in which creative photographic 
techniques are employed using both silver and digital/pigment based 
materials. Emphasis will be placed on expressive and technical 
elements that go into the making of a personal vision. Students may 
work digitally or with film using a variety of formats. 
Prerequisite: ARTD 2223 

ARTD 3324 Photography IV. (3) Spring 
Independent studio experience in advanced large format photography. 
Each student will create a series of projects based on the concepts 
presented in ARTD 2224. 
Prerequisite: ARTD 2224 

ARTD 3327 Intermediate Ceramics. (3) Fall 
This course will emphasize ceramic design using hand building and/or 
wheelthrowing techniques. Projects are flexible in their construction 
method in order to accommodate different ability levels and interests. 
Projects with commercial potential such as lamp bases, teapots, covered 
jars and tile, etc. will be explored. Glazing, decoration and firing methods 
such as raku, pitfire, and standard reduction are also emphasized. 
Prerequisite: ARTD 2227, 2229 or consent of instructor 

ARTD 3329 Advanced Ceramics (3) Spring 
This course is designed to allow the student to independently explore 
methods and techniques covered in previous ceramic classes. 
Prerequisites: ARTD 2227, ARTD 2229, 3327 

ARTD 3341 Internship. (3-9) Fall, January, Spring 
A supervised experience in an off campus professional environment 
such as a photography studio, a surface or graphic design studio, or a 
museum or gallery administrative office. 



120 



ARTD 3351 - 3352 Studio Concentration. (3-6) Fall and Spring 

This is an advanced intensive course in which art students bring into 
focus their studio interest and produce a body of work in one or two 
disciplines leading towards their exit exhibition their last semester. The 
course may include discussion and readings in contemporary art theory 
and criticism, field trips to conferences, museums and galleries, and the 
creation of a personal artist's statement and vitae. Students will be 
expected to produce a portfolio of their work that could be used to apply 
for a job application and for graduate study. This course requires that the 
student receive permission from the studio professor/professors in which 
they plan to concentrate. This course may be repeated for credit and a 
student may receive a maximum of 12 credit hours. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor/ instructors 

ARTD 3371 Intermediate Painting. (3) Fall 
Advanced work in either acrylics or oils. Projects will allow for the 
development of personal imagery, experimental approaches to the 
media, and other advanced concepts. 
Prerequisite: ARTD 2271 or 2275 

ARTD 3372 Sculpture Methods II. (3) Spring 
This course is designed to allow the student to independently explore 
ideas, methods and techniques covered in previous sculpture classes. 
Prerequisite: ARTD 2272 

ARTD 3373 Printmaking II. (3) Fall 

A continuation of Art 2273 including advanced exploration of color 
prints and other selected print and book arts media. 
Prerequisite: ARTD 2273 

ARTD 3375 Advanced Painting. (3) Spring 
A further exploration of either oils or acrylics. Students develop a series 
of paintings that explore specific imagery, materials, or techniques. 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor 

ARTD 3380 Special Topics. (3) On demand 
A special topics course designed to provide students with exposure to 
topics in either studio work or art history /museum studies not covered in 
the regular course offerings. 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor 

ARTD 4495 Independent Studies. (3) On demand 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor 

* Denotes courses in Art and Design that may satisfy Fine Arts 
requirements in Core Curriculum 



121 



BIOLOGY 

Specific Objectives for the Major 

The biology faculty works with their majors to help them develop an 
understanding and working knowledge of the life phenomenon at 
subcellular through organismal levels. Within the major, a student may 
elect to emphasize human biology, field-oriented biology, or biochemical 
and microscopic aspects of life science. 

Methods of Accomplishing Objectives 

The student is presumed to have accomplished the specific collection of 
objectives by satisfactorily completing the courses which constitute his/her 
major. In addition to the Core Curriculum, all biology majors are required 
to successfully complete General Biology I and II (BIOL 1101 and 1 102) 
and General Biology I and II Laboratory (BIOL 1101 L and BIOL 1 102 L) 
or Anatomy and Physiology I and II (BIOL 1 148 and 1 149); General 
Chemistry I and II (CHEM 1101 and 1 102); one course in Mathematics 
chosen from MATH 1114 (Statistics), MATH 2105 (Precalculus), or 
MATH 2221 (Calculus I); one course in the cellular-level biology 
category; and one course in the organismal-level biology category. 

The department offers two degree tracks beyond these basic courses: the 
Bachelor of Arts in Biology (B.A.) and the Bachelor of Science in Biology 
(B.S.). Additionally, the department offers a Minor in Biology. The 
requirements for each of these are as follows: 

Bachelor of Arts in Biology 

Core Curriculum 

BIOL 1101, 1101 L, 1102, and 1102 Lor BIOL 1148 and 1149 

(Core science requirement) 

CHEM 1101 and 1102 

Choice of MATH 1114, MATH 2 1 05, or MATH 222 1 

Choice of one cellular-level biology course (BIOL 3321, 3322, 

3360, 3370, 3372, 3373, 3374, 3376) 

Choice of one organismal-level biology course (BIOL 3334, 3335, 

3336,3351,3353,3384) 

6 additional upper level biology courses (Biochemistry I, CHEM 

4421, may be chosen as one of these courses.) 

This represents 44 semester hours of coursework in addition to the 
Core requirements. 



122 



Bachelor of Science in Biology 

Core Curriculum 

BIOL liOl, 1101 L, 1102, and 1102 Lor BIOL 1148 and 1149 

(Core science requirement) 

CHEM 1101 and 1102 

Choice of MATH 1114, MATH 2 1 05, or MATH 222 1 

Choice of one cellular-level biology course (BIOL 3321, 3322, 

3360, 3370, 3372, 3373, 3374, 3376) 

Choice of one organismal-level biology course (BIOL 3334, 

3335,3336,3351,3353,3384) 

Organic Chemistry I (CHEM 2201) and Organic Chemistry II 

(CHEM 2202) 

Introductory Physics I (PHYS 1101) and Introductory Physics II 

(PHYS 1102) 

5 additional upper level biology courses (Biochemistry I, 

CHEM 4421, may be chosen as one of these courses.) 

This represents 56 semester hours of coursework in addition to 
the Core requirements. 

Minor in Biology 

BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L or BIOL 1 148 and 1 149 

Choice of one cellular-level biology course (BIOL 3321, 3322, 

3360, 3370, 3372, 3373, 3374, 3376) 

Choice of one organismal-level biology course (BIOL 3334, 

3335,3336,3351,3353,3384) 

2 additional upper level biology courses 

Declaration of Major 

Before declaring a major in biology, a student must successfully 
complete an introductory biology sequence (BIOL 1101, BIOL 1 lOlL, 
BIOL 1 102 and BIOL 1 102L, or BIOL 1 148 and BIOL 1 149) and have 
a GPA of 2.75 or better in all biology courses. 

Assessment of Learning Objectfves 

The student will demonstrate that he/she has accomplished the 
objectives of the major by passing the departmental exit interview exam 
at the 70% level or higher. The Biology Department continues to use 
the success of its graduates in the job market and in advanced study as a 
gauge of the applicability of its goals and the success of its students in 
attaining these goals. 

123 



Career Options 

Graduates of the College who have majored in biology typically pursue 
careers in teaching, pharmacy, medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, 
or physical therapy. In addition, many graduates find employment in 
industry - some in laboratories, some in management, and others in 
research and development. Most careers require further formal study in 
graduate or professional schools. 

Course Descriptions (BIOL) 

BIOL 1101 General Biology I. (3) Fall 

This is the beginning Biology course for majors and non-majors. It is a 
prerequisite to all other biology courses except for Human Anatomy and 
Physiology. General Biology deals with the phenomenon of life as is 
manifested in all types of living organisms. The origin of life, chemistry 
of life, cellular and tissue organization, metabolism, cell division, 
genetics, gene action, and functioning of the organ systems are among 
topics covered in General Biology. 

Prerequisite: None 

Corequisite: BIOL 1101 L 

BIOL 1101 L General Biology I Laboratory. (1) Fall 

This laboratory course is designed to complement and to provide 

experiential learning for General Biology I. 

Prerequisite: None 

Corequisite: BIOL 1101 

BIOL 1102 General Biology IL (3) Spring 
This course is a continuation of General Biology I. 

Prerequisite: BIOL 1101 

Corequisite: BIOL 1102 L 

BIOL 1102 L General Biology II Laboratory. (1) Spring 
This laboratory course is designed to complement and provide 
experiential learning for General Biology II and is a continuation of 
General Biology I Laboratory. 

Prerequisite: BIOL 1101 

Corequisite: BIOL 1102 

BIOL 1148 Human Anatomy and Physiology L (4) Fall 
A study of the structure and function of the human body. Designed for 
pre-nursing majors. 
Prerequisite: None 



124 



BIOL 1149 Human Anatomy and Physiology II. (4) Spring 
A continuation of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1. 
Prerequisite: BIOL 1148 

BIOL 3320 Medical Microbiology. (4) Spring 
A study of human disease caused by pathogenic microbes and 
helminthes. Designed for pre-nursing majors. Laboratory activities 
focus on bacteria as model organisms. 

Prerequisites BIOL 1101,1 101 L, 1 102 and 1 102 L or 
BIOL 1148 and 1149 

BIOL 3321 Microbiology. (4) Fall (even years) 
A study of the morphology, physiology, classification, ecology, and 
economics of microbial forms, especially bacteria and fungi. 
Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102 and 1 102 L or 
BIOL 1148 and 1149 

BIOL 3322 Immunology. (4) Spring (even years) 
A study of the fundamentals of immunology. Emphasis is placed on 
tissues of the immune system, control, and cellular interaction of the 
healthy and diseased immune system. 

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102 and 1 102 L or 
BIOL 1148 and 1149 

BIOL 3334 General Ecology. (4) Fall (odd years) 
An introduction to the basic principles and concepts of ecology with 
emphasis on environmental sampling, analysis and characterization. 
Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L or 
BIOL 1148 and 1149 

BIOL 3335 General Zoology. (4) Fall (even years) 
A phylogenetic approach to the Animal kingdom following cladistic 
principles. Emphasis will be placed upon representative animal groups 
and the position oiAnimalia within the domains of life. Studies of local 
faunae will be highlighted. 

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L or 
BIOL 1148 and 1149 



125 



BIOL 3336 General Botany. (4) Spring (odd years) 

A phylogenetic survey of the kingdom Plantae. Cladistic principles will 

be followed while discovering the position of plants among the other 

forms of life. Certain plant-like protists will also be covered in the 

course. Characteristics, contributions and life cycles of major groups 

will be emphasized. Lab work will be strongly oriented toward the local 

florae. 

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L or 
BIOL 1148 and 1149 

BIOL 3351 Vertebrate Embryology. (4) Spring (even years) 

A study of the embryological development of representative vertebrates, 

with laboratory emphasis upon the chick and pig. 

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 L, 1 1 02 and 1 1 02 L or 
BIOL 1148 and 1149 

BIOL 3353 Fundamentals of Evolutionary Theory. (4) 

Fall (even years) 
A balanced survey of the present-day concepts of the processes and 
products of evolution with emphases on 1) contrasting models and their 
consequences, 2) mass extinctions, 3) evolution of man, 4) methods of 
science and pseudoscience, and 5) philosophical considerations. 
Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102 and 1 102 L or 
BIOL 1148 and 1149 

BIOL 3360 Histology. (4) Fall (odd years) 
A study of the microscopic features of vertebrate cells, tissues, and 
organs. Lectures correlate cell structure with tissue or organ system 
function. Laboratory experiences include the microscopic identification 
of major tissues and organs at the cellular level. 

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L or 
BIOL 1148 and 1149 

BIOL 3370 Toxicology. (4) Fall (even years) 
An introduction to the principles of toxicology and the cellular, 
physiological, and ecological effects of toxicants, with an emphasis on 
the environmental and physiological effects of toxicants relating to the 
nervous system, cardiovascular system, and respiratory system. 
Prerequisites: BIOL 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 L, 1 1 02 and 1 1 02 L or 
BIOL 1148 and 1149 



126 



BIOL 3372 Molecular Biology. (4) Spring (odd years) 
The study and application of molecular biology techniques that are 
commonly used in many fields of science. Topics of study may include 
recombinant DNA technology, DNA, RNA, and protein isolation, 
polymerase chain reaction, DNA and protein agarose gel 
electrophoresis, growth and evaluation of bacterial cultures and 
colonies, DNA sequencing, and evaluation of data using biocomputing 
techniques. 

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1101 L, 1 102, 1 102 L, or 

BIOL 1 148 and 1 149, CHEM 1 102, CHEM 1 102 L, 

and BIOL 3373 or BIOL 3321 

BIOL 3373 Genetics. (4) Fall 

This course includes topics in both classical and molecular genetics. 
Topics of study may include but are not limited to Mendelian and non- 
Mendelian transmission of genes, sex-linked traits, chromosomal 
genetics and genomes, DNA structure, replication, mutation and repair, 
gene expression and its regulation, recombinant DNA technology, 
cancer, and population genetics. The laboratory will evaluate wild type 
and mutant model organisms using classical and molecular genetic 
approaches. 

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1102 and 1 102 L or 
BIOL 1148 and 1149 

BIOL 3374 Cell Biology. (4) Spring (odd years) 
An advanced study of the structure and functions of the eukaryotic cell. 
Emphasis will be on the role of cellular membranes and proteins as they 
relate to cellular activities such as intracellular communication, 
secretion, and recognition. 

Prerequisites: BIOL 1101, 1101 L, 1102, and 1102 L or 
BIOL 1148 and 1149 

BIOL 3376 Virology. (4) Fall (even years) 

This introduction to virology will focus on animal viruses that are 

important for basic science and human and animal diseases. The topics 

in this course may include viral taxonomy, structure, entry /exit, 

replication, quantitation, genetics, pathogenesis, and virus-host 

interaction. The laboratory will study nonpathogenic model viral 

systems. 

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L, or 

BIOL 1 148 and 1 149 and BIOL 3373 or BIOL 3374 



127 



BIOL 3384 Neurobiology. (4) Fall (odd years) 

An integrated study of the human nervous system correlating 

neuroanatomy and neurophysiology with fundamentals of clinical 

neurology. 

Prerequisites: BIOL 1101, 1 101 L, 11 02, and 1 102 L or 
BIOL 1148 and 1149 

BIOL 4495 Independent Study / Internship. (1-4) On demand 
Although not required as part of the biology major nor available as a 
substitute for any of the biology major courses, this course provides an 
opportunity for students, on an individual basis, to pursue in-depth study 
of a particular biology topic or to gain added experience and insight 
through internship in off-campus settings. 

Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor and the Academic Dean 




^^1 






BUSINESS AND ACCOUNTANCY 

Introduction 

The Business and Accountancy Departments of LaGrange College are 
committed to academic excellence through degree programs designed to 
prepare students for a wide variety of careers in business. The liberal 
arts education that students receive at LaGrange College provides the 
foundation for critical thinking, communication, and the leadership 
skills needed for a successful professional career. The departments seek 
to enhance the College's liberal arts curriculum by offering coursework 
and internship opportunities that give students a fundamental 
understanding of business and provide them with the knowledge and 
skills needed for effective decision making in a dynamic, global, and 
technologically oriented environment. 

Mission Statement 

 We are dedicated to the development of our students' abilities to 
think critically and creatively and to the enhancement of their 
communication skills. 

 We seek to integrate and extend liberal arts-based values through 
discussion, discovery, and reflection based on contemporary 
business content. 

 We seek to provide a safe, caring and ethical place for all our 
students to grow and mature. 

Learning Outcomes of Our Programs 

upon completion of a degree from the Business Department, a student 
should be able to: 

 Demonstrate general knowledge and comprehension of business 
concepts and the ability to integrate this knowledge. 

 Synthesize and make connections among different ideas, as well as 
demonstrate the ability to think creatively and critically, and to 
formulate logical arguments. 

 Show an intrinsic desire to learn and a curiosity about the world and 
about business by actively participating in class, group work, and 
individual research. 

 Formulate and defend ethical judgments and develop an 
understanding of individual moral responsibility, particularly in a 
group or corporate setting. 

129 



 Communicate in a professional manner, both orally and in writing, 
using technology appropriately. 

 Work in teams and demonstrate an understanding of interpersonal 
relations, and the leadership and followership processes. 

 Accept and embrace risk and uncertainty in the business environment. 

Programs 

The following programs are available: 

 Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Accountancy 

 Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Business Management 

 Minor in Accountancy 

 Minor in Business Management 

 Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Business Administration {See separate 
LaGrange Evening College Bulletin) 

The Bachelors programs are accredited nationally by the Association of 
Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP). 

Accountancy and Business Majors 

Business majors (B.S. in Accountancy and B.S. in Business 
Management) should note that the applicable requirements for the 
major, including required courses, are those in effect when they declare 
their major, not those in effect at the time of their matriculation. 

In addition to the course requirements, students pursuing a Bachelor's 
degree offered by the Business Department must participate in a 
comprehensive Departmental Assessment Program (DAP), as well as an 
exit interview with department faculty or Advisory Council members. 

Program Requirements for the B.S. in 
Accountancy 

The B.S. in Accountancy gives students the accounting foundation 
needed for effective decision making in an organization. Today's 
accountants must be able to communicate, synthesize and innovate. 
They not only provide the information upon which the business world 
depends, but also make crucial decisions and act as trusted advisors. 
The Accountancy major builds upon the liberal arts skill base to give 
students the business and accounting knowledge they need. Students 



130 



planning to work in the accounting function will receive the necessary 
skills and knowledge to pursue the CMA and CFM professional 
designations and be prepared for the fifth year of study for the CPA. 

To declare a major in Accountancy the student must meet the following criteria: 

1. Have an overall GPA of 2.75/4.00 or better. 

2. Complete MGMT 2200, ACCT 22 11, and ECON 2200 with a grade of 
'C or better. 

3. Normally, a student desiring to major in Accountancy will complete 
ACCT 22 1 1 with a grade of 'B' or better. 

Students who have a GPA at or above 2.5 but less than 2.75 may petition 
the department faculty to be admitted on a probationary basis to the major. 
Petitioners will be evaluated utilizing a departmental screening process. 

To remain a major in Accountancy in good standing, the student must meet 
the following criteria: 

1 . Complete all other major requirements with a grade of 'C or better. 

2. Maintain an overall and major GPA of at least 2.50/4.00. 

Any accountancy major whose overall GPA or major GPA falls below a 
2.50/4.00 will be placed on probation and has one semester in which to 
remove the probationary status. Exceptions to the above criteria may be 
made at the discretion of the departmental faculty. 

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in Accountancy must 
complete their course work as follows: 



Matriculation in the Major 


Before September 
2007 


After September 
2007 


Core Requirements 


46 hours 


46 hours 


Common Business Core 


33 hours 


33 hours 


Accountancy Core 


21 hours 


27 hours* 


Interim 


9 hours 


9 hours 


General Elective 


8 hours 


5 hours 


Total 


117 hours 


120 hours 



*Students declaring the accountancy major after September 1, 2007, will 
take two additional courses in Accountancy. 



131 



The required courses in the Accountancy major are: 

ACCT2211 ACCT3301 ACCT 3302 

ACCT3311 ACCT 4401 ACCT 4410 

ACCT 44 1 5 ACCT 4430 ACCT 4440 

ECON 2200 FNCE 3353 MATH 1 1 14 

MGMT2200 MGMT3312 MGMT3351 

MGMT3370 MGMT 3372 MRKT3380 



Students planning to pursue licensure as a Certified Public Accountant 
(CPA) are required by Georgia law to complete 150 semester credit 
hours. Although a total of 1 17 hours are required for a B.S. degree in 
Accountancy, it is recommended that students pursuing CPA licensure 
complete 120 semester hours during their first four years of study. The 
Accountancy Program Director will assist students in determining how 
they should acquire the final 30 semester hours needed. Students are 
eligible to sit for the uniform CPA examination upon graduation with 
the B.S. in Accountancy degree. 

Internship Program 

Accountancy majors may have the opportunity to participate in an 
extended internship during the interim and spring semesters of their 
senior year. Internships typically run from the beginning of January until 
the end of March. Students may receive up to 9 hours of academic credit 
for this internship experience. Upon returning to campus at the end of 
March, students would be expected to take two or three intensive 
courses during the remaining weeks of the semester. 

Program Requirements for the B.S. in Business 
Management 

The B.S. in Business Management degree program is designed to help 
students develop ideals that are ethically sound and socially desirable, 
cultivate an awareness of the social, political, and economic 
developments to which businesses must adapt, develop sound judgment 
and effective communication skills, and develop individual interests and 
talents. Coursework provides both the theoretical and practical 
foundation needed for those entering businesses, as well as government 
and not-for-profit organizations. 



132 



There are two concentrations in the Business Management major: Market 
Research and International Economics. 

To declare a major in Business Management the student must meet the 
following criteria: 

1. Have a GPAof2.75/4.00 or better. 

2. Complete MGMT 2200, ACCT 22 11, and ECON 2200 with a grade of 
'C or better. 

3. Normally, a student desiring to major in International Economics will 
complete ECON 2200 with a grade of 'B' or better. 

Student who have a GPA at or above 2.5 but less than 2.75 may petition the 
departmental faculty to be admitted on a probationary basis to the major. 
Petitioners will be evaluated utilizing a departmental screening process. 

To remain a major in Business in good standing, the student must meet the 
following criteria: 

1 . Complete all other major requirements with a grade of 'C or better. 

2. Maintain an overall and major GPA of at least 2.50/4.00. 

Any Business major whose overall or major GPA falls below a 2.50/4.00 
will be placed on probation and has one semester in which to remove the 
probationary status. Exceptions to the above criteria may be made at the 
discretion of the departmental faculty. . 

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Management 
must complete 48 semester credit hours of major coursework (above the 
general education requirements of 55 hours). Students will complete the 
total required 108 hours (120 hours for students enrolling in the Fall of 
2007) as follows: 



Matriculation in the Major 


Before September 


After September 




2007 


2007 


Core Requirements 


46 hours 


46 hours 


Common Business Core 


33 hours 


33 hours 


Concentration Core 


9 hours 


9 hours 


Concentration Directed 






Electives 


6 hours 


12 hours 


Interim 


9 hours 


9 hours 


General Elective 


5 hours 


1 1 hours 


Total 


108 hours 


120 hours 



133 



The required courses in the Common Business Core include the 
following: 

ACCT2211 ACCT3311 ECON 2200 

FNCE 3353 MATH 1 1 14 MGMT 2200 

MGMT3312 MGMT 3351 MGMT 3370 

MGMT 3372 MRKT 3380 



Students choosing not to major in Accountancy will have two options: a 
five-course, in-depth study in either ''market research " or ''international 
economics. " The student would begin the concentration with one course 
in the second semester of the junior year and complete the sequence at 
the end of the senior year. Both concentrations, while in different sub- 
disciplines, will share common learning goals such as integration, 
creative application, ethics, and skills development in research and 
communication [writing and oral delivery]. 

Students must meet with their advisor before October 15 of their junior 
year in order to enroll in their chosen concentration. 

Market Research Concentration 

Students choosing the Market Research concentration must complete: 

Capstone I: Business Modeling (MGMT 4410) 

 Decision making/problem solving process 

 Creativity in problem solving 

 Visual modeling 

 Quantitative modeling 

 Simulation 

 Decision analysis 

 Communication 

Capstone II: Business Intelligence (MGMT 4420) 

 Decision making/problem solving process 

 Database structure 

 Data warehousing/On-line Analytical Processing (CLAP) 

 Data Mining 

 Converting data into information 

 Communication 



134 



Capstone III: Applied Business Analysis (MGMT 4430) 

 Decision support Systems 

 Financial/quantitative 

 Data-based 
Forecasting 

Risk  Benefit Analysis 
Group dynamics 
Policy implications 
Communication 

International Economics Concentration 

Students choosing the International Economics concentration must complete: 

Capstone I: International Economic Environment (ECON 4410) 

 Macro economics  U.S. and globally 

 Trading patterns and economic geography 

 Capital markets and currency exchange 

 Economic and political risk 

 Appropriate electives: 
PHIL 1410 Introduction to Philosophy 
PHIL 24 1 Moral Philosophy 
POLS 2210 Comparative Politics 
POLS 2220 International Politics 
POLS 3321 International Political Economy 
LAST 3210 Latin American Politics 
Any intermediate/advanced foreign language 

course 
Capstone II: Managing Across International Borders (ECON 4420) 
Evolution of the global enterprise 
Cultural Understanding 
Intercultural communication 
Cultural divergence and convergence 
The international manager 

 Appropriate electives: 

 LAST 1 104 Intro, to Latin American Culture 

 LAST 3930 Intercultural Communications 

 PSYC 3321 Social Psychology 

 HUSV 3308 Cultural and Social Anthropology 

 RLGN 3220 History of Christian Political Thought 

 RLGN 3340 Sociology of Religion 

 MGMT 440 1 Entrepreneurship 

 Any intermediate/advanced foreign language course 



135 



Capstone III: Special Topics in International Economics (ECON 4440) 

The class will explore international topics in depth through independent 
research, group discussion and debate, oral presentations and written 
reports. Chosen topics are likely to vary from year to year. 
 Sample topics: 

Comparative Value Systems and Ethical Behavior 

Income and Wealth Distribution 

Outsourcing 

Sustainability 

Doha Round 

Kyoto Protocol 

ACCOUNTANCY AND BUSINESS MINORS 

Program Requirements for the Minor in Accountancy 

The department offers a Minor in Accountancy. With the accountancy 
minor, students will develop a deeper understanding of financial reporting 
and the use of financial information. 

A minor in Accountancy consists of the following 12 hours of coursework 
above ACCT 2211: 

 ACCT 3301 

 ACCT 3302 

 ACCT 3311 

 ACCT 4410 

To declare a minor in Accountancy the student must meet the following 
criteria: 

1 . Have a GPA of 2.75/4.00 or better. 

2. Complete MGMT 2200, ACCT 22 1 1 and ECON 2200 with a grade 
of 'Cor better. 

The remaining courses in the minor must be completed with a grade of 'C 
or better. Students must take at least four of the minor courses at LaGrange 
College. 



136 



Program Requirements for the Minor in 
Business Management 

A Minor in Business Management is available to any LaGrange 
College student, regardless of major. Courses cover the basic functional 
areas of business. The minor is designed to help students develop the 
ability to recognize and solve business and organizational problems and 
understand the role of business in the community, nation, and the world. 
Such exposure should enhance the student's employment opportunities. 

A Minor in Business Management consists of the following 15 hours of 
coursework: 

 ACCT2211 

 ECON 2200 

 MRKT 3380 

 MGMT 2200 

 MGMT 3370 

To declare a minor in business, the student must have a GPA of at least 
2.75/4.0. 

Courses in the minor must be completed with a grade of 'C or better. 

Students must take at least four of the minor courses at LaGrange College. 

Course Descriptions 

Note that most courses have prerequisites and, generally, 2200-level 
courses are introductory. Prerequisites are shown after the course 
description. 

All major and minor courses must be completed with a grade of *C' 
or better 

To take any course other than MGMT 2200, ACCT 2211 or ECON 
2200, students must have a GPA of at least 2.5/4.0. 

ACCOUNTANCY (ACCT) 

ACCT 2211 Principles of Financial Accounting. (3) Spring 
This is a foundation level accounting course which introduces the 
terminology, principles, and practices of financial accounting for 
corporations. The course's major focus is the accounting cycle and 
preparation of financial statements. 

Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, MATH 1101 



137 



ACCT 3301 Intermediate Financial Accounting I. (3) Fall 
This course focuses on the decision-making implications of information 
provided to external stakeholders including investors, creditors, 
customers, and regulators, and regulation theory and practice as 
applied to accountancy. Topics include regulation of accountancy 
procedures for external reporting, current problems in reporting financial 
position, income determination, and an integration of current 
professional pronouncements. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 221 1 

ACCT 3302 Intermediate Financial Accounting II. (3) Fall 
Continuation of Intermediate Financial Accounting I. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 3301 

ACCT 3311 Principles of Managerial Accounting. (3) Fall 
A study of the uses of accounting for planning and control, including 
analysis and interpretation of data, and use of cost information for 
business policy implementation. Active learning projects will be 
emphasized. 

Prerequisite: ACCT 2211 

ACCT 3354 Financial Statement Analysis. (3) Spring 
This course focuses on the structure and analysis of financial statements 
prepared in accordance with US GAAP, providing students with a 
framework for using financial statement data in a variety of valuation 
and business analysis contexts. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 3301 

ACCT 4401 Auditing and Accounting Ethics and Liability. 

(3) Fall 
This course focuses on the legal and ethical environment in which the 
accounting professional practices and in which financial statements are 
prepared and presented. Students will consider the conflict between 
profit motive and accurate and complete financial reporting, examining 
the participation in the financial reporting process by internal 
accountants, internal auditors, other business managers, and the 
independent auditors engaged to attest to the accuracy and completeness 
of management's financial statements. These conflicts will be discussed 
in relation to the business's responsibility to employees, investors, and 
other stakeholders. Traditional auditing practices will also be studied to 
determine the efficiency and the effectiveness of such methods. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 3301 



38 



ACCT 4410 Federal Income Tax Concepts and Practice. (3) Spring 
This course introduces students to U.S. Federal income tax concepts and 
principles and the application of such concepts to business operating, 
investing, and financing activities. Ethical and legal issues confronting tax 
practitioners are discussed throughout the course. Students engage in tax 
research utilizing professional databases and gain expertise in technical writing. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 221 1 

ACCT 4415 Cost Accounting. (3) Fall 

This course focuses on the decision making implications of information 
provided to organization managers. Concepts from economics, statistics, 
and psychology emphasize the use of quantitative techniques to manage 
uncertainty and risk. Topics include planning and control techniques, 
construction of static and flexible budgeting, and product costing mechanisms. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 331 1 

ACCT 4430 Advanced Accounting. (3) Spring 
This is an intensive course that integrates the disciplines of accounting, 
finance, and taxation with respect to selected complex business 
transactions. Topics will include: business combinations, goodwill, 
inventory costing, property exchanges and advanced stockholders' 
equity transactions. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 3302 

ACCT 4440 Accounting Information Systems. (3) Spring 
This course is an introduction to the systems, procedures, and processes 
management employs to control operating activities and information 
reporting systems. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 22 1 1 

ACCT 4460 Internship in Accounting. (1-6) On demand 
This course represents a unique opportunity for a qualified student to 
expand his/her understanding of the practical applications of accounting 
concepts by entering into a specific "help rendered learning 
accomplishment" contract with a cooperating area enterprise. The contract 
will specifically identify the student's obligations and duties, the nature and 
extent of the host enterprise's commitment to assist the student in further 
extending his/her knowledge of enterprise operations, and the basis on 
which the student's learning accomplishments will be measured. No more 
than 1 2 credit hours may be applied toward the student's graduation requirements. 
Prerequisites: Accountancy major with demonstrated superior 

capabilities and prior approval of the contract by the 

department faculty 



139 



ACCT 4480 Special Topics in Accounting. (3) On demand 
A series of special topic courses will provide students with exposure to 
issues and concepts not covered in their regular course work. Most 
topics will include work with "real-world" organizations. 
Prerequisites: ACCT 22 1 1 and consent of instructor 

ACCT 4488 Research and Current Topics in Accounting. 

(3) Spring 
This course provides a conceptual understanding of the accounting 
process and the background skills to do research in the authoritative 
accounting literature. Students will gain proficiency using PARS. 
Current topics in accounting will be researched and discussed. Technical 
writing abilities will be stressed. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 33>0\ 

ECONOMICS (ECON) 

ECON 2200 Principles of Economics. (3) Fall 
An introduction to the science of economics and its analytical tools. 
This course is devoted to providing the student with a thorough 
understanding of the basic principles of a) microeconomics: the study of 
the economic behavior of individual households and firms and the 
determination of factor prices, and b) macroeconomics: the study of the 
determination of the aggregate levels of income, output, employment 
and prices and the examination of fiscal and monetary policy. 
Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, MATH 1101 

ECON 3310 Managerial Economics. (3) On demand 

Focuses on the use of microeconomic principles using mathematical and 

statistical tools to make/analyze business decisions. 

Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1, MATH 1 1 14 

ECON 4410 International Economic Environment. (3) Spring 
A comprehensive study of the economic forces affecting global 
commerce, including economic geography, trading patterns, capital 
flows  FDI and portfolio investments  and economic and political 
risk factors. The course is designed to provide the student with an 
understanding of the economic environment in which international 
businesses operate. 

Prerequisite: Management major with Junior standing 



140 



ECON 4420 Managing Across International Borders. (3) Fall 
A study of the cultural complexity in which international managers live 
and work. The course will seek to help students of international 
management grasp some of the essentials of doing business in a global 
economy  the opportunities and threats inherent in a multicultural 
environment and their impact on both the individual manager, the 
transaction, and the business organization. 
Prerequisite: ECON 4410 

ECON 4440 Special Topics in International Economics. (3) Spring 
This class will explore 3-4 international topics in depth through 
independent research, group discussion and debate, oral presentations 
and written reports. Chosen topics are likely to vary from year to year. 
Prerequisites: ECON 4420 

Finance (FNCE) 

FNCE 3353 Corporate Finance. (3) Spring 
This course focuses on various methods used by corporate managers to 
evaluate alternative investment opportunities, including discounted 
payback, internal rate of return, discounted cash flow and "economic 
value added" analyses. Additionally, the course focuses on the methods 
used to finance corporate investments in assets, including capital 
structure, cost of capital, and the impact of leverage. During the course 
the students will be tasked with an assignment requiring them to form 
and finance a new business. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 221 1 

FNCE 3354 Business Performance Analysis. (3) On demand 
A comprehensive survey of the basic tools and models used in 
contemporary financial statement analysis. 
Prerequisite: AQCl lin 

FNCE 3357 Investments. (3) On demand 
This course provides students with an introduction to the tools for 
analyzing the potential returns and risks of individual securities and how 
to combine them efficiently into portfolios. The subject matter will be 
presented primarily from the viewpoint of the individual investor. The 
course will also examine the market equilibrium pricing of capital 
assets, risk-adjusted evaluations of portfolio performance, the efficiency 
of the capital allocation process in security markets, the formulation of 
investment policies and strategies, and other investment-related topics. 
Prerequisites: ECON 2200, FNCE 3353 



141 



Management (MGMT) 

MGMT 1101 Contemporary Business Issues. (3) On demand 
Students will experience an introduction to current business topics using 
active learning and ethical reasoning skills. Students will be exposed to 
a variety of situations and cases that will encourage thinking like a 
business person. 

MGMT 2200 Foundations in Business. (3) Fall and Spring 
This course will serve as an integrative introduction to the functional 
areas of business. Projects based on current business dilemmas will 
emphasize the need for constant research and innovation required to 
address problems students will encounter in the business world. 
Potential decisions will be evaluated in the context of reducing risk and 
maximizing returns to a variety of stakeholders. Creative and critical 
thinking, problem solving, and ethical decision making will be stressed. 
Suggested Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, MATH 1101 

MGMT 3312 Business Communication. (3) Fall and Spring 
This course provides an opportunity for students to practice all forms of 
business communication including: written documents and reports, oral 
presentations, phone, e-mail, meetings, etc. Particular consideration will 
be given to audience analysis, appropriate medium, cultural and gender 
issues, feedback, and biases affecting communication. 
Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1 

MGMT 3351 Legal and Ethical Environment of Business. (3) Fall 
This course addresses the legal and ethical implications of business 
decisions. Topics may include legal organization, employment, 
discrimination, contracts, workplace, safety, product liability, and 
antitrust issues. Cost-benefit analysis will be used as a tool to evaluate 
business decisions in light of existing legal rules and social responsibility. 
Ethical decision making will be stressed in every part of the course. 
Students will further develop the mindset necessary to make decisions in 
an ethical manner. 

Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1 

MGMT 3370 Management and Organizational Behavior. (3) Fall 
A study of the science and art of management with special emphasis on 
motivating and leading individuals in an organization. 
Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1 



142 



MGMT 3372 Operations Management. (3) Fall 
A study of the application of the science of management in the 
operations management environment. Primary emphasis placed on the 
theories, principles, and tools that improve the efficiency and 
effectiveness of the operations manager. 
Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1 

MGMT 3374 Interpersonal Relations in Organizations. (3) 

On demand 
A study of human interaction in the organization context. Topics to be 
covered include self-concept, frames of reference, values and attitudes, 
barriers and breakdowns in communications. 
Prerequisite: MGMT 3370 or consent of instructor 

MGMT 3376 Managing Human Resources. (3) On demand 
The study of the basic principles and functions of effective personnel 
administration and human resource management. Extensive use is made 
of the case method of study. Students gain experience looking at 
personnel problems, individually and as members of groups. 
Prerequisite: MGMT 3370 or consent of instructor 

MGMT 3377 Career Management. (3) On demand 
This course is designed to help guide students through the process of 
preparing for a career. Topics to be covered include experiences and 
activities that enhance employability, resume preparation, cover, and 
thank you letter development, identifying skills needed for a job, 
question and answer preparation, and effective interviewing techniques. 
Prerequisite: declared business or accountancy major 

MGMT 3385 Management Information Systems. (3) On demand 
This course is designed for future managers who need to understand and 
critically evaluate the role and potential contribution of information 
technology for their organizations, and understand and effectively apply 
various computerized support systems to make better decisions. 
Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1 

MGMT 3388 Research Methods. (3) On demand 
Focuses on the survey research process and the analysis of data. Covers 
topics such as problem definition, research design, sampling techniques, 
questionnaire development, data collection methods and data analysis. 
Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 22 11, MATH 1 1 14 



143 



MGMT 4401 Entrepreneurship. (3) On demand 
A study of the application of the science of management to the 
development and management of the small business enterprise. 
Opportunities, characteristics, and problems with the small business will 
be evaluated. Students will be required to develop a business plan for a 
small business and when possible students will be given an opportunity 
to work on special projects with small businesses in the community. 
The class requires active participation by students in and out of 
the classroom. 

Prerequisites: ACCT or FNCE 3354, MGMT 3370, MRKT 3380 

MGMT 4410 Business Modeling. (3) Spring 
A look at managerial problem solving from a modeling perspective. 
Problems are represented both visually and mathematically so that 
appropriate analysis can be performed. Analytical tools including 
management science methods, optimization, and simulation will be 
covered. Interpretation of analyses in the form of business 
communication will be emphasized. 
Prerequisite: MGMT 3372 

MGMT 4420 Business Intelligence. (3) Fall 
This course is designed for future managers who need to understand 
how organizational data can be converted to actionable information 
through the use of data warehouse, data mining, and data visualization 
technologies. The design of information system and database structures 
required to implement business intelligence systems will be covered. 
Prerequisite: MGMT 4410 

MGMT 4430 Applied Business Analysis. (3) Spring 
A comprehensive look at the application of various business analysis 
techniques in all functional areas of a business. A simulated 
environment will provide students an opportunity to create various 
decision support and forecasting systems and use the resulting output to 
manage a large enterprise. Risk-benefit and stakeholder analysis will be 
used to analyze policy implications of proposed decisions. 
Prerequisite: MGMT 4420 



144 



MGMT 4440 Management Simulation. (3) On demand 
This is the capstone course for majors in business. It incorporates the use 
of a computer-based simulation in an effort to integrate all of the functional 
areas of business into one comprehensive course. Students are required to 
work in groups as managers of a simulated company and make the 
necessary marketing, finance, economic, accounting, and management 
decisions to run their company effectively. The student's grades are a 
function of individual and group performance. 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, completion of all course requirements 
in major, or consent of instructor 

MGMT 4460 Internship in Business. (1-3) On demand 
This course represents a unique opportunity for a qualified student to 
expand his/her understanding of the practical applications of enterprise 
operations by entering into a specific "help rendered learning 
accomplishment" contract with a cooperating area enterprise. The contract 
will specifically identify the student's obligations and duties, the nature and 
extent of the host enterprise's commitment to assist the student in further 
extending his/her knowledge of enterprise operations, and the basis on 
which the student's learning accomplishments will be measured. No more 
than 6 credit hours may be applied toward the student's graduation requirements. 
Prerequisites: Business major with demonstrated superior 

capabilities and prior approval of the internship 

contract by department faculty. 

MGMT 4483 Special Topics in Management. (3) On demand 
A series of special topic courses providing students with exposure to issues 
and concepts not covered in their regular course work. 
Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor 

Marketing (MRKT) 

MRKT 3380 Principles of Marketing. (3) Spring 
An introduction to the important principles of marketing management and 
the role of marketing in a contemporary society, in business enterprises and 
in the nonprofit organization. Considers the planning, operation and 
evaluation of marketing and promotional efforts necessary to the effective 
marketing of consumer and industrial offerings. 

Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1 



145 



MRKT 3381 Advanced Marketing. (3) On demand 
Provides training in marketing decision making. Uses case studies 
simulating actual business settings to help students develop analytical 
abilities and sharpen their communication skills. Covers topics that range 
from techniques used to analyze a market to the development of a total 
marketing strategy. 
Prerequisite: MRKT 3380 

MRKT 4484 Special Topics in Marketing. (3) On demand 
A series of special topic courses providing students with exposure to issues 
and concepts not covered in their regular course work. 
Prerequisites: Senior standing, MRXT 3380, and consent of instructor 




146 



CHEMISTRY 

Introduction 

Chemistry is often referred to as the central science, because chemical 
concepts are used throughout the other sciences. Therefore, in addition 
to being a major in its own right, the study of chemistry is a part of 
many curricula. The Chemistry Department focuses its introductory 
chemistry course as an element in a liberal education, a service to other 
departments, and the beginning of a comprehensive study of chemistry. 
The department offers B.A. and B.S. majors as well as a minor which 
can lead to a variety of future occupations. Students with a major in 
chemistry have gone on to traditional pursuits such as graduate school in 
chemistry or biochemistry, pharmacy, medical school and law school 
(patent law and corporate law), as well as becoming laboratory 
technicians and salespersons for chemistry and related industries. 

The B.A. degree offers a broad background in chemistry while allowing 
ample time for extensive coursework in other fields. The B.A. is 
appropriate for those interested in one of the medical or law-related 
professions, teaching, or for students desiring the broadest possible 
education with an emphasis in natural science. The B.S. program is 
designed for those going on to graduate school in a chemically related 
field (chemistry, biochemistry, molecular biology, chemical physics, 
environmental science, or forensics) or those seeking employment as 
chemists after graduation. The B.S. degree is generally more highly 
valued at professional schools. While the B.S. degree is more 
demanding of a student's time, there is sufficient time for electives 
outside the sciences. 

Objectives 

The specific objectives for the respective degrees are as follows: 

The Bachelor of Science Degree 

Students who earn the B.S. degree with a major in chemistry will be 
appropriately competent in the following areas: 

 Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding 

 The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical and graphical 
presentation of chemical concepts 

 Equilibria and stoichiometry 

 Periodic relationships 

 Thermochemistry 



147 



Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis 

Recognition, structure, and reactivity of the major organic 
functional groups 

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds 
by physical and instrumental methods 

Volumetric and gravimetric analytical theory and practice 

Analytical instrumentation theory and practice 

Thermodynamics 

Chemical dynamics 

Quantum mechanics and spectroscopy 

Either advanced inorganic chemistry, advanced organic chemistry, 
or biochemistry 

 Knowledge of the research process in chemistry 

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following Bachelor of 
Science curriculum in chemistry: 



General Chemistry 1101, 1102 
Organic Chemistry 2201, 2202 
Analytical Chemistry 2251 
Physical Chemistry 3301, 3302 
Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371 
Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471 
Instrumental Analysis 445 1 
Chemistry Elective (3000 or 4000 level) 



8 semester hours 
8 semester hours 
4 semester hours 
8 semester hours 
2 semester hours 
2 semester hours 
4 semester hours 
4 semester hours 



Additionally, a research experience is required. This should be taken 
between the junior and senior years or during the first semester of the 
senior year. This may be done on campus, in industry, or in a research 
university summer program. Students may elect to earn 4900 credit for 
this required activity. 

Supporting required courses include the following: 



Mathematics 2221, 2222 

Physics 1121, 1122 

A Computer Science programming 



course 



8 semester hours 
8 semester hours 

3 semester hours 



148 



The scheduling of the B.S. curriculum is important as the Physical 
Chemistry sequence (3301-3302) alternates years with Analytical 
Chemistry (2251) and Instrumental Analysis (4451). To be prepared to 
take the physical chemistry sequence, students should take calculus during 
the first year and physics during the sophomore year. It is highly 
recommended that students take general chemistry during their first 
year. The following would be typical sequences of courses for the B.S. 
chemistry degree: 

Fall Spring 



First Year 


CHEMIlOl 


CHEM1102 




MATH 2221 


MATH 2222 


Second Year 


CHEM2201 


CHEM 2202 




PHYS1121 


PHYS1122 


Junior and Senior Year Sequence depends on 
Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry are beini 

Third Year CHEM330I 


which year Physical 
g offered 

CHEM 3302 






CHEM 3371 


Fourth Year 
OR: 


CHEM2251 
Computer Programming 

Chemistry Elective or 


CHEM 4451 
CHEM 4471 

Chemistry Elective 


Third Year 


CHEM2251 


CHEM 4451 
CHEM 3371 


Fourth Year 


CHEM3301 


CHEM 3302 




Computer Programming 
Chemistry Elective or 


CHEM 4471 
Chemistry Elective 



Assessment of Learning Objectives 

Students who earn the B.S. degree will have demonstrated their 
attainment of the specific objectives by appropriate scores on the current 
American Chemical Society (ACS) Examinations on the following three 
topics: General, Organic, and Physical. The students will additionally 
attain an appropriate score from one of the following examinations: 
Analytical, Instrumental, Inorganic, or Biochemistry. The passing score 
will be at or above the 40^ percentile of the national norms for these 
exams or at an appropriate level, as determined by the Chemistry 
Department, based on the accumulated data of the performance of 



149 



LaGrange College students on these exams. The results which are in the 
best interest of the students will be used. These exams will be given at 
the end of the appropriate courses and will be offered to students up to 
three additional times prior to the time of the student's scheduled 
graduation. The student must attempt a retest at least once a semester 
until successful completion of the exam. In the event that a student 
needs to repeat an exam for the second, third, or final time, evidence of 
preparation must be presented. Reexamination cannot be scheduled 
earlier than two weeks following a previous examination. 

The Bachelor of Arts-Chemistry 

Students who earn the B.A. degree with a major in chemistry will be 
appropriately competent in the following areas: 

 Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding; 

 The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical, and 
graphical presentation of chemical concepts; 

 Equilibria and stoichiometry; 

 Periodic relationships; 

 Thermochemistry; 

 Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and 
analysis; 

 Recognition, structure ,and reactivity of the major organic functional 
groups; 

 Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds 
by physical and instrumental methods; 

 Either advanced inorganic chemistry, advanced organic chemistry, 
or biochemistry. 

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following courses 
required for the Bachelor of Arts curriculum in chemistry: 

General Chemistry 11 1 , 11 02 8 semester hours 

Organic Chemistry 2201 , 2202 8 semester hours 

Analytical Chemistry 2251 4 semester hours 

Physical Chemistry 330 1 , 3302 8 semester hours 

Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371 2 semester hours 

Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471 2 semester hours 

Chemistry Electives 4 semester hours 



150 



Required supporting courses include the following: 

Physics 1 1 1 , 1 1 02, or 1 1 2 1 , 1 1 22 8 semester hours 
Math 11 2 1 or 222 1 3 or 4 semester hours 

The scheduling of the courses for the B.A. in chemistry can be 
somewhat flexible. The following are possible sequences to fulfill the 
requirements for the major. 





Fall 




Spring 


First Year 


CHEM 1101 
MATH 2221 




CHEM 1102 


Second Year 


CHEM 2201 




CHEM 2202 




PHYSllOlor 


1121 


PHYS 1102 or 1122 


Junior and Senior Year Sequence depends on which year Physical 
Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry are being offered. 


Third Year 


CHEM 3301 




CHEM 3302 
CHEM 3371 


Fourth Year 


CHEM 2251 




Chemistry Elective 
CHEM 4471 


OR: 








Third Year 


CHEM 2251 




Chemistry Elective 
CHEM 3371 


Fourth Year 


CHEM 3301 




CHEM 3302 
CHEM 4471 



Assessment of Learning Objectfv^s 

Students who earn the B.A. degree will have demonstrated their 
attainment of the specific objectives by appropriate scores on the current 
American Chemical Society (ACS) Exams for (1) General Chemistry 
and (2) Organic Chemistry. The passing score will be at or above the 
40^ percentile of the national norms for these exams or at an appropriate 
level, as determined by the Chemistry Department, based on the 
accumulated data of the performance of LaGrange College students on 
these exams. The results which are in the best interest of the students 
will be used. These exams will be given at the end of the appropriate 
courses and will be offered to students up to three additional times prior 



151 



to the time of the student's scheduled graduation. The student must 
attempt a retest at least once a semester until successful completion of 
the exam. In the event that a student needs to repeat an exam for the 
second, third, or final time, evidence of preparation must be 
presented. Reexamination cannot be scheduled earlier than two weeks 
following a previous examination. 

The Bachelor of Arts-Biochemistry 

Students who earn the B.A. with a major in biochemistry will be 
appropriately competent in the following areas: 

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding 

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical, and 
graphical presentation of chemical concepts 

Equilibria and stoichiometry 

Periodic relationships 

Thermochemistry 

Physical measurements of chemical systems 

Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis 

Recognition, structure, and reactivity of the major organic 
functional groups 

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds 
by physical and instrumental methods 

In-depth study of biological molecules and metabolism 

Techniques of biotechnology. 

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following courses 
required for the Bachelor of Arts-Biochemistry: 

General Chemistry 1 1 1 , 1 1 02 8 semester hours 

Organic Chemistry 220 1 , 2202 8 semester hours 

Biophysical Chemistry 3311 4 semester hours 

Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371 2 semester hour 

Biochemistry, Chemistry 442 1 , 4422 8 semester hours 

Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471 2 semester hours 

Math 1114 or 1121 3 semester hours 

Physics 1 1 1 , 1 1 02 8 semester hours 

Suggested but not required Biology 8 semester hours 

152 



Assessment of Learning Objectives 

Students who earn the B.A. with a major in biochemistry will have 
demonstrated the attainment of the specific objectives by appropriate 
scores on the current American Chemical Society (ACS) Exams for (1) 
General Chemistry, (2) Organic Chemistry and/or (3) Biochemistry. The 
passing score will be at or above the 40^ percentile of the national norms 
for these exams or at an appropriate level, as determined by the Chemistry 
Department, based on the accumulated data of the performance of 
LaGrange College students on these exams. The results which are in the 
best interest of the students will be used. These exams will be given at the 
end of the appropriate courses and will be offered to students up to three 
additional times prior to the time of the student's scheduled graduation. 
The student must attempt a retest at least once a semester until successful 
completion of the exam. In the event that a student needs to repeat an 
exam for the second, third, or final time, evidence of preparation must be 
presented. Reexamination cannot be scheduled earlier than two weeks 
following a previous examination. 

The scheduling for the B.A. degree in biochemistry is flexible. The 
following is a proposed schedule to meet the requirements for the 
degree. This degree provides a flexible yet strong program for the pre- 
health professional requirements. 

Fall Spring 



First Year 



Second Year CHEMllOl 



MATH 1121 or 
MATH 1114 

CHEM1102 



Third Year 



Fourth Year 



CHEM2201 
PHYS 1101 

CHEM4421 
CHEM3311 



CHEM 2202 
PHYS 1102 
CHEM 3371 
CHEM 4422 

CHEM 4471 



153 



A suggested schedule to meet the Pre Health Professional Requirements 
and earn a B.A. degree in biochemistry is the following: 

Fall Spring 

First Year CHEM 1101 CHEM1102 

BIOL 1101 BIOL 1102 

Second Year CHEM 220 1 CHEM 2202 

PHYS 1101 PHYS 1102 

MATH MATH 

Third Year CHEM 3301 Molecular Biology 

CHEM 3371 
MCAT, PCAT, 
DAT, etc. 
Fourth Year CHEM 4421 CHEM 4422 

CHEM 4471 

The Molecular Biology and Biochemistry course could be switched during 
the third and fourth year depending on the interest of the student. 

Declaration of Major 

Before declaring a major in chemistry, a student must successfully (C or 
better) complete the introductory sequence (CHEM 1101, 1 102). A student 
may declare a major after one term of chemistry with permission of the 
chair of the department. 

Minor 

A minor in chemistry shall consist of CHEM 1 101, 1 102, 2201, 2202 and two 
additional chemistry courses from the following: CHEM 2251, 3301, 3302, 
3311, 4421 , 4422, 443 1 , 445 1 . Students must demonstrate proficiency in 
general chemistry by passing the ACS General Chemistry Examination as 
stated above. 

Chemistry Awards 

The CRC Freshman Chemistry Award is awarded annually on Honors Day 
to the student with the most outstanding achievement in the CHEM 1101, 
1 102 General Chemistry sequence. 

The A.M. Hicks Award for outstanding achievement in organic chemistry 
is awarded annually on Honors Day to the student taking organic chemistry 
who has attained the most outstanding record. The award is made in honor 
of Dr. A. M. Hicks who was a long time faculty member and chair of the 
department. 

154 



Course Descriptions (CHEM) 

Chemistry is a laboratory science and the department views the 
laboratory experience as an essential component of those courses with 
an associated laboratory. Consequently, students must achieve a passing 
grade in both the lecture and laboratory portions of the course to obtain a 
passing grade in the course. 

CHEM 1101 General Chemistry I. (3hrs.lec^3hrs.labperweek) (4) 

Fall 
A study of the foundations of chemistry including stoichiometry, atomic 
structure and periodicity, molecular structure and bonding models, 
and thermochemistry. 

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or placement in 2105 or higher. 

CHEM 1 102 General Chemistry IL (3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) 

Spring 
A continuation of CHEM 1 101; a study of the gas, liquid, and solid 
phases, chemical thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibria, acid^ase 
equilibria, oxidation-reduction reactions and electrochemistry. 
Prerequisites: CHEM 1101, MATH 1101 or placement in 2 105 

or higher. 

CHEM 2201 Organic Chemistry L (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per 

week) (4) Fall 
A study of the fundamentals of organic chemistry with respect to the 
bonding, structure, nomenclature and reactivity of various classes of 
organic compounds including aromatic compounds. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 1102 

CHEM 2202 Organic Chemistry IL (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) 

Spring 
A continuation of CHEM 2201 including spectroscopy, synthesis, 
carbonyls, and biomolecules. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 2201 

CHEM 2251 Analytical Chemistry. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) 

Fall of even years 
A study of the theory and practice of volumetric and gravimetric 
quantitative analysis, chemical equilibrium, and acid/base chemistry. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 1102 



155 



CHEM 3301 Physical Chemistry: Thermodynamics and Chemical 
Kinetics. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) 

Fall of odd years 
A study of the basic principles of physical chemistry including the 
properties of gases, kinetic theory of gases, thermodynamics, 
thermochemistry, changes of state, phase rules, electrochemistry, and 
chemical dynamics 

Prerequisites: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor, MATH 

222 1 , PHYS 11 02 or PHYS 1 1 22 

CHEM 3302 Physical Chemistry: Chemical Dynamics and Quantum 
Mechanics. (3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) 

Spring of even years 
The study of basic principles of physical chemistry focusing on gas 
kinetics, chemical dynamics, quantum mechanics, and atomic and 
molecular spectroscopy. This course is co-listed as PHYS 3302. 
Prerequisites: MATH 2222, PHYS 1 102 or PHYS 1 122 

CHEM 33 1 1 Biophysical Chemistry. (3 hrs. lee. per week) (3) Fall 
An overview of thermodynamics, dynamics and quantum chemistry. 
Prerequisites: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor, MATH 

1 1 1 4 or MATH 2 1 05 or placement in MATH 222 1 . 

Physics 1101 is a prerequisite (preferred) or may be 

taken as a corequisite. 

CHEM 3371 Junior Seminar (2 hrs. class per week) (2) Spring 
A course that acquaints the student with the chemical literature as well 
as presentation and discussion of scientific data and information. In 
addition, students will explore career opportunities, prepare a portfolio, 
and develop career plans. Note: Course is graded on a pass/no credit 
basis. 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

CHEM 4421 Biochemistry I. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) 

Fall 
An introductory course in the principles of biochemistry, with emphasis 
on the structure and function of biomolecules, membrane structure and 
function and an introduction to metabolism and bioenergetics. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor. 

CHEM 4422 Biochemistry II . (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring 
A continuation of CHEM 4421 with emphasis on cellular metabolism, 
fundamentals of molecular genetics, and current topics in biochemistry. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 4421 



156 



CHEM 4431 Inorganic. (3 hrs. lee. per week) (3) On demand 
An in-depth examination of atomic and molecular structure. Symmetry 
concepts are introduced and used. 

Prerequisite: CHEM 3301 or consent of the instructor. 

CHEM 4451 Instrumental Analysis. (3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) 

Spring of odd years 
A study of instrumentation and advanced analytical techniques. 

CHEM 4471 Senior Seminar. (2 hrs. class per week) (2) Spring 
A capstone course which is thematic. Emphasis is on integration of the 
student's experience in chemistry and the presentation of chemical 
literature in seminar and written form. 
Prerequisite: Senior standing 

CHEM 4800 Special Topics. (1-4 hours) On demand 

A special topics course that may be designed to provide the student with 

exposure to topics and concepts not covered in the regular course 

offerings. 

CHEM 4900 Independent Study. 

This course can vary and may be used to satisfy the research 
requirement for the B.S. major and provide research experience for B.A. 
majors. 




k 



157 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Introduction 

The Computer Science Department at LaGrange College has several 
goals. With the goal of computer literacy for our general student 
population, courses are offered to acquaint students with microcomputer 
applications and networks. For students who want further study in 
computer science, the following options are available: 

A minor in computer science 

B.A. degree in computer science 

B.A. degree in computer science with a concentration in business 

B.S. degree in computer science 

Objectives 

Graduates from the B.A. and B.S. degree programs at LaGrange College 
should be able to do each of the following: 

 Write programs in a reasonable amount of time that work 
correctly, are well documented, and are readable. 

 Determine whether or not they have written a reasonably 
efficient and well-organized program. 

 Know which general types of problems are amenable to 
computer solution and the various tools necessary for solving 
such problems. 

 Assess the implications of work performed either as an 
individual or as a member of a team. 

 Understand basic computer architectures. 

 Pursue in-depth training in one or more application areas or 
further education in computer science. 

In addition, students in the B.S. degree program should be able to do 
research, be able to convey technical ideas in a clear writing style, and 
have the mathematical background necessary for scientific problem- 
solving. Students in the B.A. degree program with a concentration in 
business should have the knowledge of the functional areas of business 
necessary for working in that environment. 

In order to be a major in computer science, a student must maintain a 
GPA of 2.25 or better. Students pursuing a B.S. degree must have a 3.0 
average in those courses required for the major. All of the 1000-level or 

158 



above courses in computer science, mathematics, and business that are 
required for the B.A. or B.S. degree or the minor must be completed 
with a grade of C or better. 

The computer science curriculum at LaGrange College is based on the 
recommendations of the A. CM. (Association for Computing 
Machinery). In addition, our students have the opportunity to take 
courses that will make them more attractive in the job market. These 
courses include programming languages (such as Python, COBOL, 
Visual Basic, and Java), PC support and troubleshooting (including an 
A+ course), database administration (Oracle), network administration, 
and web programming (including JavaScript, Perl, CGI, HTML, 
DHTML, XML, CSS, PHP, MySQL, and Macromedia applications). 

Assessment of learning objectfves 

The accomplishment of these objectives will be demonstrated by 
the following: 

1 . Satisfactory performance on a programming test. This test will be 
based on the concepts learned in CSCI 1990 and 2990 and must 
be taken at the end of the semester in which the student completes 
CSCI 2990. The test will be offered once at the end of every 
semester in which CSCI 2990 is offered. The test must be 
satisfactorily completed by the end of the semester in which the 
student reaches senior status, but under no circumstances will a 
student be allowed to take the test more than four times prior to 
and including that semester. If the test has not been completed 
satisfactorily by that time, the student will not be allowed to 
continue in either the B.A. or the B.S. degree programs in 
computer science. 

2. Satisfactory performance by the student in delivering a 
presentation at a regularly scheduled Computer Science 
Department seminar. This presentation will be developed with the 
approval of and possible input from the computer science faculty. 
If the student does not arrive at the scheduled time for the seminar 
or does not perform satisfactorily in the seminar, the department 
reserves the right to impose additional requirements to substitute 
for the seminar. A student who fails to fulfill these requirements 
will not be allowed to graduate. 

3. Satisfactory completion of an assessment portfolio to be kept on 
each computer science major. The purpose of this portfolio will 
be to aid in assessing the professional development of each 



159 



student and the growth of the student's programming skills as the 
student progresses through the computer science curriculum. Each 
portfolio will include the programming test described in item (1) 
above, a program selected by the instructor from CSCI 3250, 
three additional examples of the student's work, a copy of the 
student's resume, material from the departmental seminar 
presentation made by the student and described in item (2), a copy 
of the studenfs web page, and a personal information sheet 
(including forwarding address and phone number, e-mail address, 
and plans after graduation). The three examples of the student's 
work mentioned above must be approved for inclusion by faculty 
consensus. Maintaining the portfolio is the responsibility of the 
student. Additional information about the portfolio is available 
from the department. 

4. Attendance at Computer Science Department seminars. Each 
student will be required to attend at least 50% of these seminars 
each semester. A student who fails to attend 50% of the seminars 
will be required to submit a short written report for each seminar 
under the 50% missed. Details concerning such written reports are 
available from the department. Failure to attend 50% of the 
seminars and submit such reports will result in the student not 
being certified as a computer science graduate. 

Career Opportunities 

Students who complete the computer science major have a wide range of 
employment opportunities. These include positions in programming, PC 
support and troubleshooting, database administration, network 
administration, and web programming. Graduates of the computer 
science degree program at LaGrange College have secured positions as 
I.T. department managers, I.T. security specialists, systems analysts, 
database administrators, webmasters, web designers, PC support 
specialists, as well as other positions. Companies employing these 
graduates include Milliken and Co., Interface, Duracell, Hitachi, Walt 
Disney World (I.T. security), Chick-Fil-A (I.T. department), WestPoint 
Stevens, Total Systems Services, BellSouth, Texas Instruments, General 
Motors, and others. 

In addition, a number of graduates have gone on to graduate school in 
areas such as computer science, computer engineering, electrical 
engineering, and management information systems. 



60 



Course Requirements 

Core requirements for all students pursuing a minor, B.A., or B.S. 
in Computer Science 

(12 semester hours) 

CSCI 1990 

CSCI 2990 

One of the following: CSCI 2500, 2850, or 2900 

CSCI 3000 
Requirements for the minor in Computer Science 

(6 additional hours): 

Two additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above 

(excluding internship credit) 
Requirements for the B.A. Degree 

(30 additional hours) 

CSCI 3050 

CSCI 3250 

CSCI 3700 

CSCI 3990 

Four additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above 

(excluding internship credit) 

MATH 1114 

MATH 1121 
Requirements for the B.A. with a concentration in Business 

(39 additional hours) 

CSCI 3990 

Five additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above 

(excluding internship credit) 

MATH 1114 

MATH 1121 

The five courses required for a minor in business management: 

MGMT 2200, ACCT 221 1, ECON 2200, MGMT 3370, and 

MRKT 3380. 
Requirements for the B.S. Degree 

(41 additional hours) 

CSCI 3050 

CSCI 3250 

CSCI 3990 

CSCI 4100 

CSCI 4250 

CSCI 4900 

Four additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above. 



161 



MATH 1114 

MATH 2221 

MATH 2222 

In addition, PHYS 1 101/1 102 or 2121/2122 are required as the 

laboratory science courses in the Core Program. 

Course Descriptions (CSCI) 

CSCI 1610 Introduction to Editing and System Languages. (2) 

On demand 
This course is designed to assist and famiharize the student with the 
UNIX operating system. The course is designed for computer science 
students and for those who need to learn a UNIX-like operating system. 

CSCI 1700 Microsoft Office and Information Systems. (4) 

On demand 
An introduction to information systems software. Microsoft Office 
Professional will be the primary software utilized. There are four 
separate one-hour components to this class (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, 
and Access), and all four do not have to be taken. 

CSCI 1990 Introduction to Algorithmic Design. (3) Fall, Spring 
Problem solving and algorithmic design using the language Java or 
Python. Structured programming concepts, debugging and documentation. 

CSCI 2050 PC Maintenance and Troubleshooting. (3) 

On demand 
A study of basic computer hardware, how to install hardware 
components, and how to diagnose hardware problems. In addition, the 
course will include a study of the basics of Windows and DOS 
necessary for maintaining computer hardware. The course is designed 
to begin to prepare students for A+ certification, as well as for the 
benefit of those who just wish to upgrade and diagnose hardware and 
operating system problems on their own computers. 
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor 

CSCI 2500 Visual Basic. (3) 

Fall Semester in odd-numbered years 
The study of Visual Basic, an event-driven (as opposed to 
procedural) language. 
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor 



162 



CSCI 2850 COBOL Programming I. (3) On demand 
The study of COBOL, a language used primarily in business data 
processing applications. Emphasis on information retrieval problems. 
Team project required. 

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor 

CSCI 2860 COBOL Programming II. (3) On demand 
Advanced programming concepts with a strong emphasis on ISAM files 
and interactive programming. 
Prerequisite: CSCI 2850 

CSCI 2900 Advanced Java Programming. (3) On demand 
Advanced programming in Java, including the Java utilities package, bit 
manipulation, collections, database connectivity, servlets, and JSP. 
Prerequisite: CSCI 3990 or consent of instructor 

CSCI 2990 Algorithmic Design. (3) Spring 
A continuation of CSCI 1990. Further development of techniques in 
Java for program design, program style, debugging and testing, 
especially for larger programs. Introduction to algorithmic analysis. 
Introduction to the basic aspects of string processing, recursion, internal 
search/sort methods, and simple data structures. Programming using 
graphical user interfaces. 
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 

CSCI 3000 Introduction to Computer Systems. (3) Fall 

semester in odd-numbered years 
Computer structure and machine language, assembly language 
programming. Addressing techniques, macros, file I/O, program 
segmentation and linkage, assembler construction, and interpretive routines. 

CSCI 3050 Introduction to Computer Organization. (3) Spring 

semester in even-numbered years 
Basic logic design, coding, number representation and arithmetic, 
computer architecture, and computer software. 
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 

CSCI 3150 Introduction to File Processing. (3) On demand 

Concept of I/O management (fields, keys, records, and buffering). File 
organization, file operations, and data structures. Time and storage 
space requirements. Data security and integrity. 
Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or 3250 or consent of instructor 



163 



CSCI 3250 Data Structures. (3) Fall semester in even- 
numbered years 
Review of basic data structures such as stacks, queues, lists, and trees. 
Graphs and their applications. Internal and external searching and 
sorting. Memory management. 

Prerequisite: CSCI 2990 or consent of instructor 

CSCI 3310 Organization of Programming Languages. (3) 

On demand 
An introduction to the structure of programming languages. Language 
definition structure, data types and structures, control structures and data 
flow. Run-time consideration, interpretative languages, lexical analysis 
and parsing. 

Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor 

CSCI 3350 Digital Computer Architecture. (3) On demand 
Structures for the central computer are studied; arithmetic logic units, 
machine language features, information transfer, memory hierarchy, 
channels, etc. 

Prerequisite: CSCI 3050 

CSCI 3400 Computer Networks I. (3) Fall Semester in odd- 
numbered years 
An introduction to networks with particular emphasis on the TCP/IP 
protocols used on the Internet. 

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor 

CSCI 3450 Computer Networks II. (3) Spring Semester in 

even-numbered years 
A continuation of CSCI 3400. 
Prerequisite: CSCI 3400 

CSCI 3500 Web Programming. (3) Fall Semester in 

odd-numbered years 
The study and practice of the planning, construction, and programming 
of web pages using HTML, CSS, SSI, and CGI. Graphics, sound, 
video, and animation will also be discussed. 
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor 



164 



CSCI3700 Discrete Mathematical Structures in Computer 

Science. (3) Spring Semester in even-numbered years 
An introduction to the mathematical tools for use in computer science. 
These include sets, relations, and elementary counting techniques. 
Algebra and algorithms, graphs, monoids and machines, lattices and 
Boolean algebras, groups and combinatorics, logic and languages will 
also be involved. 
Prerequisites: MATH 1 121, 2221, or consent of instructor 

CSCI3990 Object-Oriented Programming. (3) On demand 

Object-oriented programming and design in the language Java. 
Prerequisites: CSCI 1990 and 2990 

CSCI 4050 Database Management Systems Design. (3) 

On demand 
Introduction to database concepts using SQL and Oracle. Data 
models, normalization, data description languages, query facilities. 
File organization, index organization, file security, and data integrity 
and reliability. 
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 

CSCI 4100 Numerical Methods. (3) On demand 
Introduction to numerical analysis with computer solution. Taylor 
series, finite difference calculus, interpolation, roots of equations, 
solutions of linear systems of equations, matrix inversion, least-squares, 
numerical integration. 
Prerequisites: MATH 1121, 2221, or consent of instructor 

CSCI 4150 Advanced Program Design. (3) On demand 
A formal approach to techniques in software design and development. 
Includes structured programming concepts, organization and 
management of software development. A large-scale software project 
will be developed by students working in teams. 
Prerequisite: CSCI 3250 

CSCI 4200 Theory of Programming Languages. (3) 

On demand 
Review of grammars, languages, and their syntax and semantics. 
Scanners, parsers, and translation. 
Prerequisite: Q^Q\1>3\^ 



165 



CSCI4250 Algorithms. (3) On demand 

A study of problems and their algorithmic solution. Algorithms will be 
chosen from areas such as combinatorics, numerical analysis, systems 
programming, and artificial intelligence. Domain independent techniques 
will also be included. 
Prerequisite: CSCI 3250 

CSCI 4300 Computer Graphics. (3) On demand 
An overview of graphical concepts and applications on the computer. 
These include programming graphics, graphical manipulation software, 
animation, web graphics, and graphics in multimedia presentations. 
Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor 

CSCI 4500 Operating Systems. (3) On demand 
A course in systems software that is largely concerned with operating 
systems. Such topics as process management, device management, 
and memory management are discussed, as are relevant issues 
associated with security and protection, networking, and distributed 
operating systems. 
Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor. 

CSCI 4510 - 4520 - 4530 Special Topics. (3) On demand 
This series of courses will provide the student with material not covered 
in the courses above. Topics such as telecommunications, 
microcomputer interfacing, artificial intelligence, automata theory, 
survey of modem languages, fourth-generation languages, operating 
systems, and object-oriented design will be covered. 
Prerequisite: Determined by topic 

CSCI 4700 Research in Computer Science. (1-3) 

On demand 
Research project or paper in computer science. Designed for those 
students who need it to fulfill a research component of the B.S. degree in 
computer science. Student must present a course description in writing 
to the department chairman to be approved by the end of pre-registration 
during the semester prior to enrolling for the course. 

CSCI 4900 Formal Languages. (3) On demand 
An introduction to the basic theoretical models of computability. Finite 
automata, Turing machines, computability, decidability, and Godel's 
incompleteness theorem. 
Prerequisite: CSCI 3250, 33 10, or 3700 or consent of instructor 

CSCI 4950 Independent Study. (3) On demand 



166 



CORE PROGRAM 
INTEGRATIVE CURRICULUM 

Objectives 

The principal outcomes of tlie LaGrange College Core Curriculum are to 
assist students to: 

1 . gather, interpret, and evaluate information to make decisions and 
solve problems appropriately; 

2. communicate clearly, both orally and in writing; 

3. interpret and evaluate the influence of historical, cultural, scien- 
tific, and religious developments upon human experience; and 

4. establish personal values and apply them in service to the 
community. 

Course Descriptions (CORE) 

CORE 1101* First-year Cornerstone I. (3) 

A course designed to enhance the valuing and decision-making proc- 
esses emphasizing Christian influences on ethical behavior. Students 
use skills of comparison, contrast, analysis, and synthesis of muhiple 
perspectives as they examine an issue of common concern. The course 
emphasizes active learning, small group problem solving, and service 
learning, including reflection on these experiences. 

CORE 1102* First-year Cornerstone First Week Experience. (1) 

During the week that precedes the beginning of the fall semester, re- 
ferred to as First Week, first-year students will select from a program of 
seminars where faculty present their research interests, academic oppor- 
tunities, and standards for excellence. In addition to the six hours of 
seminars, the first-year student is also required to attend five hours Cor- 
nerstone classes to discuss seminars and the assigned summer reading, a 
two-hour Honor Code Presentation and Signing Ceremony. The first- 
year student will complete 13 hours of academic work during First 
Week to earn one credit hour. Grading for this one credit course is on a 
pass/fail system evaluated by a 5 00- word summer reading essay graded 
with a common rubric, attendance, and disposition. 
* Transfer students with 30 or more hours may be waived from the 
CORE 1101/1 102 requirement. 



167 



CORE 1120 Problem Solving. (3) 

Individual and small-group problem solving geared toward real-life 
situations and nontraditional problems. The course will focus on a num- 
ber of problem solving strategies, such as: draw a diagram, eliminate 
possibilities, make a systematic list, look for a pattern, guess and check, 
solve an easier related problem and sub-problems, use manipulatives, 
work backward, act it out, unit analysis, use algebra and finite differ- 
ences, and others. Divergent thinking and technical communication 
skills of writing and oral presentation will be emphasized. 
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher 

CORE 1140 Computer Applications. (1) 

Mathematical techniques and computer methods will be used in 
the development of quantitative reasoning skills. These techniques and 
methods will be examined in the context of examples taken from busi- 
ness and economics. The applications of spreadsheets and graphing will 
be used. 
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher 

CORE 2001 Humanities I. (3) 

This course is the first of a two-course sequence focusing on our cultural 
heritage with an emphasis on the impact of the Judeo-Christian tradition 
as it relates to all knowledge. The period from the emergence of human 
history to 1660 is covered in this course. Students confront primary and 
secondary source materials to gain an historical consciousness. 
Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, 1102. 

CORE 2002 Humanities II. (3) 

This course is the second of a two-course sequence focusing on our cul- 
tural heritage with an emphasis on the impact of the Judeo-Christian 
tradition as it relates to all knowledge. The period from 1660 to the pre- 
sent is covered in this course. Students confront primary and secondary 
source materials to gain an historical consciousness. 
Prerequisite: CORE 200 1 . 

CORE 3001 The American Experience. (3) 

This course provides an understanding of the unique American identity, 
particularly from the social and behavioral science perspectives. The 
American Experience enables students to understand the forces that have 
given rise to the American Republic, articulate the basic concepts of 
American civil discourse, understand the benefits and limitations of a 
market-based economic system, and confront the perspectives conveyed 
through selected works of American culture. 
Prerequisites: CORE 2001 and CORE 2002. 



168 



EDUCATION 

Introduction 

The Department of Education offers several teacher preparation 
programs: Bachelor of Arts programs at the Early Childhood 
(PK - 5th) level; a Master of Arts in Teaching program for both the 
High School and Middle Grades level; a post-baccalaureate certification 
program for Early Childhood. The Master of Education in Curriculum 
and Instruction program is designed for those who already have a 
teaching certificate. 

The education curriculum at LaG range College serves four basic purposes: 

1. to provide for the development of those professional 
understandings and abilities which are essential for the 
teaching profession; 

2. to provide planned and carefully guided sequences of field 
experiences (this requires that all students meet with their advisors 
before making any work plans); 

3. to provide initial preparation programs in Early Childhood 
education at the undergraduate level, and a Master of Arts in 
Teaching initial preparation program for middle and high school 
grades, all of which are fully accredited by the Southern 
Association of Colleges and Schools and the Georgia Professional 
Standards Commission; 

4. to provide a program for certified teachers that leads to the Master 
of Education degree in Curriculum and Instruction. 

Teacher Certification 

The education department offers a variety of programs that are approved 
by the Georgia Professional Standards Commission and lead to 
certification in Georgia. Candidates desiring to be certified upon 
completion of their programs should plan to work closely with their 
advisors since certification requirements are subject to change. 

Upon successful completion of approved initial preparation programs in 
B.A. Early Childhood, the M.A.T. Middle Grades, and Secondary 
programs, and qualifying scores on the Georgia Competency 
Examination (GACE) requirements, candidates are eligible to receive 
Initial Clear Renewable Certificates. 



169 



Admission to Undergraduate Teacher 
Education 

The following are required for entrance into an undergraduate program: 

 GAGE Basic Skills Examination requirement or exemption 

 EDUG 11 99 - Foundations of Education (grade of "G" or better) 

 GPAof2.5 or better 

 Submission of application to program 

 Background check to ensure that no criminal record or discharge 
from the armed services would prevent teacher certification 

 Successful interview with Ghair of the Education Department 

After interviewing with Ghair of the Education Department, candidates 
may be admitted conditionally if the results of the GAGE Basic Skills 
examination are pending, or if one of the other criteria falls marginally 
short of the minimum requirements. 

Candidates who have been conditionally admitted because they have not 
satisfied the GAGE requirement, must show proof that they have taken 
the test within the last four weeks or are scheduled to take it by the end 
of the semester. Those who fail to show proof will not be registered for 
the following semester. 

If a junior has not satisfied the GAGE Basic Skills Assessment 
requirement by senior year registration in March, the candidate will be 
dropped from the Education Department and can only be reinstated once 
the Education Department has received official passing scores. 

The candidate will not be permitted to enroll in education courses during 
senior year on a conditional basis and will result in being dropped from 
the teacher education program. Admissions requirements are listed in 
the Education Department Student Handbook. 

Admission decisions may be appealed to the Academic Dean. After 
admission to the program, a review occurs each semester ft)r each 
candidate to determine retention in the teacher education program. 

All Education pre-service teachers have extensive field experiences each 
semester. They are in schools for a minimum of 7 hours each week 
prior to student teaching. Student teaching takes place in Troup County. 

At the end of spring sophomore, fall junior, spring junior, and fall senior 
semesters, candidates must pass Comprehensive Exit Examinations 
before progressing onto the next semester or student teaching. 



170 



Core Program Requirements 

All candidates planning to complete approved programs of Teacher 
Education must complete the CORE program requirements. 

Objectives 

Approved Program in Early Childhood Education 

Candidates completing the Early Childhood Education Major will: 

 develop a thorough understanding of the social intellectual, 
physical, and emotional development of the child; 

 identify the nature of learning and behaviors involving the child; 

 construct a curriculum appropriate to the needs of the child; 

 utilize existing knowledge about parents and cultures in dealing 
effectively with children; 

 gain a thorough knowledge of the fundamental concepts of 
appropriate disciplines and how to relate them to the child; 

 identify and implement differentiated teaching strategies in lessons 
designed for elementary students; 

 understand diagnostic tools and approaches for assessing students 
at all levels and how to remediate learning problems in the various 
disciplines; 

 develop their maximum potential through the provision of a 
succession of planned and guided experiences. 

Assessment of Learning Objectives 

The Georgia Professional Standards Commission requires that the 
Education Department use technology to show that all candidates have 
met specific standards for teaching certification. To cover the cost of 
the software used for individual candidate performance, portfolio 
development, and data collection, a $100 subscription fee is assessed in 
the fall junior course EDUC 3342 Child Development and Practicum. 



171 



Program of Study 

Early Childhood majors begin their program of study during the spring 
semester of their sophomore year. The course EDUC 1 199 Foundations 
of Education is a prerequisite for unconditional admittance and must be 
taken before or during the spring semester of the candidate's sophomore 
year. Because Early Childhood Education is a cohort program, it is 
imperative that interested students declare their intent to become early 
childhood certification candidates by following the above admission to 
teacher education procedures before spring registration in the fall of 
their sophomore year. 




172 



Prerequisite 


EDUC1199 


Foundation in Education 


3 


Spring 
Sophomore 


EDUC 4459 


Special Needs/Exceptional 
Children 


3 




MATH 3101 


Fundamentals of Mathematics 1 


3 


Fall Junior 


EDUC 3342 


Child Development 


3 




EDUC 3355 


Fundamentals of Reading 


3 




EDUC 3356 


Integrating Specialty Areas 


3 




EDUC 4449 


Classroom Technology 


3 




MATH 3102 


Fundamentals of Mathematics 11 


3 


Interim 
Junior 


EDUC 4460 


Diversity in Elementary 
Classroom 


3 


Spring 
Junior 


EDUC 3319 


Math Methods 


3 




EDUC 3354 


Theories of Reading Instruction 


3 




EDUC 4456 


Language Arts Methods 


3 




EDUC 4457 


Social Studies Methods 


3 


Fall Senior 


EDUC 3317 


Science Methods 


3 




EDUC 4356 


Diagnosis/Remediation of 
Problems in Reading 


3 




EDUC 4360 


Curriculum & Accountability 


3 




EDUC 4480 


Senior Seminar 


3 



Spring 
Senior 



EDUC 4490 



Student Teaching 



12 



173 



Senior Capstone Experience in Early Childhood 
Education 

The purpose of the Senior Capstone for Early Childhood Education 
Majors is to learn how use research as a way to synthesize curriculum 
development, learning theories, instruction, assessment and professional 
responsibilities through an in-depth study of a topic or issue germane to 
early childhood education. Learning how to become a reflective 
research-based practitioner is facilitated by the professor through 
specific instructional experiences and assignments. 

Juniors enrolled in the fall course EDUC 3342 Child Development and 
Practicum will submit a comprehensive research or project proposal that 
includes the research and focus questions to be investigated, a thorough 
literature review and the selection of the method(s) for data collection. If 
deemed required by the professor of record, the student must submit a 
completed Human Subjects in Research application to IRB for approval. 

Seniors enrolled in the fall course EDUC 4480 Senior Seminar will 
present their completed research or project as evidence which shows that 
the early childhood education teacher candidate has built connections to 
real world issues through the application of knowledge, skills, tools, and 
ideas. 

Certification Requirements 

Teacher candidates must have successfully completed program courses 
and have a passing score of 80% or higher in each respective section of 
all four Comprehensive Exit Exams. If a score of less than 80% is 
earned, the candidate must retake the particular course associated with 
the failed section. Candidates must successfully complete fieldwork 
assignments and receive satisfactory ratings on all Teacher Performance 
Observation Instruments (TPOI) and Dispositions Evaluations or show 
evidence of successfully completing a Professional Development Plan. 
In addition to the above, candidates must have a passing score on the 
GACE I test and have completed Opening School Experience. 

Artifacts collected when a candidate applies for admission to student 
teaching include GPA, Comprehensive Exit Exam Scores, Opening 
School Experience Journals and Logs, Lesson Plan Rubrics, 
Professional Development Plans (if used). Teacher Candidate 
Evaluations, and Disposition Evaluations from all field experiences. 



174 



Program Completion Artifacts collected at the time of graduation 
include transcripts, GPA, Lesson Plan Rubrics, Documentation of 
Student Learning: Senior Teacher Work Sample, Professional Logs, 
Teacher Candidate Evaluations, Disposition Evaluations, PDPs (if 
needed), and Content Portfolios. In addition, candidates must take and 
pass appropriate GACE tests to be recommended for teacher 
certification in Georgia. GACE scores are collected from ail candidates 
seeking initial certification. 

After completing an initial program, graduates are contacted by letter 
and asked to respond to a survey based on Georgia Professional 
Standards Commission Standards and the Georgia Framework Domains. 
The survey is designed to elicit responses regarding candidates' 
perceptions of their preparation at LaGrange College. Employers of 
LaGrange College graduates are also contacted and asked to complete a 
brief survey for each LC graduate whom they supervise. The survey 
based on the Georgia Framework Domains asks employers to rate 
candidates on job performance. 

Combined B.A. and M.A.T Program of Study 

Undergraduate students who meet the admission requirements for the 
M.A.T (passing GACE Basic Skills or a combined SAT score of more 
than 1000) and those who have a GPA of 3.0 or higher in their 
undergraduate studies have the opportunity to participate in a Combined 
B.A. and M.A.T. program of study after the completion of 90 semester 
hours. Once accepted, candidates may take one graduate course in each 
Summer Semester. Candidates may take one three credit graduate course 
during the Fall, Interim, and Spring Semesters only if enrolled with 
twelve undergraduate credits. 



Program of Study 






First Summer 
Semester I 


EDUC 6040 


Foundation in Curriculum and 
Instruction (after 90 credit 
hours) 


3 


First Summer 
Semester II 


EDUC 6020 


Educational Technology 


3 


First Fall Semester 


EDUC 5060 


Secondary/Middle Grades 
Exceptional Child 


3 


Interim 


EDUC 5040 


Affirming Diversity 


3 


First Spring 
Semester 


EDUC 5020 
OR 

EDUC 5090 


Methods of Teaching 

OR 

Foundations of Reading 

Theories 


3 



175 



Second Summer 
Semester I 


EDUC 6030 


Problems of Reading 


3 


Second Summer 
Semester II 


EDUC 6010 


Assessment and 
Accountability 


3 


Second Fall 
Semester 


EDUC 5700 


Internship I 

(formal observations) 


4 




EDUC 5020 
OR 
EDUC 5090 


Methods of Teaching 

OR 

Foundations of Reading 

Theories 


3 


Second Spring 
Semester 


EDUC 5700 


Internship II 
(formal observations) 


8 



Course Descriptions (EDUC) 

EDUC 1199 Foundation in Education. (3) Fall and Spring 
An introduction to teaching and learning. This course addresses 
teacher behavior, teacher roles, teacher ethics and experiences, 
historical perspectives, philosophical foundations, approaches to 
curriculum development, the politics of education, school governance, 
school funding and legal issues, school environments, and living and 
learning in a diverse society. Prerequisite for admission to education 
program and education classes. This course includes an initial school 
visitation experience. 

EDUC 3317 Science Methods. (3) Fall 

This course addresses science content, process skills, attitudes, and real- 
world applications that are developmentally appropriate for science and 
instruction. Effective teaching strategies that incorporate integrated and 
interdisciplinary approaches, technology, literature, multicultural 
education, and the Georgia QCC objectives are combined with theories 
of learning. Field experience required. 

EDUC 3319 Math Methods. (3) Spring 
The math methods course focuses on a constructivist approach to 
teaching and learning with emphasis on problem-solving, NCTM 
standards, and QCC objectives. The course stresses mental 
mathematical exercises and activities with manipulatives that promote 
mathematical confidence in children. There is an extensive field 
experience that involves a semester relationship with exemplary math 
teachers. Coursework involves implementation of the tenets that 
underlie the conceptual framework of the Education Department. 



176 



EDUC3342 Child Development Practicum. (3) Fall 
A study of the principles of growth and development from conception 
through twelve years of age. Specific attention will be given to the 
influences of family on physical maturation, cognitive development, social 
skills, and personality development. Major contributions from the leading 
authorities in the field will be emphasized during the study of each area of 
development. A nursery and preschool field experience is required. 

EDUC 3354 Theories of Reading Instruction. (3) Spring 
Different theories of reading instruction will be the focus for this course. 
Special emphasis will be on children's literature and its role in successful 
reading programs. Other topics include: reading process, principles of 
reading instruction, and emergent literacy. IRA standards and Georgia 
QCC objectives will provide a basis for lesson plans and field experiences 
in local schools. 

EDUC 3355 Fundamentals of Reading Instruction. (3) Fall 
A study of word recognition strategies with emphasis on phonics. 
Teaching techniques for vocabulary and comprehension, reading in content 
areas, and interrelatedness of reading and writing will also be addressed. 
Standards from IRA and Georgia QCC objectives will be used in 
combination with various approaches to effective instruction in planning 
effective lessons for experiences in local schools. 

EDUC 3356 Integrating Specialty Areas into Classroom 

Instruction (3) Fall 
This course teaches the early childhood certification candidate how to 
integrate the arts, health and physical education into instruction. Through 
collaboration with college faculty, elementary classroom teachers and 
specialty area teachers, candidates will understand, and use the content, 
functions, and achievements of dance, music, theater, and the several visual 
arts as primary media for communication, inquiry, and insight among 
elementary students; use the major concepts in the subject matter of health 
education to create opportunities for student development and practice of 
skills that contribute to good health; and know, understand, and use human 
movement and physical activity as central elements to foster active, healthy 
life styles and enhanced quality of life for elementary students. 



177 



EDUC 4356 Diagnosis and Remediation of Problems in Reading. 

(3) Fall 
The focus of this course is the identification and correction of reading 
problems in elementary school students. Special attention is given to 
testing and teaching materials for corrective work including reading 
inventories, formal and informal assessment, and computer programs. A 
variety of assessment techniques, IRA standards, and technology will be 
incorporated throughout the course. 

EDUC 4360 Curriculum and Accountability in Elementary 

Grades. (3) Fall 
This course addresses the practical aspects of curriculum development 
along with the role of preparation and its contribution to successful 
classroom management. A variety of assessment techniques, use of 
Georgia QCC objectives, technology, and portfolio development are 
among other key areas that are studied. EDUC 4360 Curriculum and 
Accountability in the Elementary Grades is taken in conjunction with 
EDUC 4480 Senior Seminar. 

EDUC 4449 Classroom Technology for Elementary Grades. (3) 

Fall 
Classroom technology is a 3 semester-hour course offered to early 
childhood and middle grades education majors during the fall and spring 
semesters. This course will meet the expected performances found in 
the Georgia Technology Standards for Educators. It is designed to teach 
(a) Global Communication Skills (b) Application Skills and (c) 
Integrative Strategies. All students will be responsible for designing a 
professional web site and electronic portfolio that will contain evidence 
of their expertise in classroom technology. The evidence will be aligned 
with the Georgia Technology Standards. 

EDUC 4456 Language Arts Methods. (3) Spring 

This course provides a thematic approach to methods for teaching 

language arts in the elementary grades. Major topics include oral and 

written language, reading and writing workshop, spelling, and grammar. 

Georgia QCC objectives, NCTE and IRA standards will be used in 

developing instructional resources and units. Field experience is 

required. 



178 



EDUC 4457 Social Studies Methods. (3) Spring 
The interdisciplinary nature of social studies will be the focus for the study 
of curriculum, methods, technology, and professional sources. An 
emphasis will be on planning for and developing resources for instruction, 
including the development of a unit with emphasis on the NCSS standards 
and Georgia QCC objectives for a chosen grade level. This course includes 
a field experience component. 

EDUC 4459 Special Needs and Exceptional Children. (3) Spring 
A study of identification and diagnostic techniques for teachers related to 
areas of exceptionality among students and of alternative styles of teaching 
to meet special needs. The introduction to the Student Support Team 
(SST) process, the writing of eligibility reports and Individual Education 
Plans (lEP) will be explored. The psychological and behavioral 
characteristics of exceptional children will be studied. The importance of 
transition and other forms found within the exceptional children's 
categories will be identified. Weekly field experience in the exceptional 
children's areas will be provided. 

EDUC 4460 Diversity in the Elementary Classroom. (3) Interim 
This course addresses a variety of issues in diversity including 
psychological, physiological, and social conditions of different students. 
Various issues of equality and equal opportunity are also examined as well 
as strategies for working with children at risk. This course includes a field 
experience in diverse school settings outside of Troup County. 

EDUC 4480 Senior Seminar. (3) Fall 

Senior seminar is taken in conjunction with the curriculum course for early 
childhood the semester prior to student teaching. Senior education majors 
work closely with a local school for eight hours each week supervised by 
college faculty. 

EDUC 4490E Early Childhood Student Teaching. (12) 

Fall and Spring 
This course provides a full-day teaching experience for a minimum of 
thirteen weeks. Pre-service teachers will be assigned to diverse public 
schools and will gradually assume responsibility for working with groups 
and individuals. They will participate in classroom teaching and 
observation, planning and evaluation conferences, and other school- 
related experiences with guidance provided by the cooperating teacher and 
college supervisor gradually assuming total responsibility for the class. 



179 



ENGLISH 

Introduction 

The Department of English Language and Literature offers a wide range 
of courses to meet a variety of needs and demands: 

 composition at introductory and advanced levels 

 the literature of England and America 

 continental literature (in translation) 

 grammar and the history of the English language 

 journalism 

 creative writing 

Objectives 

The primary goal of courses in composition and literature is to help 
students become competent readers and writers by providing them with 
challenging texts and ample opportunities to practice their skills of 
critical thinking and expression. Toward this end, the English faculty has 
set the following four objectives. All students completing the core 
curriculum will demonstrate: 

 proficiency in expository writing with Standard American English 
grammar, punctuation, and usage 

 proficiency in critical reading 

 the ability to assimilate, organize, and develop ideas logically and effectively 

 an understanding of the rudiments of research-based writing, 
including accurate and ethical citation and MLA documentation 

Objectives of English Major Courses 

All students completing the baccalaureate program in English will be 
prepared to pursue careers in which a broad knowledge of literature and 
a proficiency in critical reading, critical thinking, and expository writing 
are important. They also will be prepared to pursue graduate studies in 
English and in other professional areas, such as law, medicine, or 
journalism. In addition, students who wish to prepare for a career in 
teaching may do so by completing a major in English. For each of these 
endeavors, English majors will demonstrate: 

 an extensive knowledge of the development of British literature and 
American literature from their origins to the present 

 a capacity for interpreting literature, reading critically, and 
expressing literary ideas, both in oral discussion and in written work 



180 



 an ability to bring informed critical and analytical judgment to bear 
on the study of literary issues, both in oral discussion and in written work 

 a mastery of the techniques of literary research and the use of MLA style 

 a knowledge of Standard American English grammar, punctuation, 
and syntax 

 a knowledge of Standard American English usage 

Requirements for English Majors 

Before declaring English as a major, students must complete the CORE 
composition classes (ENGL 1101 and 1 1 02) with no grade lower than a C. 

English majors are required to take 37 semester hours in English 
language and literature above the 1000 level. 

Introductory Course (required) (1) 

ENGL 2200 Introduction to English Studies 

Survey Courses (all 4 required) (12) 

ENGL 2204, 2205 British Literature I, II 

ENGL 2206, 2207 American Literature I, II 

Language Courses (2 required) (6) 

ENGL 3300 History of the English Language (required) 

ENGL 3302 Advanced Grammar OR 

ENGL 3303 Advanced Composition 

Single Author Courses (1 required) (3) 

ENGL 4410 Chaucer OR 

ENGL 4420 Shakespeare OR 

ENGL 4430 Milton 

English Electives (3000 level or above) (4 required) (12) 

Senior-Level Course (required) (3) 

ENGL 4495 Senior Thesis 



181 



Requirements for English Minors 

A minor in English consists of 18 semester hours above the 1000 level, 
three courses of which must be at the 3000 level or above. 

Assessment of Learning Objectives 

Success in achieving the objectives of the English major will be 
demonstrated in the following ways: 

 completion of each major course with a grade of C or better 

 completion of an entrance and an exit examination 

 satisfactory performance on the senior thesis and its presentation 

Students are required to take the ETS Major Field Achievement Test in 
Literature while enrolled in ENGL 2200 and again while enrolled in ENGL 
4495. Scores will be compared to measure progress. Students preparing for 
graduate study in English or law are encouraged to take the GRE or the 
LSAT. 

Awards 

The English Department gives two awards to outstanding senior English 
majors during the Honors Day Convocation: 

 the Walter D. Jones Award for Excellence in Composition 
and Scholarship 

 the Murial B. Williams Award for Excellence in Literary Studies 

The Jones award is given to the student whose paper written for a major 
course is judged as outstanding by an impartial panel of reviewers. The 
Williams award is given to the student who is deemed by the English 
faculty to demonstrate the highest standards of scholarship and who 
contributes the most to the advancement of literary studies among English 
majors at LaGrange College. 

In addition, each spring at Honors Day, the Department of English 
recognizes the most outstanding essay(s) composed for a Rhetoric and 
Composition course (ENGL 1 101 or 1 102) during the current academic 
year. The winning essay(s) will be published in the next year's edition of 
the LaGrange College Handbook of Freshman English. 



182 



Writing Center 

The Department of English Language and Literature maintains a Writing 
Center, which is located in Banks Library. This center serves the college 
community by providing advice and support for student writers. The center 
is directed by Dr. Laine Scott, who trains upper-level students to serve as 
peer writing consultants. The hours of the center are posted each semester. 

The Scroll and LC Writing Contest 

Since 1922, TJje Scroll has been LaGrange College's journal of creative 
arts. Published each spring, the magazine features the best of fiction, 
drama, poetry, essays, and artwork by the students and faculty of the 
College. 

The LC Writing Contest is an annual event sponsored by the English 
Department, the Writing Center, and The Scroll. It is open to all LC 
students. First and second prizes are awarded to best entries in fiction/ 
drama, poetry, and essay. Winners are announced at Honors Day and 
included in the annual Scroll. 

Advanced Placement 

Most LaGrange College students will take Rhetoric and Composition I and 
II (ENGL 1101 and 1 102) during their first year. Some students will 
receive credit for one of these courses based on the Advanced Placement Test. 

 Students who earn a score of 4 or 5 on the AP Test in English 
Language and Composition will receive three hours of credit for 
Rhetoric and Composition I [English 1101]. 

 Students who earn a score of 4 or 5 on the AP Test in English 
Literature and Composition will receive three hours of credit for 
Rhetoric and Composition II [English 1 102]. 

 Students who earn a score of 4 or 5 on both tests must choose which 
course they prefer to exempt. Only one exemption is allowed. 

 Only the AP Tests in English Language or English Literature are 
accepted for credit in the LaGrange College English program. 

International Students 

International students must enroll in an English course during each 
semester that they spend at LaGrange College until they have satisfactorily 
completed both semesters of first year composition (ENGL 1101 and 1 102). 



183 



Transient Credit 

No transient credit will be accepted for courses in first year Rhetoric and 
Composition (ENGL 1 101 or 1 102). 

Course Descriptions (ENGL) 

ENGL 1101 Rhetoric and Composition I. (3) Fall and Spring 
Introduction to expository writing, emphasizing the essay form, the writing 
process, and rhetorical modes of thesis development. Standardized test 
scores, among other criteria, will determine each student's placement in 
either a standard, honors, or grammar-intensive section of ENGL 1 lOL 
Prerequisite to all higher-numbered English courses. 

ENGL 1102 Rhetoric and Composition IL (3) Fall and Spring 
Introduction to critical thinking and writing about literature, emphasizing 
reading strategies, analytic writing, research techniques, and modes of 
documentation. Some students may be invited to join an honors section of 
ENGL 1102 

Prerequisite to all higher-numbered English courses. 

ENGL 2200 Introduction to English Studies. (1) Fall 2007 
Introduces students to the academic discipline of English and focuses on 
the critical issues (past and present) involved in English Studies. This 
course is a prerequisite for English majors for any 3000- or 4000-level course. 
Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, 1102 

ENGL 2204 British Literature L (3) Fall 2008 
A survey of British Literature from the Anglo-Saxon period through the 
eighteenth century. Short critical essays required, at least one with documentation. 
Required of all English majors. 

ENGL 2205 British Literature IL (3) Spring 2009 
A survey of British literature from the Romantics through the Modem/ 
Postmodern period. Short critical essays required, at least one with documentatioa 
Required of all English majors. 

ENGL 2206 American Literature I. (3) Fall 2007 
A survey of American Literature from the Colonial period through 
American Romanticism. Short critical essays required, at least one with 
documentation. Required of all English majors. 



184 



ENGL 2207 American Literature IL (3) Spring 2008 
A survey of American literature from Realism and Naturalism through the 
Modern/ Postmodern period. Short critical essays required, at least one with 
documentation. Required of all English majors. 

ENGL 2260 Journalistic Writing L (3) In rotation 

An introduction to basic types of writing for newspapers: news, feature, 

interview, review, and editorial. 

ENGL 2261 Journalistic Writing IL (3) In rotation 
Advanced instruction and practice in writing news, features, and editorials. 
Course also involves copy editing and layout and design of news pages. 
Prerequisite: ENG 2260 or permission of the instructor 

For English majors: 

Prerequisite to 3000-level or 4000-level courses: ENGL 1101, 1102, 2200 

ENGL 3300 History of the English Language. (3) Spring 2008 
Introduction to principles of linguistics; a survey of the origins and 
development of English, and a study of its structure. 
Required of all English majors. 

ENGL 3302 Advanced Grammar. (3) Fall 2008 

A survey of the basic logic and grammatical structure of English, from 

morpheme to word, phrase and clause, to sentence. 

ENGL 3303 Advanced Composition. (3) Fall 2007 
This course is open to all students, regardless of major, who are interested 
in strengthening their written expression beyond the level of "functional." 
The focus will be on producing nonfiction prose that is exemplary for its 
clarity and finesse. 

ENGL 3306 Creative Writing Workshop (poetry). (3) Spring 2009 
An advanced course in imaginative writing. Professional models studied, 
but student writing emphasized. Only one workshop (poetry or fiction) may 
be taken for major credit. 

ENGL 3308 Creative Writing Workshop (fiction). (3) Spring 2008 
An advanced course in imaginative writing. Professional models studied, 
but student writing emphasized. Only one workshop (fiction or poetry) may 
be taken for major credit. 



185 



ENGL 3312 Business Writing. (3) In rotation (see MGMT 3312) 

A study of the basic communication skills needed to prepare business 
publications in today's world. Special attention given to format and correct usage. 

ENGL 3314 Classical Backgrounds. (3) In rotation 

An examination of major classics, in modem translation, of Greek, Roman, 

and Medieval literature. 

ENGL 3316 Masterpieces of Continental Literature. (3) 

In rotation 
Major European classics in translation from the Renaissance through the 
twentieth century. 

ENGL 3320 Medieval Literature. (3) In rotation 

A survey, mostly in Middle English, of English literature to about 1500. 

ENGL 3330 English Literature of the Renaissance. (3) Spring 2009 
Renaissance English literature to about 1675, excluding Shakespeare. 

ENGL 3335 Development of English Drama. (3) Spring 2008 
An examination of the development of English drama, excluding 
Shakespeare, from its beginnings up to the Restoration. 

ENGL 3340 Restoration and Eighteenth-Century English 

Literature. (3) In rotation 
Selected Restoration, Neoclassical, and Pre-Romantic English literature, 
excluding the novel. 

ENGL 3345 The Rise of the English Novel. (3) hi rotation 

A study of the rise of the English novel with an emphasis on selected 

works of the late seventeenth-century and eighteenth-century novelists. 

ENGL 3350 Romanticism in English Poetry and Selected Prose. (3) 

In rotation 
A study of selected major nineteenth-century British prose and poetry, 
with emphasis on lyric verse. 

ENGL 3355 The English Novel in the Nineteenth Century. (3) 

In rotation 
A study of the selected works of Romantic and Victorian novelists. 



86 



ENGL 3360 Victorian Poetry and Selected Prose. (3) In rotation 
A study of selected major Victorian prose and poetry, with emphasis on 
Temiyson, Browning, and the Pre-RaphaeUtes. 

ENGL 3375 American Romanticism. (3) In rotation 

Major American Romantic writers of the United States through Whitman 

and Dickinson. 

ENGL 3380 Post Civil War American Literature. (3) Fall 2008 
Major American writers of the Realistic and Naturalistic movements in the 
United States. 

ENGL 3385 Southern American Literature. (3) Fall 2007 
A study of major Southern writers from about 1815 to the present. 

ENGL 4400 Literary Theory and Modern Criticism. (3) In rotation 
A study of literary theory through postmodern literary criticism. 

ENGL 4410 Chaucer. (3) Fall 2008 

A survey of Chaucer's work. Consideration will also be given to 

Chaucerian influence and criticism. 

ENGL 4420 Shakespeare. (3) Fall 2009 

The development of Shakespeare's art, as reflected in selected individual 

plays or groups of plays. 

ENGL 4430 Milton. (3) Fall 2007 
Selected poetry and prose of Milton. 

ENGL 4440 Twentieth Century Fiction. (3) Spring 2009 

A study of selected novels and short stories of Modem, Postmodern, and 

Contemporary American and British fiction writers. 

ENGL 4450 Twentieth Century Poetry. (3) In rotation 

A study of the major American and British poets of the twentieth century, 

their verse techniques, and their contributions to poetic art. 

ENGL 4460 Twentieth Century Drama. (3) In rotation 
A study of major American and British playwrights of the twentieth 
century, their dramatic techniques, and their contributions to the 
dramatic arts. 



187 



ENGL 4495 Senior Thesis and Presentation. (3) Spring 2008 
English majors will write and present orally an original research project based 
on a significant topic in American or English language or literature. 
Required of all English majors. 
Prerequisite: Senior Standing 

ENGL 4499 Independent Study/Research. (3) On demand 




HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Introduction 

The curriculum in the Department of Health and Physical Education is 
composed of two programs. The physical education activities program 
offers a selection of physical skill classes designed to promote health, 
physical skill development and to promote lifetime fitness. The minor 
programs offer courses that are designed for students who may be 
involved in some facet of physical education or coaching as a career 
path. Coaching at all levels, health/fitness promotion and sports 
management are all potential employment areas. 

Objectfv^s 

The activities program strives to provide classes for student to gain skill 
in activities that carry-over into later life thus providing an avenue for 
lifetime fitness. The two minor programs provide knowledge and skill 
in teaching and coaching areas which will be beneficial in career 
choices and/or leisure pursuits. 

Assessment of learning objectives 

 satisfactorily complete all course work requirements 

 maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA 

 current certification in Community First Aid/CPR. 

Required hours for the physical education 

MINOR and for the COACHING MINOR 

There are two minor programs; one in physical education and one in 
coaching. The department will guide the student in selecting courses 
that best meet the student's aims and plans. Fifteen (15) semester hours 
are required for each minor. 

Physical Education minors must take HPED 2251 - Introduction to 
Physical Education 

Coaching minors must take HPED 33 10 Coaching Theory and Methods. 

The remaining 12 semester hours for either minor can be selected from 

the following courses: 

HPED 1 154 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies 

HPED 2202 Sports Statistics 

HPED 225 1 Introduction to Physical Education 



189 



HPED 3302 Organization and Administration of Physical 

Education and Recreation 
HPED 3305 Sports Psychology 
HPED 3310 Coaching Theory and Methods 
HPED 3312 Principles of Strength, Conditioning and Nutrition for 

Athletes 
HPED 3313 Leadership in Physical Education and Athletics 
HPED 3332 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries/Illness 
HPED 3390 Seminar and lab Practice in Physical Education 

Course Descriptions (HPED) 

HPED 1153 Camp Leadership and Program. (3) On demand 
A study of camping in an organized setting and of the leadership skills 
necessary for the implementation of the camp program. 

HPED 1154 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies. (3) Fall, Spring 
This course focuses on the identification of emergency situations and 
selection of correct response. Certification in American Red Cross 
standard first aid and adult, child and infant rescue breathing and 
cardiopulmonary resuscitation are earned upon successful completion of 
the course. 

HPED 1155 Lifeguard Training. (3) Spring 

Competencies in swimming and life guarding techniques, swimming speed 
and endurance are developed in this course. American Red Cross lifeguard 
training and cardiopulmonary resuscitation for the professional rescuer 
certifications are the result of successful completion of this course. 
Prerequisites: Current Standard First Aid Certification; 

Passing of the following practical exams on the first 
day of class; 500 yd. continuous swim (crawl, breast 
stroke and sidestroke); treading water for two minutes 
with legs only and retrieving a brick from the deep 
end of the pool. 

HPED 1156 Water Safety Instructor. (3) Spring. 
A course which focuses on the development of competencies in swimming 
stroke and instructional techniques. Students who successfully complete 
this course earn certification in Red Cross WSI, enabling them to teach all 
levels of the Leam to Swim Program, Basic and Emergency Water Safety courses. 

HPED 2202 Sports Statistics. (3) On demand 

Techniques of recording sports statistics and maintaining scorebooks are 

the focus of this class. 



190 



HPED 2251 Introduction to Physical Education. (3) On demand 
A survey course of the career choices available in physical education. 
Opportunities to talk with and observe professionals in various sub- 
specializations are provided. 

HPED 3302 Organization and Administration of Recreational 
and Physical Education Programs. (3) On demand 
A study of the organization and administration of instructional, intramural, 
and interscholastic activity programs. Special emphasis is placed on the 
selection, purchase, and care of safe equipment and facilities as well as on 
the legal requirements for providing and maintaining safe programs and facilities. 

HPED 3305 Sports Psychology. (3) Spring 
A study of human behavior in the context of the sporting experience and 
how performance is affected by the interactions of the coach, athletes and 
the environment. Emphasis is on motivation, personality, attributions, 
disengagement from sport, aggression, leadership, and communication patterns. 

HPED 3306 Techniques of Sports Officiating. (3) Spring 
This course focuses on techniques of officiating athletic events. 
Knowledge of the rules of selected sports and extensive practical 
officiating in selected sports form the basis of this course. 

HPED 3310 Coaching Theory and Methods. (3) On demand 
Analysis of teaching skills and techniques of the different interscholastic 
sports in high schools. 

HPED 3312 Principles of Strength Conditioning and Nutrition 

for Athletes. (3) Fall 
This course focuses on the examination of proper techniques, concepts, and 
applications of exercise science. Nutritional principles as these relate to 
athletic performance also are included. 

HPED 3313 Leadership in Physical Education and Athletics. 

(3) Spring 
A study of the leadership skills necessary to implement and conduct 
physical activity programs and functions. 

HPED 3320 Methods in Health and Physical Education in 

the Elementary School. (3) Fall 
A study of the objectives, materials, activities, and curricula appropriate for 
elementary school physical education and health. Supervised observation 
and practical experiences in the elementary schools are provided. 



191 



HPED 3331 Personal Health Issues. (3) On demand 
This course allows students to explore basic health issues and principles in 
depth. Topics include fitness, diet and weight control, nutrition, human 
sexuality, stress management, death education, aging, and drug and 
alcohol education. 

HPED 3332 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries/Illnesses. 

(3) Spring 
This course focuses on common injuries and illnesses occurring in 
athletics. Topics include, but are not limited to, heat exhaustion, heat 
stroke, abdominal injuries, injury management, emergency triage, 
anatomical instability, blood borne pathogens, and mechanics of injury. 

HPED 3333 Yoga for Wellness. (3) Fall, Winter 
A study of the effects that yoga has on all aspects of the human body, 
including physical, mental, and spiritual. Topics will include breathing 
techniques, asanas, fasting, meditation, and different disciplines of yoga. 
There will also be a physical component of this course. 

HPED 3334 Advanced Yoga with Martial Arts Training. 

Fall and Spring 
This advanced course will build on the foundation that the yoga for 
wellness course established. Advanced Yoga with Martial Arts Training 
will emphasize mental focus, body organization, alignment, technique, and 
core development. This advanced yoga course with martial arts training is 
designed to bring the student eye to eye with their greatest obstacles, which 
are perceived physical and mental limitations. This course is one pathway 
to cultivating the mind/body clarity and power that leads to developing the will. 

HPED 3352 Physiology of Exercise. (3) On demand 
The effects of exercise on the major systems of the human body, including 
cardio respiratory, neuromuscular, glandular, and digestive are the focus of 
this course. Effects of heat, altitude, and ergogenic aids on the human body 
during exercise also are included. 
Prerequisites: BIOL 1148- BIOL 1149 

HPED 3390 Seminar and Lab Practice in Physical Education. (3) 

Fall, Spring 
This course provides supervised leadership experiences in various physical 
education or athletic settings. Seminar discussions focus on common 
issues and concerns. 
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing and completion of 6 hours of 

HPED courses 



192 



HPED 4400 Internship in Physical Education and Coaching. (3) 

Interim 
Directed observation and participation in physical education, coaching, 
and/or supervisory situations. 
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing, recommendation by the 

department chair in health and physical education 

Physical Education Activities (PEDU) 

The physical education activity program is designed to provide 
opportunities for learning or enhancing those skills necessary to 
participate in leisure time activities throughout the life cycle. Special 
emphasis also is given to activities which improve one's physical fitness 
and condition. All courses carry one semester hour of credit and 
count toward the hours needed for graduation. 

PEDU 1102 Beginning Archery. (1) Fall, Spring 

Basic competencies in archery techniques and safety with experiences in 

target shooting. 

PEDU 1103 Badminton. (1) Spring 

Introduction to the skills, strategies, and rules of badminton. 

PEDU 1104 Basketball. (1) On demand 

Basic competencies in the techniques, strategies, and rules of basketball. 

PEDU 1105 Jogging. (1) Fall, Spring 

Participation in progressive running programs designed to increase 

cardiovascular endurance. 

PEDU 1107 Bowling. (1) On demand 

Introduction to the basic skills and rules of bowling. Course conducted 

at local bowling lanes. 

PEDU 1108 Physical Conditioning. (1) Fall, Spring 
Basic assessment, maintenance, and improvement of over-all 
physical fitness. 

PEDU 1109 Beginning Golf. (1) Fall, Spring 

Introduction to the basic skills, strategies, and rules of golf. Field trips 

to city golf courses. 

PEDU nil Softball. (1) Fall 

Basic competencies and knowledge of rules and strategies of softball. 

PEDU 1112 Beginning Tennis. (1) Fall, Spring 
Introduction to the basic skills, strategies, and rules of termis. 



193 



PEDU 1114 Volleyball. (1) Fall, Spring 

Basic competencies in the techniques, strategies, and rules of volleyball. 

PEDU 1116 Personal Fitness. (1) Spring 

Introduction to diet and weight control techniques as well as assessment 

and maintenance of personal fitness. 

PEDU 1120 Karate. (1) On demand 

Basic competencies and skills in karate techniques. 

PEDU 1121 Bicycling. (1) On demand 

Introduction to the basic equipment, safety, and techniques of cycling 

including training and racing strategies. Weekend field trips. 

PEDU 1122 Weightlifting/Plyometrics. (1) Fall, Spring 
Introduction to exercises that are geared toward increasing speed, power, 
and jumping ability. A basic overview of the physiological factors 
involved in the exercises will be included. 

PEDU 1123 Beginning Swimming. (1) Spring 

Introduction to the aquatic environment with emphasis on competence in 

primary swimming and safety skills and stroke readiness. 

PEDU 1124 Intermediate/Advanced Swimming. (1) On demand 
Development and refinement of key swimming strokes. Introduction to 
turns, surface dives, and springboard diving. 
Prerequisite: PEDU 11 23 or equivalent skills 

PEDU 1130 SCUBA. (1) Fall, Spring 

Develop competencies in safe diving techniques and practices as well as 
safe use of SCUBA diving equipment. PADI open Water Diver 
Certification available upon completion of course and optional trip for 
checkout dives. 
Prerequisite: PEDU 1 124 or equivalent intermediate swimming skills 

PEDU 1156 Canoeing. (1) Fall, Spring 

Fundamental canoeing skills emphasized. Field trips to lake facilities and 
overnight camping experience are provided to give extensive opportunities 
for recreational canoeing. 

PEDU 1158 Backpacking. (1) Spring 

Introduction to basic equipment, safety, and techniques of trail camping. 

Extensive field trips to state and national trails are provided. 

PEDU 1159 Sailing. (1) On demand 

Basic sailing competencies and understanding with experiences in 

fundamental racing strategy. Field trips to lake facilities are provided. 



194 



PEDU1160 Snow Skiing. (1) Spring 

Introduction to basic teciiniques, safety, and equipment of snow skiing. 

Field trip to area ski facilities is included. 

PEDU 1161 Rliythmic Aerobics. (1) Fall, Spring 
A conditioning course in which exercise is done to musical 
accompaniment for the purpose of developing cardiovascular efficiency, 
strength and flexibility. 

PEDU 1162 Hiking, Orienteering, and Camping. (1) Fall, Spring 
Introduction to basic techniques of tent camping, map, and compass 
work. Field trips to nearby campgrounds and forest lands. 

PEDU 1164 Water Aerobics. (1) Fall, Spring 
Development of cardio respiratory endurance, flexibility, body 
composition, and muscle endurance/tone through vigorous water 
exercise. The resistance of the water makes this course an excellent 
choice for the beginner as well as the well-conditioned athlete, and for 
the swimmer as well as the non-swimmer. 

PEDU 1165 Aqua Fitness. (1) On demand 
Development and/or maintenance of cardiovascular fitness through 
various aquatic activities including water jogging, circuit training, and 
water resistance training. Students will learn to use various aquatic 
equipment to implement their personal training. 
Prerequisite: PEDU 1 123 or equivalent beginning swimming skills 

PEDU 1166 Scottish Country Dance. (1) Fall, Spring 
Introduction to, and dancing folk dances of Scotland. Learn figures 
and steps of reels, jigs, and strathspey. Opportunity to attend workshops 
sponsored by the Atlanta Branch of The Royal Scottish Country 
Dance Society. 



195 



HISTORY 

Introduction 

The faculty of the Department of History believe that all persons, whatever 
their selected role in life, require an understanding of their past in order to 
prepare for their future. The faculty firmly believes that the liberal arts 
preparation, which encompasses courses from the discipline of history, 
provides the student with the most appropriate educational background for 
life by integrating knowledge from the broadest range of disciplines. The 
objective of the Department of History is to provide students at LaGrange 
College with knowledge of the historical forces which have shaped 
civilization as we know it. 

Objectives 

To achieve the objective set forth above the faculty seeks to: 

 provide students with a basic understanding of the historical forces 
which have contributed to the development of civilization 

 develop in students an understanding and appreciation of his/her 
civilization which is a part of the world community. 

The faculty of the department believes that students who select to complete 
a major course of study in history should have the foundation knowledge 
and understanding of the discipline, developed by classroom instruction 
and individual study, necessary to provide them with the opportunity to: 

 pursue graduate study within the discipline 

 pursue a professional degree in a selected field of study 

 pursue employment as a teacher in pre-collegiate education 

 seek employment in a field such as government, entry level historic 
documentation and preservation, social or historic entry level research, 
or a field where their liberal arts preparation can be beneficially 
utilized. 

Graduates of the Department of History may be found pursuing careers in 
business, law, education, politics and government, broadcasting, 
journalism, the ministry and other fields of endeavor. In all of these 
endeavors our graduates have found that their education has provided a 
foundation for their careers and for their growth in life. 



196 



The Department of History offers the following major in history: 



A. Prerequisite Courses: 

HIST 1101 and 1102 
HIST 1111 and 11 12 



World Civilization 
United States History 



These are prerequisite courses for the major. 

Prerequisite courses can be met by AP, CLEP tests, or by transfer credit. 

We strongly encourage the history major to pursue the widest possible liberal 
arts preparation by the careful selection of courses from the core 
program structure. 



B. Two courses from: 

HIST 3307 

HIST 3308 

or 

HIST 3310 -3311 

Two courses from: 

HIST 3301 

HIST 3302 

HIST 3320 

Two courses from: 

HIST 3372 

HIST 3374 



Social and Intellectual History of the United 

States 

American Diplomatic History 

Constitutional History of the United States 

Greco-Roman world 

Middle Ages 

Renaissance and Reformation 

Europe 1660-1870 
Europe 1 870 - the Present 



C. 



Required courses: 

HIST 2000 Research Methods in History 

HIST 4490 Senior History Seminar 

An additional nine semester hours of 3000 and 4000 level history 

courses are required. The total major course requirements are 

33 semester hours credit beyond 1000 level courses. 



Assessment of Learning Objectfv^s 

Success in achieving the objectives established for the major will be 
demonstrated as follows: 
 successful completion of each major course with a grade of C or better 



197 



 successful completion of the Research Methods in History course 

 successful completion of the senior history seminar and defense of 
the senior thesis before the students and faculty of the department 

 successful completion of a major field examination during their 
senior year. 

Those wishing to major in history are encouraged to declare their major 
during the beginning of the spring semester of their sophomore year. 

Upper level courses in history, those numbered 3000 or above (with the 
exception of HIST 4490), are available to all students who have 
successfully completed prerequisites. 

Minor 

The minor in history consists of TWELVE hours of history courses 
successfully completed with no lower than a grade of "C." At least six 
of those hours must be at or above the 3000 level. 

Course Descriptions (HIST) 

HIST 1101 World Civilization I. (3) Fall, Spring 

Survey course on the development of world civilization up to 1660. 

HIST 1102 World Civilization 11. (3) Fall, Spring 

Survey course on the development of world civilization from 1660 to 

the present. 

HIST 1111 History of the United States to 1865. (3) Fall 
Emphasis on the Colonial, Revolutionary, early national, and Civil 
War periods. 

HIST 1112 History of the United States, 1865 to the Present. 

(3) Spring 
Emphasis on Reconstruction, liberal nationalism. New Deal, and 
postwar periods. 

HIST 2000 Research Methods in History. (3) Interim only 

This course is required of all sophomore history majors. It will 
acquaint the student with the basic components of historical 
methodology and research. 

HIST 3301 Greco-Roman World. (3) Fall 

A study of Greco-Roman civilization from its birth in ancient 
Greece through the collapse of the western Roman empire in the fifth 
century A.D. 



198 



HIST 3302 The Middle Ages, 350-1350. (3) Spring 

This course offers a compreliensive study of the development of medieval 

civilization from the late fifth century to the late fourteenth century. 

HIST 3305 Islamic World to 1500. (3) On demand 

This course will examine the development of Islam, its growth and 
diversification from its birth in seventh century c.e. Arabia through the 
Ottoman conquest of Constantinople in 1453. 

HIST 3306 History of the South. (3) On demand 

Emphasis on the antebellum, Civil War, Reconstruction, and New South periods. 

HIST 3307 Social and Intellectual History of the United States. 

(3) Fall 
A review of ideas and patterns of thought, the role of social, ethnic, and 
racial groups, and the major institutions of American society. 

HIST 3308 American Diplomatic History. (3) Fall 
Emphasis on the procedure for developing foreign policy as well as 
diplomatic history. 

HIST 3310 Constitutional History of the United States to 1900. (3) 

Fall 
An analysis of fundamental constitutional development from 1776 to present. 
Prerequisites: HIST 11 11 and HIST 1112 

HIST 3311 Constitutional History of the United States 1901 to 

the Present. (3) Spring 
An analysis of frindamental constitutional development from 1901 to the present. 

HIST 3312 Economic History of the United States. (3) On demand 
American economic development from colonial times to the present. 

HIST 3315 Georgia History. (3) Summer/On demand 
A study of Georgia History from the pre-colonial period to the present with 
emphasis on the historical, social, economic and political development of 
the State. 

HIST 3320 The Renaissance and the Reformation, 1350-1600. (3) 

Fall 
This course offers a detailed study of the civilization of Renaissance and 
Reformation Europe. Primary focus will be placed on the artistic and 
religious achievements of the period 1350 to 1600. 

HIST 3330 The Medieval Church and Papacy. (3) Spring 
This course will examine the institutional and cultural history of the 
medieval church, with special emphasis on the role of the papacy, and its 
impact on medieval civilization. 

199 



HIST 3340 Medieval Kings and Queens. (3) Fall 

A survey of medieval kings and queens and their influence on the 

development of medieval civilization. 

HIST 3341 Russia to 1856. (3) Fall 

A comprehensive survey of the Russian historical development from the 

appearance of the Kievan State in the 9**^ century through the Crimean War. 

HIST 3342 Russia 1856 to the Present. (3) Spring 

An examination of the Imperial Russian state. 

HIST 3350 Renaissance and Renascences. (3) Spring 

An examination of the great cultural revivals from the age of Charlemagne 

to the age of Michelangelo. 

HIST 3361 History of England to 1689. (3) Fall 

A political, economic, social, and cultural histcxyofEnglandfiDm 55 B.C. to 1689. 

HIST 3362 History of England from 1689 to Present. (3) 

Spring 
A political, economic, social and cultural history of England from 1689 to present 

HIST 3372 Europe 1660-1870. (3) Fall 

A comprehensive survey of European history from the reign of Louis XTV through 

the rise of the modem German state in 1 870. 

HIST 3374 Europe 1870 to the Present. (3) Spring 

A comprehensive survey of European history from the Bismarckian Era to 

the present. 

HIST 3378 European Diplomatic History: 1890 to the Present. (3) 

On demand 
A detailed examination of European international relations from 1890, the 
end of the Bismarkian system to the present. 

HIST 4416 Twentieth Century America. (3) On demand 
An intensive study of the United States during the twentieth century. 

HIST 4478 Contemporary Europe. (3) On demand 

An examination of European history focusing on major issues since 1945. 

HIST 4490 Senior History Seminar. (3) Spring 

A study of historiography and research methods and materials. 

Prerequisites: Senior History Major or permission of the professor 
and the Chair of the Department. This course may only be attempted 
twice. 



200 



1 



LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES AND 
MODERN LANGUAGES 

Introduction 

Latin American Studies is a growing program at LaGrange College. It is 
an interdisciplinary program that introduces the student to the cultural 
diversity and richness of Latin America and its people. Due to the 
increasing presence and importance of Latinos in the United States, a 
minor in Latin American Studies enhances one's career opportunities and 
effectiveness in such fields as business, government, health care, 
journalism, law, and social work. 

Objectives 

While the minor in Latin American Studies currently requires 6 hours of 
Spanish language study, students are encouraged to take more Spanish 
courses in order to develop basic conversational fluency. In addition, study 
abroad is strongly encouraged because it provides the student with total 
cultural immersion. At present the College offers only a minor in Latin 
American Studies; yet, the hope is to expand and to be able to provide a 
major in the near future. 

A minor in Latin American Studies consists of the following 18 hours of 
course work: 

Spanish courses 6 hrs. 

LAST 1 104 Latin American Culture 3 hrs. 

LAST 2000 Introduction to Latin American Studies 3 hrs. 

LAST 3110 Special Topics or Spanish 3110 3 hrs. 

Elective in either LAST or Spanish 3 hrs. 
(3000 level or above) 

Assessment of Learning Objecttv^s 

Success in achieving the objectives of all majors & minors in this 
department will be demonstrated in the following ways: 

 Completion of each major/minor course with a grade of C or better 

 Completion of exit exam 



201 



Course Descriptions (LAST) 

LAST 1104 Introduction to Latin American Culture. (3) 

A study of the art, literature, history, and anthropology of Latin America 
(fulfills LANG 2000 requirement). 

LAST 1199 Latin American Travel Seminar. (1-9) 

A travel-study seminar which provides valuable educational experience 
through close contact with the contemporary life and civilization of a 
selected Latin American country. Basic academic preparation in the 
history and customs of the target culture is undertaken before departure. 
Prerequisites: SPAN 1101, SPAN 1 1 02, and SPAN 2 1 03 or 

permission of instructor and chair of Latin 

American Studies 
LAST 2000 Introduction to Latin American Studies. (3) 
An interdisciplinary approach to the people, culture, development, and 
identity of Latin America. Attention will be given to such topics as art, 
class, economics, gender, history, literature, music, politics, race, and religion. 

LAST 3001 Survey of Latin American Literature I. (3) 

A general survey of contemporary Latin American literature. 

LAST 3002 Survey of Latin American Literature II. (3) 

Focuses on the works of a current major Latin American writer or writers. 

LAST 3110 Special Topics. (3) 

A study of selected topics from a specific discipline. Since the focus of this 
course changes frequently, this course may be repeated for credit. 

LAST 3210 States and Politics in Latin America (3) 

A comparative study of political systems in Latin America. Topics 
considered include: Basic comparative political theory, modem history of 
Latin American societies, politics of selected Latin American states, and 
the interaction of economic and political factors in Latin America. 

LAST 3930 Intercultural Communications. (3) 

A study of the cultural risks confronting the business manager in an 
international environment. This course will survey the differences in 
values and codes of behavior among a number of cultures with the primary 
focus being on Latin America. This course will give the student the 
opportunity to learn how to read and respond to the organizational culture 
of regulators, business associates, and customers across cultural borders. 



202 



Spanish 

As the Latino population increases in the United States, the abihty to speak 
Spanish is becoming an asset if not a necessity in the market place. This 
need is already occurring in such diverse fields as business, education, 
health care, law, and social work. In order to better prepare our students to 
meet this growing need in their future fields, we offer a major and minor in 
Spanish. While not required, study abroad is strongly encouraged for both 
our majors and minors to improve language fluency and cultural 
awareness. 

A major in Spanish consists of a total of 36 hours. Thirty of these hours 
are in Spanish courses above 1 102. Required courses are as follows: 

SPAN 2 1 03 Intermediate Spanish I 3 hrs. 

SPAN 2105 Intermediate Spanish II 3 hrs. 

SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3 hrs. 

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition I 3 hrs. 

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition II 3 hrs. 

SPAN 3002 Hispanic Culture and Civilization 3 hrs. 

SPAN 4000 Latin American Literature 3 hrs. 

SPAN 4001 Peninsular Spanish Literature 3hrs. 

Two electives in Spanish courses at the 3000 level or above. The 
remaining six hours of the major consist of two Latin American Studies 
electives. 

A minor in Spanish consists of 18 hours. Eighteen of these hours are in 
Spanish courses above Spanish 1 102. Required courses are as follows: 

SPAN 2103 Intermediate Spanish I 3 hrs. 

SPAN 2105 Intermediate Spanish II 3 hrs. 

SPAN 2 1 06 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3 hrs. 

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3 hrs. 

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition II 3 hrs. 

Plus: 

One Spanish elective at the 3000 level or above 3 hrs. 

Course Descriptions (SPAN) 

SPAN 1101 Elementary Spanish I. (3) 

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials 
of grammar, and reading of simple prose. 



203 



SPAN 1102 Elementary Spanish II. (3) 

A continuation of Spanish 1101. 
Prerequisite: Spanish 1101 

SPAN 2103 Intermediate Spanish I. (3) 

A review of grammar and syntax with practice in reading selected texts. 
Prerequisite: Spanish 1 1 02 or permission of instructor 

SPAN 2105 Intermediate Spanish II. (3) 

A continuation of Spanish 2103. 
Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of instructor 

SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (3) 

An introductory course designed to introduce the intermediate level 
language student to reading and analyzing short literary works in Spanish. 
Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of the instructor 

SPAN 2199 Latin American Seminar. (1-9) 

A travel-study seminar which provides valuable educational experience 
through close contact with the contemporary life and civilization of a 
selected Spanish-speaking country. Basic academic preparation in the 
history and customs of the target culture is undertaken before departure. 
Prerequisites: SPAN 1101, SPAN 1 102, and SPAN 2103 or 

permission of instructor and chair of Latin American Studies 

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition I. (3) 

A course stressing practice in speaking and writing Spanish. Not open to 
students fluent in Spanish. 

Prerequisite: SPAN 2105 or permission of instructor 

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition 11. (3) 

A continuation of Spanish 3000. Not open to students fluent in Spanish. 
Prerequisite: SPAN 3000 or permission of instructor 

SPAN 3002 Hispanic Culture and Civilization. (3) 

This course provides an overview of Spain's and Latin America's cultures 
and civilizations. 
Prerequisite: SPAN 2 1 06 or permission of instructor 

SPAN 3110 Special Topics. (3) 

The further development of Spanish language skills by focusing on a 
variety of professions or fields of study. Since the focus of this course 
changes frequently, this course may be repeated for credit. 
Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of instructor 



204 



SPAN 4000 Latin American Literature. (3) 

An advanced course designed to introduce the student to Latin America's 
major literary movements and writers. 
Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor 

SPAN 4001 Peninsular Spanish Literature. (3) 

An advanced course designed to introduce the students to Spain's major 
literar>' movements and writers. 
Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor 

SPAN 4002 Latin American Women Writers. (3) 

This course will introduce the student to major contemporary Latin American 
and Latina women writers. Writers and works to be studied will change periodically. 
Prerequisite: SPAN 4000 or SPAN 4001 or permission of instructor 

Modern Languages 

The program in Modem Language is administered by the department of 
Latin American Studies. Courses are taught in Spanish, French, German, 
and other modem languages (under the LANG label). As for Japanese, 
please refer to the Japanese minor. 

Minor in French 

For students wishing to develop their general understanding of French and 
the Francophone world, and/or wish to concentrate in a particular area of 
French language study. The French minor consist of 18 credits (12 
additional credits beyond the intermediate level). 

Required courses : 15 credits 

FREN 2103 Intermediate French I 3 credits 

FREN2105 Intermediate French II 3 credits 

FREN 3000 French Conversation 3 credits 

FREN 3001 Advanced Grammar and Composition 3 credits 

FREN 3002 French Civilization or 

FREN 3003 French Literature (every other year) 3 credits 

The remaining 3 hours can come from any 3000 level French course listed 
below: 

FREN 3004 Francophone Culture and Literature (On demand) 

FREN 3110 Special Topics: 
Topics will change, so students may take for repeat credit. 



205 



FREN 3110 Business French (On demand) 

FREN 3110 Translation and Reading in French (On demand) 

FREN 3110 French Philosophers (On demand) 

Total credits: 18 credits 

French (FREN) 

FREN 1101 Beginning French I. (3) 

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, 
essentials of grammar, and reading of simple prose. 

FREN 1102 Beginning French II. (3) 

A continuation of French 1101. 
Prerequisite: FREN 1101 or permission of instructor 

FREN 2103 Intermediate French I. (3) 

A continuation of French 1 102 with additional readings. 
Prerequisite: FREN 1 102 or permission of instructor 

FREN 2105 Intermediate French II. (3) 

A systematic and thorough review of French grammar with emphasis on 
the production of speech. Not open to students fluent in French. 
Prerequisite: FREN 2103 or permission of instructor 

FREN 2199 Francophone Travel Seminar. (1-9) 

A travel-study seminar composed of preliminary academic preparation 
followed by contact with the target culture through travel in the selected 
French-speaking country. 
Prerequisite: FREN 1101, FREN 1 102, and FREN 2103 or 
permission of instructor and chair of Latin 
American Studies 

FREN 3000 French Conversation. (3) 

The goal of this course is to help students improve their 

(1) vocabulary 

(2) aural comprehension: listening skills 

(3) oral production: speaking skills 
Prerequisite: FREN 2105 or permission of instructor 



206 



FREN 3001 Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3) 

The objective of this course is to allow the participants to improve their 
composition skills in French. The course has three major components: 
grammar review and refinement; reading and analysis of various kinds of 
texts, both literary and journalistic; a variety of composition assignments 
involving such techniques as description, analysis, persuasion, and 
managing complicated chronologies. The participants can expect to 
improve their command of French grammar, to increase their vocabulary, 
and to develop appropriate strategies for writing good compositions. 
Prerequisite: FREN 2105 or permission of instructor 

FREN 3002 French Civilization: Making and Identity of France. (3) 

Concentrating on political and social history, rather than "high culture," 
this course is designed to introduce you to the great moments and great 
personages who have defined France and what it is to be French across the 
centuries. Some high points include Roman Gaul, the Carolingian 
Renaissance, St. Louis and the high Gothic Period, Jeanne d'Arc and the 
Hundred Years' War, Renaissance and Reform, Louis XIV and Versailles, 
the Revolution, Napoleon, Revolution and Restoration in the 19th century, 
France at war in the 20th century. 

FREN 3003 Introduction to French Literature. (3) 

An introduction to representative writers from the Middle Ages to the 
Revolution. Attention will be paid to the changing social and cultural 
contexts in which the literature was produced; emphasis will be on 
enduring humanistic values. 
Prerequisite: FREN 2105 or permission of instructor 

FREN 3004 Francophone Literature and Culture. (3) 

As a four skills course, this FREN 3004 class seeks to improve the reading, 
writing, speaking, and listening skills of students studying French 
particularly with the goal of preparing those students who wish to go on for 
upper division French. The four skills mentioned will be integrated into 
the body of the course and will be developed simultaneously. 
Prerequisite: FREN 3002 or FREN 3003 

FREN 3110 Special Topics. (3) 

Topics will change so students may repeat for credit 

Prerequisite: FREN 2103 or permission of instructor 

Translation and Reading in French 

Translation and Reading skills. This course concentrates exclusively on the 
cultivation of reading and translation abilities in the French language. 
Classes are in English and all work is from French to English. 



207 



Business French 

The trend of internationalizing business and services forces companies to 
cope with cultural differences inside a company and when sending 
executives and their families abroad. In a foreign country there are more 
than language barriers to overcome. Methods which work at home can lead 
to failure abroad. Likewise, the most competent manager can damage an 
operation if not properly prepared for his or her stay in the host country. 
This course is designed to help you cross cultural boundaries, whether you 
are planning on living abroad as a student, an intern, or an employee. It is 
not meant to be a technical business course, but rather a course that will 
help you understand what culture shock is and how you can prepare 
yourself for it. 

French Philosophers 

An introduction to French philosophers and the different philosophical 
currents that have shaped French thought and the world at large. 

German (GERM) 

GERM 1101 Beginning German I. (3) 

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials 
of grammar, and reading of simple prose. 

GERM 1102 Beginning German II. (3) 

A continuation of German 1101. 
Prerequisite: GERM 1 101 or permission of instructor 

GERM 2103 Intermediate German I. (3) 

Continuation of the development of proficiency in listening and speaking, 
while expanding the reading and writing skills using materials of a literary 
or cultural nature; grammar review included. 
Prerequisite: GERM 1102 

GERM 2104 Intermediate German II. (3) 

A continuation of German 2103. 
Prerequisite: GERM 2103 

Other Languages and Culture (LANG)* 

LANG 1101 Beginning Language L (3) Fall 2006 

A course for beginners with intensive practice in oral communications, 

pronunciation, essentials of grammar, and where possible, reading of simple 

prose. 



208 



LANG 1102 Beginning Language II. (3) Spring 2007 
A continuation of LANG 1 101. 
Prerequisite: LANG 1101 or equivalent 

LANG 1199 Language Travel Seminar. (1-9) 

A travel-study seminar which provides further preparation in the target 
language and culture through travel in a country which speaks the 
language. Academic work is determined by the course instructor. 
Prerequisites: LANG 1101, LANG 1 102, and LANG 2103 or consent of 
instructor and chair of Latin American Studies 

LANG 2000 Culture and Civilization of a Selected Country. (3) 

A survey of the civilization and culture of one of the major societies of the 
world. The course examines the culture's social and political development, 
its customs and traditions, and its contributions to the global community in 
terms of art, music, and literature. (LAST 1 104 can fill this requirement.) 

LANG 2103 Intermediate Language I. (3) 

A continuation of LANG 1 102 

Prerequisite: LANG 1 1 02 or equivalent 

LANG 2105 Intermediate Language IL (3) 

An intensive review of the language grammar with emphasis on the 
production of speech. Not open to students fluent in the language. 
*Note: These courses are available so that a language other than French, 
German, or Spanish may be available from time-to-time. 




209 



Minor in Japanese studies 
Introduction 

LaGrange College entered into a cooperative international exchange 
agreement with Seigakuin University of Tokyo, Japan in 2003. Students 
who wish to complete a minor in Japanese Studies will complete 
successfully at least two semesters of Japanese language study at 
LaGrange College and at least 6 hours of study at Seigakuin University. 
In most cases students will spend one semester at Seigakuin University. 
The Japanese Studies Program Director will advise students who wish to 
study at Seigakuin University. 

Objectives 

The exchange agreement between LaGrange College and Seigakuin 
University states that its intent "is to promote international friendship 
and world peace by encouraging students and faculty from each 
institution to develop friendships within and learn more about the 
culture of the other country." In addition, the agreement will allow each 
student to have an extensive international experience and learn Japanese 
language in a total immersion environment. 

Assessment of Learning Objectives 

Program goals are assessed by meeting the following criteria: 

 Successful completion of at least two semesters of Japanese study at 
LaGrange College with an overall average of B or above. 

 Admission to the Seigakuin exchange program after review by the 
Program Director and the selection committee. 

 Completion of at least 6 hours of study at Seigakuin University with 
grades of C- or above in each class. 

Progrvm Overview 

1 . Courses Offered at LaGrange College. 

JAPN 1101: Beginning Japanese I 
JAPN 1 102: Beginning Japanese II 
JAPN 2103: Intermediate Japanese I 
JAPN 2105: Intermediate Japanese II 



210 



Students must successfully complete at least 1101 and 1 102 with a grade 
of B or better before they can study abroad. It is recommended X\\dX 
students complete at least the third semester of Japanese with a grade of 
B or better. 

2. Courses at Seigakuin University 

 Seigakuin University has exchange relationships with several 
international universities and offers a slate of courses each semester 
that serves their needs. These courses are of three types: 

 Courses taught in English and about Japanese history and culture 

 Courses taught in simplified Japanese (i.e., using a limited number 
of Kanji) 

 Courses taught in Japanese for regular Japanese Seigakuin students, 
but that allow international students to turn in papers and exams 
written in English 

Courses will cover a broad range of topics, including Japanese language, 
history, culture, and economy. In consultation with the Japan Studies 
minor advisor, students will select a slate of courses from the Seigakuin 
schedule during the pre-registration period at LaGrange College. The 
student will register for several sections of this course: 

JAPN 3000: Special Topics m Japanese Studies: [Subtitle Varies 
According to Course Topic] (variable credit) 

In consultation with the LaGrange College Registrar and the Academic 
Dean, the Japan Studies advisor will establish correct hours earned and 
will develop course subtitles that best describe the contents of each 
course. Course credits will be transferred to LaGrange College if the 
student receives a course grade of C- or higher. 

SELECTION OF STUDENTS 

Participation of LC students in the exchange program is necessarily 
limited and competitive. Each year the Japanese Studies Director will, in 
consultation with a selection committee of faculty and staff, select those 
students who are best prepared to pursue studies in Japan and who will 
best represent the college. Criteria for selection include: 

 Japanese language skills, based on semesters in Japanese completed 
and grades earned; 

 ability to articulate clear goals for participating in the program; 



211 



 the maturity to handle the stresses of living in a foreign country; 

 character that represents the mission and values of LaGrange 
College. 

Studying overseas requires a great deal of paperwork and planning. 
Students who wish to study at Seigakuin University should consult with 
the Japanese Studies program advisor as soon as they begin to consider 
studying abroad. Students must contact the program advisor no later than 
the beginning of the semester before they wish to study abroad. For 
example, students who wish to study in Japan in the fall term must 
initiate contact with the program advisor no later than the beginning of 
the prior spring term. Students who wish to study in Japan in the spring 
term must initiate contact no later than the beginning of the prior fall 
term. 

While the Program Director will advise students through the application 
process, the preparation ultimately is the student's own responsibility. 

Courses Descriptions (JAPN) 

JAPN 1101 Beginning Japanese I. (3) 

A course for beginners with intensive practice in listening and speaking, 
essentials of grammar, and writing of Japanese Kana and simple Kanji. 

JAPN 1102 Beginning Japanese II. (3) 

A continuation of JAPN 1 101. 
Prerequisite: JAPN 1101 

JAPN 2103 Intermediate Japanese I. (3) 

Study of advanced grammar, reading of texts, and more complex Kanji. 
Prerequisites: JAPN 1101 and 1102 

JAPN 2105 Intermediate Japanese II. (3) 

A continuation of JAPN 2103. 

Prerequisites: JAPN 1 101, 1 102, 2103 

JAPN 3000 Special Topics in Japanese Studies, (variable credit) 

Courses will cover a broad range of topics, including Japanese language, 
history, culture, and economy. While a student at Seigakuin University, 
students will enroll at LaGrange College for several sections of this 
course. Students will work with the Japanese Minor Program Director to 
select appropriate credits and subtitles for the courses. 

Prerequisites: JAPN 1101 and 1 102 with a grade of B or above 
and admission to the Seigakuin exchange program. 



212 



MATHEMATICS 

Introduction 

The Mathematics curriculum at LaGrange College provides a solid 
undergraduate mathematics foundation. Along with the broad-based 
general education curriculum, the Mathematics department seeks to prepare 
mathematics majors for careers in industry or teaching, or for graduate 
study in mathematics. 

Objectives 

To be accepted as a major in the Mathematics Department, a student must 
have completed Mathematics 2221, have an overall GPA of 2.25 or better, 
and a GPA of 2.5 or better in all mathematics courses numbered 2221 or 
higher. Students can pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in 
mathematics or a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in mathematics. 
Students who pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree have more options in 
selecting their courses. This is the liberal studies degree in mathematics. 
A more in-depth degree is earned by students in the Bachelor of Science program. 

The Bachelor of Arts Degree 

This degree requires a minimum of 42 semester hours in mathematics 
courses, as follows: 

MATH 2221 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4) 

MATH 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4) 

MATH 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) 

MATH 2224 Differential Equations (3) 

MATH 3306 College Geometry (3) 

MATH 3316 Probability Theory- (3) 

MATH 3335 Linear Algebra (3) 

MATH 3380 Discrete Mathematics (3)* 

OR MATH 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory (3)* 

MATH 4333 Modern Algebra I (3)** 

OR MATH 4343 Analysis I (3)** 

MATH 4350 Senior Capstone (3) 

* One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one 

of the additional courses in the next listing. 

** One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy 

one of the additional courses in the next listing. 



213 



plus 3 additional courses 

MATH 2261 

N4ATH 3305 

MATH 3317 

MATH 3340 

MATH 3342 

MATH 3380 

MATH 3382 

MATH 4333 

MATH 4334 

MATH 4343 

MATH 4344 

MATH 4410 
ORCSCI 4100 

MATH 4495 

MATH 4496 

MATH 4499 



selected from: 
Calculus Applications 
Number Theory 
Mathematical Statistics 
History of Mathematics 
Complex Variables 
Discrete Mathematics 
Combinatorial Design Theory 
Modem Algebra I 
Modem Algebra II 
Analysis I 
Analysis II 
Numerical Analysis 
Numerical Analysis 
Independent Study 
Independent Study 
Special Topics in Mathematics 



(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 



A programming course in Computer Science is required, as approved by advisor. 

Bachelor of Science Degree 



This degree requires 
courses, as follows: 
MATH 2221 
MATH 2222 
MATH 2223 
MATH 2224 
MATH 3316 
MATH 3317 
MATH 3335 
MATH 3342 
MATH 3380 
OR MATH 3382 
MATH 4333 
MATH 4343 
MATH 4350 



a minimum of 48 semester hours in mathematics 



Analytic Geometry and Calculus I 
Analytic Geometry and Calculus II 
Analytic Geometry and Calculus III 
Differential Equations 
Probability Theory 
Mathematical Statistics 
Linear Algebra 
Complex Variables 
Discrete Mathematics 
Combinatorial Design Theory 
Modem Algebra I 
Analysis I 
Senior Capstone 



(4) 
(4) 
(4) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3)* 

(3)* 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 



*One of these courses must be taken. TJie other may be used to satisfy one 
of the additional courses in the next listing. 



214 



plus 3 additional courses selected from: 



OR 



MATH 2261 


Calculus Applications 


(3) 


MATH 3305 


Number Theory 


(3) 


MATH 3306 


College Geometry 


(3) 


MATH 3340 


History of Mathematics 


(3) 


MATH 4334 


Modern Algebra II 


(3) 


MATH 4344 


Analysis II 


(3) 


MATH 4410 


Numerical Analysis 


(3) 


CSCI 4100 


Numerical Analysis 


(3) 


MATH 4495 


Independent Study 


(3) 


MATH 4496 


Independent Study 


(3) 


MATH 4499 


Special Topics in Mathematics 


(3) 



A programming course in Computer Science is required, as approved by 
advisor. Physics 2121 and 2122 are recommended. 

Assessment of Learning Objectives 

Assessment of the objectives of the mathematics program is based on the 
following: 

 completion of each major course with a grade of "C" or better, 

 successful completion of a standardized examination at the conclusion 
of MATH 4350 during the senior year. 

A survey will be sent to recent graduates of the program during the fall 
term of each year. The results of these surveys will be considered and 
may result in changes to improve the program. 

Minor 

A minor in mathematics consists of the following courses: MATH 2221, 
plus five additional courses selected from MATH 2222, 2223, 2224, 2261, 
3305, 3306, 3316, 3317, 3335, 3342, 3380, 3382, 4333, 4334, 4343, 4344, 
4350, 4410, 4495, 4496, and 4499. At least two of the six courses must be 
at the 3000 or 4000 level. 

Course Descriptions (MATH) 

MATH 0100 Basic Mathematics. (3) Fall, Spring 

An introduction to algebra. Topics include instruction in real numbers, 

graphs, algebraic expressions, equations, and polynomials. 



215 



MATH 1101 College Algebra. (3) Fall, Spring 
A study of sets, real numbers, operations, order, inequalities, polynomial 
factoring, functions, graphs, exponents, first- and second-degree equations, 
and systems of equations. 
Prerequisite: MATH 0100 or satisfactory score on mathematics 
placement test 

MATH 1114 Introduction to Statistics. (3) Fall, Spring 
An introduction to probability and statistics. Topics include descriptive 
statistics, probability, normal probability, confidence intervals, hypothesis 
testing, and linear regression. 
Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or 2105 or 2221 

MATH 1117 Quantitative Methods. (3) On demand 
A study of finite mathematical models with an emphasis on the quantitative 
skills required to solve applications related to business. 
Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or 2105 or 2221 

MATH 1121 A Survey of Calculus. (3) On demand 
An intuitive introduction, using technology, to the concepts and 
applications of calculus. Topics include functions and graphing, tangents 
to a curve, differentiation and integration, maxima, minima, and area under 
a curve. 
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or 2105 or satisfactory score on 
mathematics placement test. 
Note: Not open to students who have credit for 
MATH 2221 

MATH 2105 Precalculus. (4) Fall, Spring 
A study of calculus-oriented algebra and trigonometry. Topics include 
simplifying algebraic expressions, solving equations, exponential and 
logarithmic functions, applications of functions, graphs, and the 
trigonometric functions. 
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or satisfactory score on mathematics 
placement test 

MATH 2221 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I. (4) Fall, Spring 
An introduction to differential and integral calculus. Topics include limits, 
differentiation and applications, integration and applications, and the 
calculus of trigonometric functions. 
Prerequisite: MATH 2105 or 1 121 (and permission of instructor) or 
satisfactory score on mathematics placement test. 



216 



MATH 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II. (4) Fall, Spring 
A continuation of Math 2221. Topics include the calculus of the 
exponential, logarithimic, and inverse trigonometric functions, 
techniques of integration, indeterminate forms, improper integrals, the 
parametric equations, polar coordinates, and sequences and series. 
Prerequisite: MATH 2221 

MATH 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III. (4) Fall 
A continuation of the study of the calculus. Topics include the conic 
sections, functions of two or more variables, partial derivatives, multiple 
integrals, and vector analysis. 
Prerequisite: MATH 2222 

MATH 2224 Differential Equations. (3) Spring 
A study of first and second order differential equations with 
applications, numerical methods, and solution in series. 
Prerequisite or Co-requisite: MATH 2223 

MATH 2261 Calculus Applications. (3) Interim (as possible) 
A study of applications which can be solved using calculus. The course 
will utilize technology, in the form of graphing calculators, a software 
package (such as Mathematica or Maple), or both. 
Prerequisite: MATH 2222 

MATH 3001 Mathematical Applications for Teachers. (3) 

On demand 
A study of topics in graph theory, linear programming, scatterplots, least 
squares regression, topics in coding theory, exponential growth and 
decay, number patterns, symmetry and tilings. 
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher. 

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors 

MATH 3002 Geometry for Teachers. (3) On demand 
A study of conditional statements, angles, congruent figures, parallel 
lines, similar figures, transformations, trigonometric ratios, and two- and 
three-dimensional figures. 
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher 

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors 

MATH 3003 History of Mathematics for Teachers. (3) 

Spring 2008 
An historical development of mathematical concepts. 
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher 

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors 



217 



MATH 3004 Probability and Statistics for Teachers. (3) 

On demand 
A study of basic probability and statistics and its applications with an 
emphasis on the skills required to organize and analyze data as it relates 
to the education field. 
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher 

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors 

MATH 3006 A Survey of Mathematics for Teachers. (3) 

On demand 
A study of problem solving techniques selected from the spectrum of 
mathematical knowledge required of middle grades teachers. 
Prerequisite MATH 1 1 1 or higher 

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors 

MATH 3101 Fundamental of Mathematics I. (3) 

Fall 2007 and Spring 2009 
A study of topics in mathematics designed for future elementary and 
middle school teachers who are not getting a concentration in 
mathematics. Topics will include problem solving, number systems and 
the relationships between these systems, understanding multiplication 
and division, including why standard computational algorithms work, 
properties of arithmetic, and applications of elementary mathematics. 
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher 

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors 

MATH 3305 Number Theory. (3) On demand 
An introduction to number theory. 
Prerequisite: MATH 2221 

MATH 3306 College Geometry. (3) Spring, odd years 
A study of the concepts of plane Euclidean geometry, with an 
introduction to coordinate geometry and non-Euclidean geometries. 
Prerequisite: MATH 2221 

MATH 3316 Probability Theory. (3) Spring 
An introduction to probability. Topics include random variables, 
discrete and continuous distributions, the Poisson process, expectation 
and conditional expectation, and problem solving. 
Prerequisite: MATH 2222 

MATH 3317 Mathematical Statistics. (3) Fall 2007 
An introduction to the mathematical theory of statistics. Topics include 
estimation and maximum likelihood estimates, sampling distributions, 
confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing. 
Prerequisite: MATH 3316 

218 



MATH 3335 Linear Algebra. (3) Spring 
An introduction to linear algebra and matrix theory. 
Prerequisite: MATH 1 121 or 2221 

MATH 3340 History of Mathematics. (3) Spring even years 
An historical development of mathematical concepts. 
Prerequisite: MATH 222 1 or permission of instructor 

MATH 3342 Complex Variables. (3) On demand 
An introduction to complex variables. 
Prerequisite: MATH 2222 

MATH 3380 Discrete Mathematics. (3) Fall, even years 
An introduction to discrete mathematics. Topics include set theory, 
combinatorics, recurrence relations, linear programming, and 
graph theory. 
Prerequisite: MATH 2221 

MATH 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory. (3) Fall, odd years 
A study of techniques used for constructing combinatorial designs. 
Basic designs include triple systems, Latin squares, and affme and 
projective planes. 
Prerequisite: MATH 2221 

MATH 4333 Modern Algebra L (3) Fall, odd years 
An introduction to modern abstract algebra. 
Prerequisite: MATH 2222 

MATH 4334 Modern Algebra H. (3) On demand 
A continuation of Modern Algebra L 
Prerequisite: MATH 4333 

MATH 4343 Analysis L (3) Fall, even years 
An introduction to Analysis. 
Prerequisite: MATH 2223 

MATH 4344 Analysis H. (3) On demand 
A continuation of Analysis I. 
Prerequisite: MATH 4343 

MATH 4350 Senior Capstone. (3) Fall 

A study of problem solving techniques selected from the spectrum of 
Mathematics course work required to complete a mathematics major at 
LaGrange College. Topics come from a variety of areas, including 
algebra, trigonometry, geometry, calculus, discrete mathematics, 
probability and statistics, and mathematical reasoning and modeling. 
Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of instructor 



219 



MATH 4410 Numerical Methods. (3) On demand 
An introduction to numerical analysis with computer solutions. Topics 
include Taylor series, finite difference, calculus, roots of equations, 
solutions of linear systems of equations, and least-squares. 
Prerequisite: MATH 2222 and CSCI 1990 

MATH 4495 Independent Study in Mathematics I. (Variable) 

On demand 

This course allows students to pursue a special problem or topic beyond 

those encountered in any formal course. 
Prerequisites: Minimum prerequisites are outlined in the LaGrange 
College Bulletin. Additional prerequisites will be 
determined by the instructor, based on the material to be studied. 

MATH 4496 Independent Study in Mathematics n. (Variable) 

On demand 

This course allows students to pursue a second special problem or topic 

beyond those encountered in any formal course. 
Prerequisites: Minimum prerequisites are outlined in the LaGrange 
College Bulletin. Additional prerequisites will be 
determined by the instructor, based on the material to be studied. 

MATH 4499 Special Topics in Mathematics. (Variable) 

On demand 
A course offered at the junior/senior level focusing on a specialized topic 
from the field of mathematics. A prerequisite may be required. 




220 



MUSIC 

Introduction 

The Department of Music is committed to developing skilled and 
technologically astute musicians within a challenging learning 
environment that encourages creativity, scholarship, and musical 
excellence. We offer the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Music, as 
well as a minor in Music. The B.A. in Music provides a broad study of 
music while allowing ample time for extensive coursework in a related 
minor. The B.M., a professional music degree, demands more courses 
within the music department and is offered in three areas of study: 
Creative Music Technologies, Performance (Voice, Piano, Organ, 
Guitar, Percussion), and Church Music. 

Objectives 

 To equip music majors with the necessary musical knowledge and 
skills required to obtain successful careers in music. 

 To equip music majors with the necessary musical knowledge and 
skills required for admission into graduate study in music. 

 To provide classes, ensembles, and private music instruction for 
non-music majors. 

 To provide culturally enriching experiences for the college and 
community to heighten aesthetic awareness and appreciation of the 
musical arts. 

Facilities and Resources 

The Department of Music is located on the Callaway Campus and is 
housed in the Callaway Educational Building. Our facilities include the 
Callaway Auditorium, music faculty studios/offices, Callaway Recital 
Hall, instructional and rehearsal space, student practice rooms, theory 
lab, keyboard lab, composition lab, edit/mix suite, video editing suite, 
and two recording studios. Most laboratories are 24/7 facilities and 
enjoy a great deal of student use and creative productivity. 

General Information for Music Majors 

Acceptance into the Department of Music is granted by a music faculty 
committee to those students who have submitted an application and 
completed an audition/'interview. Please inquire about audition dates, 
usually held in early spring. Incoming students who have not auditioned 
or interviewed before the committee prior to the beginning of the fall 



221 



semester should contact the Chair of the Department before enrolHng in 
music courses. Admission of all new music students to the Department of 
Music, first-year students and transfers, is provisional in nature and will be 
evaluated at the end of the first year of study (see Entry Requirements for 
Music Majors below). 

The Bachelor of Music degree is designed for students who are preparing 
for professional careers in music and/or graduate study in music. The 
curricula leading to this degree are based on a philosophy that recognizes 
the need for rigorous study in all aspects of music. Each program of study 
requires a heavy concentration of music courses/experiences, and many 
courses are sequential. Therefore, potential music majors are strongly 
encouraged to begin taking music courses in their first year. The Chair of 
the Department of Music can provide you with advisement and a four-year 
suggested course guideline. 

The music faculty provides incoming students with a Music Majors 
Handbook containing departmental policies and further details about 
requirements for music majors. 

Music Scholarships 

Talent-based scholarships are available for incoming first-year students as 
well as transfer students. Audition dates for scholarships are held annually 
in the spring. Applicants to the Creative MusicTechnologies degree track 
must present two or three original compositions and/or arrangements on 
manuscript or any recorded format. Applicants to all other degrees should 
be prepared to present two selections of contrasting styles. 

Ensembles 

Various ensembles are available by audition for both music majors and 
non-majors. Our ensembles represent the College and Department of 
Music in public performances throughout the academic year, both locally and 
abroad. 

Both the jazz and guitar ensembles are open to talented students by 
audition only. Those interested may audition at the beginning of each semester. 



222 



Theory 1-2 


4 hours 


Ear Training 1 -2 


4 hours 


Literature & Language 




of Music 1-2 


2 hours 


Piano 1 


1 hour 


Music History 1 {or 2) 


3 hours 




3 hours 


Total: 


17 hours 



Music Minor 

To obtain a minor in Music, students must complete the following courses: 
MUSI 1101 and 1102 
MUSI 11 13 and 1114 
MUSI 11 10 and 1111 

MUSI 1103 

MUSI 3301 (or MUSI 3302) 

Music Electives 

Entry Requirement's for Music Majors 

In addition to fulfilling the general requirements for admission to LaGrange 
College, students desiring to major in music must complete an audition/ 
interview before the music faculty prior to enrolling in music courses and 
take the Music Theory Placement Exam. The results of this exam will be 
used to determine the appropriate level of music theory instruction. 

Exit Requirements for Music Majors 

 Students must earn a grade of "C" or better in all music courses. 

 All music majors must take the Theory Competency Exam upon 
completion of MUSI 2202 and MUSI 2214 and must receive a 
minimum score of 80 percent in each section. A detailed description of 
this exam is included in the Music Majors Handbook. 

 All music majors must take the Piano Proficiency Exam demonstrating 
keyboard skill, receiving a "Pass" on each of the exam's criteria. 
Further details about this exam are included in the Music Majors 
Handbook. 

 All music majors must present either a capstone presentation or a 
public recital featuring their talent (according to the degree 
requirements). Recital requirements vary between the different 
programs of study. Consult the Music Majors Handbook for specific 
guidelines. 

 All music majors must attend at least 80 percent of departmentally 
sponsored concerts and events each semester of study. 



223 



Music Core 

The following courses are common to all Music Majors and are referred 
to as the Music Core. A student testing out of Piano Class 1-3, or those 
whose primary applied instrument is piano or organ must take an 
additional 3 hours of music electives to substitute for these classes. 
Theory 1 and Ear Training 1 fulfills the Fine Arts elective requirement 
and is counted as part of the Common Core Program above. 

MUSI 1 1 1 & 1 11 1 Literature & Language 

of Music 2 hours 

MUSI 11 1 , 1 1 02, 220 1 , 2202 Music Theory 1 -4 8 hours 

MUSI 1 1 13, 1 1 14, 2213, 2214 Ear Training 1^ 8 hours 

MUSI 1 103, 1 104, 2203 Piano Class 1-3 3 hours 

MUSI 3310, 3302 Music History 1 & 2 6 hours 

Total: 27 hours 

Bachelor of Arts in Music 

This program of study provides the student with a broad, liberal arts 
based music education. The major consists of course work in four areas 
of study: 1) academic, 2) performance, 3) music electives, and 4) 
capstone presentation. The academic areas include music theory and 
music history. The performance component is comprised of Piano Class 
(1-3) and applied lessons or ensemble. The music electives consist of 
MUSI courses and may not be counted in the academic or performance 
areas. MUSI 4486 Special Topics may be taken multiple times for 
credit. The capstone presentation should be a senior-level investigation 
of a topic approved by the music faculty and may take the following 
forms: a) recital, a 30-minute public performance; b) lecture-recital, the 
student presents a combination lecture and recital totaling 20-30 
minutes; or c) lecture, a 20-30 minute presentation of research on some 
music topic appropriate to the student's interests and abilities. The 
successful capstone project should bring together each facet of the 
student's music education, and thus should be completed in the student's 
final semester. The student is encouraged to choose a complementary 
minor area of study, including (but not limited to) English, Philosophy, 
History, or Theater. The student must adhere to all entrance/exit 
requirements common to all Music Majors. 



224 



In addition to the other degree requirements, students complete the 
following Music courses: 

Music Core 27 hours 

MUSI 1105, 1106 (or 1107, 1108) 

Applied Lessons or Ensemble 6 hours 

MUSI 4488 Capstone Presentation 1 hour 

Music Electives 12 hours 

Bachelor of Music in Creative Music Technologies 

This program of study prepares the student for an entry-level position in 
the music industry or continued study at the graduate level. Students of 
this program typically come from backgrounds that include performance, 
song writing, composition, electronic and/or computer music. The course 
work prepares students for a wide variety of activities, such as film/video 
scoring, muhimedia, electro-acoustic concert and studio applications, 
music printing, digital audio and video editing, 5.1 audio editing and 
mixing, and MIDI applications of every sort. 

Internships allow students to tailor their academic work to their specific 
career goals and gain valuable experience with industry professionals. 
Internships may be repeated for credit. 

In addition to the other degree requirements, students complete the 
following Music courses: 



sic Core 






27 hours 


MUSI 1105, 


1106 


Applied Instrument 


3 hours 


MUSI 1211, 


2210, 


2211,3210,3211,4210 








Composition 1-6 


6 hours 


MUSI 1107, 


1108 


Ensemble 


2 hours 


MUSI 2310 




Orchestration 


2 hours 


MUSI 2390 




Audio Engineering 


3 hours 


MUSI 3369 




Music Technology 


5 hours 


MUSI 3352 




Jaz.z Theory & Popular Practice 


2 hours 


MUSI 3384 




Junior Recital 


1 hour 


MUSI 3366 




Basics of Conducting 


3 hours 


MUSI 4470 




Internship 


1 hour 


MUSI 4484 




Senior Recital 


1 hour 


Music Electives 




4 hours 



225 



Bachelor of Music in Performance 
(Voice, Piano, Organ, Guitar, Percussion) 

This program of study is designed for students seeking careers as 
professional classical performers and/or studio teachers. Students admitted 
to this program of study must possess exceptional talent in their principal 
applied area, and instrumental and keyboard majors must demonstrate 
previous training. The curriculum couples rigorous scholarship with 
numerous performance opportunities, thus adequately preparing students 
for graduate study in performance. 

In addition to the other degree requirements, students complete the 
following Music courses: 



Vocal Majors 


Track: 






Music Core 






27 hours 


MUSI 1105, 


1106 


Applied Voice 


8 hours 


MUSI 1107, 


1108 


Choir 


8 hours 


MUSI 2239 




Diction for Singers 








(may be repeated for credit) 


3 hours 


MUSI 3384 




Junior Recital 


1 hour 


MUSI 3366 




Basics of Conducting 


3 hours 


MUSI 4484 




Senior Recital 


1 hour 


MUSI 4480 




Opera Workshop 


3 hours 


Foreign Language 


(Non-Music Required) 


6 hours 


Instrumental Majors 


; Track: 




Music Core 






27 hours 


MUSI 1105, 


1106 


Applied Instrument 


8 hours 


MUSI 1107, 


1108 


Ensemble 


8 hours 


MUSI 3366 




Basics of Conducting 


3 hours 


MUSI 3352 




Jazz Theory & Popular Practice 2 hours 


MUSI 3384 




Junior Recital 


1 hour 


MUSI 4484 




Senior Recital 


1 hour 


Music Electives 




6 hours 



226 



Bachelor of Music in Church Music 

Through a broad interdenominational curriculum, the degree in Church 
Music prepares future leaders for music ministry in the church. The course 
of study affirms both the rich heritage of the sacred musical tradition and 
contemporary worship styles practiced in many churches today. This 
degree is also appropriate for those students pursuing graduate study in 
church music at the seminary /graduate school level. 

The required internships provide an opportunity for students to practice 
their craft in a real-world environment. Students are expected to provide 
their own transportation to and from the internship site. Because the 
internship experience offers valuable interaction with professionals and 
spiritual mentoring, students are encouraged to enroll for as many 
internship credit hours as their schedule permits. Internship may be 
repeated for credit. 

In addition to the other degree requirements, students complete the 
following Music courses: 



isic Core 


27 hours 


MUSI 11 05, 1 106 Applied Instrument 


8 hours 


MUSI 1107, 1108 Ensemble 


8 hours 


MUSI 3331 Christian Hymnody 


3 hours 


MUSI 3366 Basics of Conducting 


3 hours 


MUSI 4470 Internship 


1 hour 


MUSI 4484 Senior Recital 


1 hour 


Music or Religion Electives 


9 hours 



Course Descriptions (MUSI) 

MUSI 1100 Music Fundamentals. (3)* Fall and Spring 

Provides an introduction to elementary music theory, including scales, key 
signatures, staff notation, clefs, rhythm, meter, intervals, and general 
music terminology. 

MUSI 1101 Theory 1. (2)* Fall 

This course is designed to provide the student with the basics of music 
theory, including: scales, key signatures, intervals, triads, beginning voice 
leading, harmony, figured bass, basic reductive and hierarchic graphing 
techniques. Some lab time will be devoted to internet music resources and 
notation using FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC computer 
skills especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in music theory. 
Must be taken with MUSI 1113. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 100 or passing score on Theory Placement Exam 



227 



MUSI 1102 Theory 2. (2) Spring 

Continuation of MUSI 1101. This course is designed to provide the 
student experience with intermediate-level music theory topics, 
including: phrase structure, non-chord tones, voice leading, harmony, 
figured bass, basic reductive and hierarchic graphing techniques. Some 
lab time will be devoted to internet music resources and notation using 
FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC computer skills, 
especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in music theory. 
Must be taken with MUSI 1114. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 1101 

MUSI 1103 Piano 1. (1) Spring 

Beginning instruction in piano for music majors with no previous 

keyboard training. Development of basic reading skills. 

MUSI 1104 Piano 2. (1) Fall 

Continuation of Piano 1 with additional emphasis on sight-reading. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 103 or permission of Chair 

MUSI 1105-1106 Applied Lessons. (1-2) Fall, Spring 
Individual instruction in the student's choice of instrument or voice to 
develop technical proficiency, repertoire knowledge, and performance 
skills. May be repeated for credit. 

Prerequisite: Audition and authorization by the Chair 
Section A - Voice 

Section B - Piano (Classical and Jazz) 
Section C - Organ 

Section D - Guitar (Classical, Jazz and Bass) 
Section E - Percussion 
Section F - Brass 
Section G - Composition 
Section H - Strings 

MUSI 1107-1108 Ensemble. (1) Fall, Spring 

Performance organization(s) providing ensemble experience. May be 

repeated for credit. 

Prerequisite: Audition 
Section A  Concert Choir 
Section B  Jazz Combo 1 
Section C  ^Jazz Combo 2 
Section D  Guitar Ensemble 
Section E  Chamber Choir 



228 



MUSI 1109 Beginning Classical Guitar. (1) Fall, Spring 

Basic techniques of Classical guitar taught in a classroom setting, intended 
for non-music majors. The course includes fundamentals of reading music 
and understanding elementary music theory. In addition, students will 
study examples of simple folk music and music for worship. A selection 
of the most useful guitar chords, suitable for beginners, and basic 
accompaniment patterns will be taught to allow the students to accompany 
their singing. Students will need to own an acoustic guitar and plan for 
daily practice time. 

MUSI 1110 Literature and Language of Music 1. (1) Fall 

This course will acquaint students with the appropriate language needed 
for a precise discussion of music and the literature that corresponds to 
musical evolution since notation developed. Students will learn to 
distinguish between related genres, i.e., opera and oratorio, concerti and 
concerto grossi. Moreover, they will learn to recognize musical styles and 
be able to place music in the most likely historical period based on stylistic 
observations. Although not a survey course, it will incorporate musical 
historical perspectives and highlight those important composers who have 
changed the direction of music or perfected a certain style. The course will 
also have a strong listening component, thereby encouraging more 
discriminate listening. 

MUSI 1111 Literature and Language of Music 2. (1) Spring 

Continuation of MUSI 1110, this course will place a great emphasis on 
listening to and talking about different musical styles and prominent 
composers who exemplify those styles. Score study will be an 
important component. 

MUSI 1112 Music Survey. (3)* Fall, Spring 

A broad survey of music aimed at developing aesthetic awareness and 

critical analysis of music from diverse styles and genres. 

MUSI 1113 Ear Training 1. (2)* Fall 

This course is designed to provide the student with basic sight singing and 
listening skills. Some lab time will be devoted to internet music resources 
and notation using FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC 
computer skills especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in 
music theory and ear training. Must be taken with MUSI 1101. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 100 or passing score on Theory Placement Exam 

MUSI 1114 Ear Training 2. (2) Spring 

Continuation of MUSI 1114. Must be taken with MUSI 1 102. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 101 and MUSI 1113 



229 



MUSI 1211 Composition 1. (1) Spring 

Score preparation, performance, and recording of works created by the 
student. This is a seminar class; therefore, peer evaluation and 
commentary is part of the classroom experience. At least one work 
must be offered in the recital given by the composition class at the end of the 
term. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102 and MUSI 1113 

MUSI 2201 Theory 3. (2) Fall 

Continuation of MUSI 1 102. This course is designed to provide the 
student with more advanced knowledge of music theory, including: 
basic reductive and hierarchic graphing techniques, chromatic harmony, 
modulations, form (binary, ternary, and variations), advanced voice 
leading, and advanced part writing. Some lab time will be devoted to 
internet music resources and notation using FINALE. Other topics will 
include basic MAC computer skills, especially as they pertain to music 
theory and CAI in music theory. Must be taken with MUSI 2213. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102 and MUSI 1114 

MUSI 2202 Theory 4. (2) Spring 

Continuation of MUSI 2201 . This course is designed to provide the 
student with more advanced knowledge of music theory, including: 
reductive and hierarchic graphing techniques, advanced chromatic 
harmony, modulations, sonata and rondo form, advanced voice leading, 
advanced part writing, and introductory 20**^ century compositional 
techniques. Some lab time will be devoted to internet music resources 
and notation using FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC 
computer skills, especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in 
music theory. Must be taken with MUSI 2214. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 2201 and 2213 

MUSI 2203 Piano Class 3. (1) Spring 

Continuation of MUSI 1 104 with emphasis on transposition and chord 
accompaniment. Upon completion of this course, the student should be 
prepared for the Piano Proficiency Exam. May be repeated for credit. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 1104 

MUSI 2210 Composition 2. (1) Fall 

Score preparation, performance, and recording of works created by the 
student. This is a seminar class, therefore, peer evaluation and 
commentary is part of the classroom experience. At least one work 
must be offered in the recital given by the composition class at the end 
of the term. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 1211 



230 



MUSI 2211 Composition 3. (1) Spring 

Score preparation, performance, and recording of works created by the 
student. This is a seminar class, therefore, peer evaluation and commentary 
is part of the classroom experience. At least one work must be offered in 
the recital given by the composition class at the end of the term. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 2210 

MUSI 2213 Ear Training 3. (2) Fall 

Continuation of MUSI 1114. This course is designed to provide the 
student with a more advanced knowledge, sight singing, and listening 
skills. Some lab time will be devoted to internet music resources and 
notation using FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC computer 
skills, especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in music theory 
and ear training. Must be taken with MUSI 220 1 . 
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102 and MUSI 1114 

MUSI 2214 Ear Training 4. (2) Spring 
Continuation of MUSI 2213. Must be taken with MUSI 2202. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 2201 and MUSI 2213. 

MUSI 2239 Diction for Singers. (1) Fall and Spring 
Trains students in the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet to 
pronounce foreign language art songs. Practice in transcribing English, 
Italian, French, and German art songs and applying the rules of correct 
pronunciation. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSI 2310 Orchestration. (2) Fall 

Techniques of scoring for string, brass, woodwind, percussion instruments 
and MIDI instruments. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102 and MUSI 1114 

MUSI 2390 Audio Engineering. (3) Spring 

Classroom instruction in digital and analog audio engineering. Recording 
console operation, microphone placement and usage, mixing, tape based 
and hard disc recording, mastering, CD burning and troubleshooting. 

MUSI 3210 Composition 4. (1) Fall 

Score preparation, performance, and recording of works created by the 
student. This is a seminar class, therefore, peer evaluation and commentary 
is part of the classroom experience. At least one work must be offered in 
the recital given by the composition class at the end of the term. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 22 1 1 



231 



MUSI 3211 Composition 5. (1) Spring 

Score preparation, performance, and recording of works created by the 
student. Tliis is a seminar class, therefore, peer evaluation and 
commentary is part of the classroom experience. At least one work 
must be offered in the recital given by the composition class at the end 
of the term. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 3210 

MUSI 3301 Music History 1. (3) Fall 
The study of the western classical tradition, from earliest antiquity 
through Bach. Emphasis on musical analysis and criticism. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 11 02 or permission of instructor 

MUSI 3302 Music History 2. (3) Spring 

Music of the Classical, Romantic, and Modem eras, including the music 
of African Americans. Course will emphasize historical analysis and 
criticism, aural identification, and research. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102 or permission of instructor 

MUSI 3331 Christian Hymnody. (3)* as needed 
A survey of Christian hymnody in the English-speaking world from its 
roots in the early Christian Church to present day practices in worship. 
The study of selected hymns and hymn writers associated with a number 
of different Christian traditions will be included. 

MUSI 3352 Jazz Theory and Popular Practice. (2) Fall 
Theoretical foundations of the Jazz tradition, and consideration of 
related contemporary style; blues, fusion, rock, gospel, and current 
popular idioms. Aural skills emphasized, with keyboard harmony 
studies oriented to realizing technical comprehension of the material. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 2202 

MUSI 3366 Basics of Conducting. (3) Fall 
Conducting techniques, score reading, rehearsal techniques for choral 
and/or instrumental ensembles. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 2202 

MUSI 3369 Music Technology. (5) Fall 

Basic studio techniques, music sequencing, music printing, synthesizers, 
studio operation. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 2390 Audio Engineering 

MUSI 3384 Junior Recital. (1) Fall and Spring 
A 30-minute public performance of the student's creative work and/or 
talent presented during the junior year. 
Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Pre-Recital Hearing 



232 



MUSI 4210 Composition 6. (1) Fall 
Continuation of MUSI 321 1. A projects course. 
Prerequisite: MUSI 321 1 

MUSI 4413 Business of Music Industry. (3) 

The study of basic issues pertaining to the music industry: music 
copyrights, music synchronization, musical mechanical licensing, standard 
music contracts, royalties, artists' advances and contracts, buyouts. 
Introduction to the major licensing organizations, i.e., ASCAP, BMI, 
SESAC, and the National Academy of Recording Arts & Sciences, the 
professional society of musicians. 

MUSI 4460 Production Project. (3) January Term 
A special projects course with hands-on participation and teamwork 
required. Each project is unique; specific content will be publicized in the 
semester preceding the course offering. 

MUSI 4470 Internship. (1) Fall, January, Spring 
A supervised, practical "real world" experience in a professional off- 
campus environment. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSI 4480 Opera Workshop. (3) Fall, January, or Spring Term 
Staged and directed performances of complete compositions and/or 
excerpts from operatic literature of several styles and periods. 
Prerequisite: Audition. 

MUSI 4484 Senior Recital. (1) Fall, Spring 

A one-hour public performance of the student's creative work and/or talent 
presented during the senior year. 
Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Pre-Recital Hearing. 

MUSI 4486 Special Topics. (3) Fall or Spring, alternate years 
Class instruction for musical topics of a highly specialized nature. The 
content of this course will change based upon the expertise of the 
instructor and the needs of the students. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSI 4488 Capstone Presentation. (1) 

The capstone presentation is a senior level investigation of some music- 
faculty approved topic and may take the following forms: 1) recital, a 30- 
minute public performance; 2) lecture-recital, where the student presents a 
combination lecture and recital totaling at least 20-30 minutes; or 3) 
lecture, a 20-30 minute presentation of research on some music topic 
appropriate to the student's interests and abilities. 

* Denotes courses in Music that may satisfy Fine Arts requirement in Core 
Curriculum. 



233 



Nursing 
Introduction 

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) curriculum consists of two 
plans of study. The basic program prepares graduates for entry into 
professional nursing practice and confers eligibility for initial licensure 
as a registered professional nurse (RN). A degree-completion option is 
designed for licensed RNs who wish to earn the BSN degree. 

The curriculum provides professional nursing education within a heritage 
of Christian faith and liberal arts learning. The nursing major, grounded 
in an ethic of caring, encourages independent thought, appreciation for 
the discovery of excellence, and commitment to supporting the health of 
individuals and society. BSN studies establish a sound foundation for 
professional nursing practice, graduate study, and continuing progress 
toward personal and professional goals. Faculty and students serve as 
resources for the College and community in nursing education, service, 
and research. Opportunities for collaborative study with students of other 
majors and clinical experience with varied health care providers 
emphasize the interdisciplinary nature of nursing practice. As 
professional nurses, graduates will be able to assist individuals, groups, 
and communities in meeting health care goals. 

The BSN program is approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is 
accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission. 

Objectives 

Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program will be able to: 

 Practice nursing from a knowledge and research base utilizing skills 
of critical thinking, and communication, with the ability to expand 
knowledge and skills through lifelong learning. 

 Engage in nursing practice based in a value system consistent with 
professional standards of nursing and the philosophy of the nursing 
program, characterized by caring and valuing of self and others. 

 Participate in transitions of health recognizing the opportunities and 
limitations imposed by historical, sociocultural, spiritual, legal, 
ethical, political, economic, and environmental contexts. 

 Assume the role of professional nurse, accountable as provider of 
care, manager, collaborator, educator, learner, and resource for 
individuals, families, groups, and communities in promoting and 
restoring health and well-being. 

234 



Admission to the BSN Program 

Students may declare the intent to pursue a nursing major at any 
time. However, application for admission to the upper-division program 
is made during the sophomore year. Nursing studies begin at the junior 
level with the exception of Nutrition (NURS 3305) which may be 
completed prior to admission to the nursing program. Admission 
requirements are as follows: 

 A completed Application for Admission to Nursing. An application 
form is available from the College Admissions office and in the 
office of the Department of Nursing. 

 Completion of a sufficient number of credits in Common Core and 
other required courses to permit an uninterrupted progression in the 
nursing major. 

 A grade of C or higher is required in anatomy, physiology, 
microbiology, and English composition courses. Should a student 
earn less than a C more than once in any combination of these 
courses, the students will be ineligible to enter the nursing program. 
A limit of five years applies to completion of anatomy, physiology, 
and microbiology courses. 

 A cumulative overall GPA of 2.5 or higher at the time of entry into 
the nursing program, includmg all courses completed or attempted 
at any institution. 

 An interview with a member of the nursing faculty may be required. 
An applicant may request an interview if desired. 

 Applicants are required to provide a current urine drug screen and a 
criminal background check. These documents must accompany the 
Application for Admission to Nursing. 

An applicant who has completed any program of study leading to 
licensed employment in the health care area (such as registered or 
practical nursing, emergency medical technician) must present the 
license in person. 

Unlicensed students enrolled in the nursing program may not be 
employed by any health care agency in the capacity of licensed nursing 
personnel. They shall not represent themselves in any practice setting as 
nursing students unless engaged in planned programmatic learning 
activities which are part of the nursing curriculum. 



235 



Admission to the BSN Completion Option 

The BSN Completion Option is open to Registered Nurses who have 
graduated from an Associate Degree or Diploma program in Nursing 
and who hold a valid license to practice as a Registered Nurse. 
Current Georgia RN licensure is required prior to entering a clinical 
nursing course. 

In addition to RN licensure, the general admission requirements above 
apply to RN applicants, with the following exceptions: 



 



RN students who enter the nursing sequence on a full-time basis 
must have completed all Common Core requirements and all 
required non-nursing courses through the junior level. 

 No time limit applies to the completion of anatomy, physiology, or 
microbiology courses. 

 Thirty (30) previously earned Associate or Diploma nursing 
semester credits may be accepted toward the BSN degree, subject to 
the terms of the Georgia RN-BSN Articulation Agreement (the 
complete Agreement is available in the office of the Department of 
Nursing). These 30 semester credit hours represent previously 
completed nursing courses in Adult Health, Child Health, Maternal 
Health, and Mental Health and are not intended to equal the actual 
number of previously earned nursing credits. Normally, no more 
than 30 hours of Associate Degree or Diploma nursing course 
credits may be applied toward fulfilling any requirements of the 
BSN degree. 

 Twenty-four (24) additional nursing course credits must be earned 
at the upper division level (3000 and 4000 courses). Up to 9 of 
these credits may be earned through challenge examinations on a 
one-attempt basis. A minimum of one year of nursing practice 
experience within the past three years is required for eligibility for 
challenge examinations. 

Matriculation Requirements 

 An accepted student must possess a level of physical and emotional 
health sufficient to enable him/her to meet nursing program 
requirements and the standards of professional nursing practice. 

 Prior to beginning the first clinical nursing course, a medical 
examination is required which documents the student's level of 
health and immunization including current documentation of the 
Hepatitis series and TB skin test. 

236 



 Professional liability insurance (purchased on a group basis through 
the College) and basic cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) 
certification is required prior to beginning the first nursing course and 
must be continued throughout all clinical nursing courses. 

Curriculum 

Nursing courses are offered in a 4-1-4 semester sequence during the junior 
and senior years of study. The total BSN curriculum can be completed in 
four academic years (8 semesters) and includes 45 credit hours in the 
Common Core, 1 9 credit hours in other required and elective courses, and 
58 credit hours in nursing courses. Included in these hours are two elective 
and one required interim courses which compose 9 hours of required 
interim hours. Selected courses required for the BSN degree may fulfill 
certain Common Core Requirements; these and other required non-nursing 
courses are: 

BIOL 1 148 and BIOL 1 149 Human Anatomy and 

Physiology* 



MATH 1101 
CORE 1120, 1140 

PSYC 1101 
PSYC 3302 

ENGL 1101, 1102 
BIOL 3320 
RLGN2310 



College Algebra* 

Problem Solving/Computer 
Applications 

Introduction to Psychology* 

Human Growth and 
Development* 

Rhetoric and Composition* 

Microbiology * 

Bioethics 



* These courses are prerequisite to entering the nursing courses. 



Fall: NURS 3305 

NURS3310 
NURS 3311 
NURS 3400 



Junior Year 

Nutrition and Health* 

(may be completed in advance) 

Health Promotion I: A Focus on Aging 

Health Assessment Across the Life Span 

Health Restoration I: A Psychiatric Mental 
Health Focus 



237 



Interim: 



NURS 3312 Issues and Trends in Nursing 



Spring: 



Fall: 



NURS 3331 Pharmacology in Nursing* 

NURS 3340 Health Promotion & Restoration in Pediatrics 

NURS 3350 Health Restoration II: A Life Span Focus 

Senior Year 

NURS 4330 Health Promotion II: A Focus on Mother, 
Infant, & Family 

NURS 4405 Concepts in Clinical Nutrition 

NURS 4430 Health Restoration III: A Focus on Complex 
Problems Across the Life Span 

NURS 443 1 Research in Nursing* 



Spring: 

NURS 4432 Senior Capstone in Nursing* 

NURS 4440 Concepts in Health Promotion III: A 
Community Focus* 

NURS 4450 Transition & Leadership 

Nursing courses designated above by an asterisk are required of RN 
students enrolled in the BSN-completion option. RN students also 
complete two RN only courses: 

Junior Level NURS 3313 Transitions: A Seminar for 

Registered Nurses (Fall) 

Senior Level NURS 4460 Transitions & Leadership for 

Registered Nurses (Spring) 

Information regarding the program length and costs is provided to the 
National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission and is available 
from that organization at 61 Broadway - 33'^* Floor, NY 10006, 800-669- 
1656 Ext. 153. 



238 



Progression 

1. A grade of C (75%) or higher is required for successful completion 
of all nursing courses. Course syllabi and the BSN Student 
Handbook detail requirements for achieving a passing grade of C or 
better. A grade of D, F, or WF is a failing grade. 

2. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 must be maintained throughout 
the period of enrollment in nursing courses. A nursing major whose 
GPA falls below 2.0 will be placed on departmental probation and 
has one semester in which to raise the GPA to 2.0 or higher. Failure 
to achieve a 2.0 in one semester will result in withdrawal from the 
nursing program. A 2.0 GPA is required for entrance into senior 
level courses. 

3. Students earning a D or F in any nursing course may repeat the 
course one time. The course may be repeated, and if the student 
passes, he/she is eligible to continue the nursing program. However, 
any other failure in that or any other nursing course will result in 
dismissal from the program. 

4. All Common Core and other required non-nursing courses, with the 
exception of Bioethics and an interim elective must be completed 
prior to beginning the senior level nursing courses. 

5. Students who fail a course in the first semester of the program must 
compete for readmission with the next year's applicant pool. 

6. Students must successfully complete all Junior level clinical courses 
before proceeding to Senior level clinical courses. 

7. The faculty of the Department of Nursing reserve the right to 
dismiss at any time a student whose health, conduct (academic 
dishonesty, professional conduct), general attitude, clinical 
performance, or scholastic standing make it inadvisable to retain the 
student in the program. Students are expected to display qualities 
that are desirable in professional persons. 

Progression in BSN Completion Option 

In addition to the guidelines above, the following policies apply to 
progression in the BSN Completion Option: 

 A valid Georgia RN license must be maintained throughout 
enrollment in clinical nursing courses. 



239 



All previously earned ADN or Diploma nursing credits will be placed in 
escrow when the RN student enters the nursing program. Upon 
satisfactory completion of 6 credit hours of BSN nursing courses, the 
escrowed credits will be transferred to the student's permanent academic 
record. Should the RN student not be successful in the initial 6 hours of 
nursing course's, the previously earned nursing credits will not be 
applied toward the BSN degree. 

Assessment of Learning Objectives in the Major 

Standardized achievement tests are administered at intervals throughout the 
nursing program. These tests are included within specific nursing courses. 
During the final semester of nursing studies, all students must complete 
a comprehensive assessment of learning in the major at a pre-determined 
level required for graduation: Non-RN students will complete a 
standardized comprehensive examination in nursing. RN students will 
complete an essay-type examination. A description of these assessment 
processes will be provided to students during the first semester 
nursing studies. 

Course Descriptions (NURS) 

Course credit hours and corresponding clock hours are shown in 
parentheses. One class clock hour/week equals one credit hour; three 
laboratory or practice clock hours/week equal one credit hour. 

NURS 3305 Nutrition and Health (1) Fall 
An introduction to nutrition concepts and current dietary trends, 
focusing on health promotion. Nutrients are explored with regard to 
sources, dietary requirements, and health implications. Student interests 
are incorporated. 

Prerequisite: None. 

NURS 3310 Concepts in Health Promotion I: A Focus on Aging. 

(2 hrs. class 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4) Fall 
A foundation course to introduce and develop concepts, practices and 
processes of health promotion in professional nursing, emphasizing the 
needs of the elderly. The skills of communication, problem solving, and 
critical analysis in nursing are included. 

Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program. 

Corequisites: NURS 33 11, NURS 3400 



240 



NURS 3311 Health Assessment Across the Life-span. 

(3 hr. class, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring 
A study of the health assessment process appHed to persons of all ages, 
with emphasis on building knowledge and skill in data acquisition, 
organization, and interpretation. 

Prerequisite: RN status or Corequisite: NURS 3310, NURS 3400 

NURS 3312 Issues and Trends in Nursing. (3) Interim 
An introduction to professional nursing practice and the varied roles of 
the nurse in multiple practice settings. The significance of research in 
nursing practice and inquiry as a means of defining the nursing role 
is included. 

Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program. 

NURS 3313 Transitions: A Seminar for Registered Nurses. (2) Fall 
A study of varied perspectives and conceptual bases of the professional 
nursing role. The research process and research significance in nursing 
practice is introduced. 

Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program, RN status. 

NURS 3331 Pharmacology in Nursing. 

(3 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring 
Pharmacologic concepts and skill essential for nursing practice, 
including the basic science of drugs, determination of dosage, nursing 
implications, and medication administration techniques. 

Prerequisites: NURS 3310, 33 11, 3400 

Corequisites: NURS 3340, 3350 

NURS 3340 Health Promotion and Restoration in Pediatrics. 

(2 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4) Spring 
A course designed to assist students in developing pediatric nursing 
knowledge and skills. An understanding of growth and development 
provides a basis for the nursing care in health promotion and restoration of 
well and ill children in a variety of clinical settings. 

Prerequisites: NURS 3305, NURS 3310, NURS 3311, 

NURS 33 12, NURS 3400 
Corequisites: NURS 3331, NURS 3350 

NURS 3350 Concepts in Health Restoration I: 

A Life-span Focus. (3 hrs. class, 12 hrs. lab/clinical 
per week) (7) Spring 
The foundation course in nursing care of individuals and families who 
are experiencing challenges to health, emphasizing understanding and 
skill in health restoration. 

Prerequisites'. NURS 3310, NURS 33 1 1, NURS 3312, NURS 3400 
Corequisites: NURS 3331, NURS 3340 

241 



NURS 3400 Concepts in Health Restoration I: 
A Psychiatric Mental Health Focus. 
(2 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4) Fall 
Course provides the student with a foundation in psychiatric and mental 
health nursing with a focus on therapeutic communication, influences 
affecting mental health and illness, and nursing care for mental health 
maintenance and restoration. 

Prerequisites: Admission to BSN Program 
Corequisites: NURS 3310, NURS 3311 

NURS 4330 Concepts in Health Promotion H: A Focus on 
Mother, Child, & Family. 
3 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (5) Fall 
A study of nursing care of mother, newborn, and family, including 
selected women's health care issues. The nursing role in health 
promotion is emphasized, with examination of physical, developmental, 
and psychosocial challenges to health. 

Prerequisite: NURS 3310, NURS 3311, NURS 3400 
Corequisites: NURS 4405, NURS 4430, NURS 4431 

NURS 4405 Concepts in Clinical Nutrition. (1) Fall 
A study to recognize the value of nutritional assessment in 
comprehensive nursing care. The nursing role in understanding dietary 
needs as they relate to various body systems and diseases is included. 
Prerequisites: NURS 3305, NURS 3310, NURS 3340, NURS 3350 

NURS 4430 Concepts in Health Restoration HI: A Focus on 
Complex Problems Across the Life Span. 
(3 hrs. class, 12 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (7) Fall 
A study of advanced nursing care relevant to acutely ill patients with 
complex health problems. Learning experiences emphasize 
collaboration and critical analysis necessary in providing and 
coordinating care. 

Prerequisites: NURS 3331, NURS 3350, NURS 3340, NURS 3400 
Corequisites: NURS 4405, NURS 4330, NURS 4431 

NURS 4431 Research in Nursing. (3) Fall 
A course designed to assist students in developing a sense of inquiry, 
including research designs, sampling strategies, data analysis methods, 
and the use of research in clinical nursing practice. 
Prerequisites: NURS 3312 or NURS 3313 



242 



NURS 4432 Senior Capstone in Nursing. (2) Spring 
A seminar to assist students in synthesizing learning related to the roles 
and practices of professional nurses, exploring the health care system 
and the legal-ethical, sociopolitical, cultural, and professional issues 
influencing contemporary nursing. 

Prerequisites'. All Junior-Level Nursing & Senior Fall Courses 
Corequisites: NURS 4440, NURS 4450, NURS 4460 

NURS 4440 Concepts in Health Promotion III: 
A Community Focus. 

(3 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4) Spring 
A course directed toward the knowledge and skills necessary to the 
practice of community health nursing. Emphasis is placed on the 
promotion and protection of the health of individuals and groups within 
the context of community. A research project is completed focusing on 
a problem or issue in community health. 

Prerequisites'. NURS 4330, NURS 4430, NURS 4431, All Junior- 
Level Nursing Courses 
Corequisites: NURS 4432, NURS 4450, NURS 4460 

NURS 4450 Transition & Leadership. 

(2 hrs. class per week, 180 total hours clinical 
practice) (6) Spring 
A course to facilitate the transition to professional practice. Leadership 
and management roles assumed in clinical practice and increasing 
autonomy in patient care are guided through preceptorial experiences. 
Prerequisites: All Junior-Level Nursing Courses and NURS 4405, 

NURS 4330, NURS 4430, NURS 443 1 
Corequisites: NURS 4432, NURS 4440 

NURS 4460 Transition & Leadership for Registered Nurses. 
(2 hrs. class per week, 108 total hours clinical 
practice) (4) Spring 
A clinical practicum to facilitate RN transition to professional practice. 
Principles of leadership are examined as they relate to Nursing Practice 
for the RN. 

Prerequisite: All nursing courses 
Corequisites'. NURS 4440, NURS 4432 

NURS 4495 Independent Study in Nursing. (Variable) 

On demand 
For students meeting requirements, the opportunity to pursue special 
interests beyond those in the formal course of study. 

Prerequisite: Completion of 2/3 nursing major, 3.0 GPA, 

and permission. 

243 



The Oikos Program 



Introduction 

The Oikos Program is an interdisciplinary minor program sponsored by 
the departments of Biology, Political Science, Religion, and Sociology 
& Anthropology. Oikos is the Greek word for "house." It is the root 
word for both ecology and economics, and thus points to the dual 
aspects of ecological and social and responsibility that are central to the 
mission of the Oikos Program. The uniting theme across disciplines is 
how we might contribute to a just, sustainable, and peaceful future. 

Objectives 

 Using the expertise unique to each academic discipline, students 
will explore the root causes of injustice, ecological degradation, and 
social conflict. 

 Students will explore creative responses to these realities and will 
imagine possibilities for future social policy. 

 Students from various disciplines will form a coherent learning 
community around a common theme. 

 Oikos students will engage in genuine servant leadership: i.e.; 
understand the systemic roots of social problems and engage in 
transformation of the world in which they live. 

Assessment of Learning Objectives 

Mastery of the Oikos curriculum is demonstrated by the following: 

 Completion of each course with a grade of C- or better and a GPA 
of 2.0 or better in the minor. 

 Successful completion and defense of a senior research project that 
explores an Oikos theme in great depth. (See discussion on OIKS 
4000 below.) 

Program Overview 

The advisor for the program is the Oikos Program Director. The Oikos 
minor requires successful completion of the 5 courses described below 
(16 hours in total) with a grade of C- or better in each course and a GPA 
of 2.0 or better in the minor. 



244 



Course Descriptions 

SOCI 1320 Oikos Seminar on Social Justice (3) Spring 2008 

An introduction to issues of diversity and social justice in the United 
States. The course provides students with theoretical frameworks for 
understanding the dynamics and intersections of oppression and an 
opportunity to expand their awareness of various forms of oppression. 
Prerequisites', none 

RLGN 2320 Religion, Violence, and Social Change (3) 

An examination of models of non-violent social change that are 
grounded in religious faith commitments. The course will focus on the 
Christian faith tradition but will work comparatively with figures and 
movements from Hinduism, Buddhism, Judaism, and Islam. The course 
will include practice in the skills of peace-building that are guided by 
the principles of restorative justice. 
Prerequisites: none 

POLS 2320 

or Seminar on Ecological Sustainability and Policy (3) 

SOCI 2320 

A survey of sustainability as a political, economic and socio-cultural 
part of our lives. The course is divided into three major segments. First, 
it assays how our lives are conducted and considers the ecological cycles 
and processes that make life possible. Second, it examines the ground 
solutions to the issue of a sustainable lifestyle and attempts to implement 
this goal. Finally, it surveys the arena of ecological politics in order to 
engage the issue of how can we achieve this as a society. 
Prerequisites', none 

BIOL 3334 General Ecology (4) 

or 
BIOL 3370 Toxicology (4) 

General Ecology is an introduction to the basic principles and concepts ' 
of ecology with emphasis on environmental sampling, analysis, and 
characterization. Toxicology is an introduction to the principles of 
toxicology and the cellular, physiological, and ecological effects of 
toxicants, with an emphasis on the environmental and physiological 
effects of toxicants relating to the nervous system, cardiovascular 
system, and respiratory systems. 

Prerequisites'. The prerequisites for BIOL 3334 are BIOL 1101, 

1 lOlL, and BIOL 1 102, 1 102L. The prerequisites for 
BIOL 3370 are BIOL 1101, 1 lOlL, and BIOL 1102, 
lI02LorBIOL 1148 and 1149. 



245 



OIKS 4000 Capstone Research Project (3) 

A research project and presentation that explores in great depth an issue 
at the intersection of peace and nonviolence, social justice, and 
ecological sustainability. When the student is completing a major that 
already requires a senior research project, the student will generally 
register for the departmental capstone course instead of OIKS 4000. The 
student will work out a common topic in consultation with the Oikos 
program director and the faculty member who teaches the capstone 
course in the student's major. In those rare cases in which the student is 
earning a major that does not require a senior project, or if the student 
cannot develop a topic that is acceptable to his or her major advisor, the 
student may register for OIKS 4000 instead of a departmental capstone 
course. In this case the student will choose a topic in consultation with 
the Oikos program director. 

Prerequisite: Completion of all other Oikos courses with a grade of 
"C-" or better and a GPA of 2.0 or higher in the minor, or 
permission of the Oikos Program Director. 




246 



Physics 
Introduction 

The physics curriculum at LaGrange College serves two basic purposes: 

1) an introduction to the physical sciences, oriented towards 
developing problem solving, and reasoning skills suitable for the 
core requirements of the college. 

2) provides courses that support programs in mathematics, chemistry, 
biology, computer science, dual-degree in engineering, and 
education, and preparation for health professional schools 
including medicine, dentistry, veterinary, pharmacy, and 
physical therapy. 

Course Descriptions (PHYS) 

PHYS 1101 Introductory Physics I. 

(3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall 
A non-calculus-based introduction to elementary kinematics, dynamics, 
energy, momentum, fluids, and thermodynamics. The three hour 
laboratory illustrates the concepts introduced in class. 
Prerequisite: MATH 2105 

PHYS 1102 Introductory Physics II. 

(3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring 
A continuation of Physics 1101 and an introduction to sound and waves, 
electric charge. Coulomb's Law, electric and magnetic fields, and 
optics. The three hour laboratory illustrates the concepts introduced in 
class. 
Prerequisite: PHYS 1101 

PHYS 2121 General Physics I. 

(3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall 
A calculus-based introduction to particle dynamics, energy and 
momentum conservation, rotational dynamics, hydrostatics, and 
thermodynamics. The three-hour laboratory illustrates the concepts 
introduced in class. 
Prerequisite: MATH 2222 

PHYS 2122 General Physics II. 

(3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring 
A continuation of Physics 2121 covering wave mechanics, electricity 
and magnetism, simple circuits, optics. The three-hour laboratory 
illustrates the concepts introduced in class. 
Prerequisites: PHYS 2121 



247 



PHYS 3201 Introduction to Modern Physics (3hrs. lee, 3 hrs. 
lab per week) (4) Fall 

During the early twentieth-century, two momentous theories were 
proposed: the theory of relativity and the quantum. This course will 
introduce these theories and supporting experimental evidence, as well, 
many of the theories that were developed in the twentieth-century. 
Topics to be studied include: the Birth of Modem Physics, Special 
Relativity, Quantum Theory, Atomic Physics, General Relativity, and 
Cosmology. The laboratory involves experiments that explore the 
quantum nature of matter and energy. 

Prerequisites: PHYS 1 102 or PHYS 2122 with a grade of C or higher, 
Corequisite: MATH 2223 

PHYS 3302 Physical Chemistry: Chemical Dynamics and 
Quantum Mechanics. 

(3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring of even years 
A study of basic principles of physical chemistry focusing on gas 
kinetics, chemical dynamics, quantum mechanics, and atomic and 
molecular spectroscopy. This course is co-listed as CHEM 3302. 
Prerequisites: MATH 2222, PHYS 1 102 or PHYS 2122 




248 



Political Science 
Introduction 

The political science program is designed to provide students with the 
knowledge and skills they will need to become active, useful citizens in 
modern democratic polities. For students who concentrate in political 
science or who take only occasional courses, this means that the political 
science program will develop your capacity to understand political 
organizations and political processes, to analyze the forces affecting 
political decisions, and to form judgments about your obligations and 
rights as a citizen. It also means that the political science program will 
provide you with the skills necessary to begin a career in business, public 
service, consulting, or journalism or to continue your education in 
graduate studies or law school. 

Objectives 

Students majoring in political science at LaGrange College will acquire 
basic knowledge of these areas: 

 the values, processes, and institutions that affect collective 
decision-making and contemporary politics in the United States, 

 the comparative analysis of the values, processes, and institutions 
that affect collective decision-making and contemporary politics in 
other countries, 

 the relations between and among states, especially those affecting 
international conflict and international cooperation, 

 the ethical dimensions of public policy issues, political practices, 
and constitutional and legal questions. 

Students majoring in political science at LaGrange College will also 
acquire the basic skills necessary to comprehend and perform modem 
political analysis. These include: 

 ability to analyze the foundations of and differences between 
normative and empirical inquiry, 

 knowledge of the basic elements of research design and methods in 
normative, empirical, and historical studies of politics, 

 knowledge of basic data management and analysis and of the use of 
computers in political research, 

 ability to convey findings in both written and oral presentations. 



249 



Course of Study 

The Department of Political Science offers both a major and minor 
course of study in political science. 

For a Major in Political Science 

Demand Sequence for the Program in Political Science (POLS) 

U.S. Government 



POLS 1101 

OR 
POLS 1102 
POLS 2210 
POLS 2220 
POLS 3300 
POLS 4430 



Introduction to Political Science 

Comparative Politics 

International Relations 

Research Methods in Political Science 

Senior Seminar in Political Science 



Students majoring in political science must also complete an additional 
1 8 semester hours of elective courses chosen from among the three and 
four thousand level courses listed for the program in this catalog. At 
lease one of these courses must be in the field of American politics and 
public policy (POLS 3310, 3311, 3312, 3313, 3314, or 3315) and one in 
the fields of international relations (POLS 3320, 3321, 3322, 3323) or 
comparative politics (POLS 3350, 3351, 3352, 3353). Political science 
internships (POLS 4400) can earn up to a full semester (1 2 hours) of 
credit toward graduation, but usually only three (3) hours will be 
credited toward completion of the major course. This limit can be 
waived by the Department under special circumstances. Completing the 
full semester program in the Capital Hill Internship Program can be 
substituted for the required completion of POLS 4430 with approval of 
the Department. Completion of the interim term program earns elective 
credit only. 

For a Minor in Political Science 

Demand Sequence for the Program in Political Science (POLS) 



POLS 1101 

OR 
POLS 1102 
POLS 2210 
POLS 2220 



U.S. Government 

Introduction to Political Science 
Comparative Politics 
International Relations 



250 



Students minoring in political science must also complete an additional 
6 semester hours of elective courses chosen from among the three and 
four thousand level courses listed for the program in this catalog. In the 
minor course of study, political science internships cannot substitute for 
elective course credit. 

Assessment of Learning Objectives 

Assessment of the objectives of the program in political science is based 
on successful completion of each major course with a grade of "C-" or 
better, successful completion of required overall credit hours with a 2.0 
average, and successful completion of POLS 4430: Senior Seminar in 
Political Science or the full semester program in the Capital Hill 
Internship Program. To enroll in POLS 4430 students must have 
completed POLS 1 101, 11 02, 2210, 2220, and an additional nine (9) 
semester hours of elective courses in the political science program. In 
special circumstances, these requirements may be waived by permission 
of the faculty of the program. 

Special Opportunities 

LaGrange College is a charter member of the United Methodist College 
Washington Consortium that sponsors the Capital Hill Internship 
Program in Washington, D.C., for students of political science and other 
disciplines. The program in political science also supervises a variety of 
internships in local and state government and in Georgia's legal 
community. Students interested in pursing one of these opportunities 
should consult with the program faculty. The program also includes 
service learning opportunities in several of its courses. Again, students 
should consult with program faculty concerning these courses prior 
to registration. 

Course Descriptions (POLS) 

POLS 1101 United States Government. (3) 

An introduction to political science through an analysis of the political 
system of the United States. Topics considered include: basic concepts 
of political science, federalism, civil liberties and civil rights, basic 
governmental institutions, elections and public opinion, political parties 
and groups, and domestic and foreign public policy. 

POLS 1102 Introduction to Political Science. (3) 

An introductory course which focuses on the nature of the discipline of 
political science and which deals with the way political scientists study 
politics through an overview of the major topics of the discipline. 



251 



POLS 2210 Comparative Politics. (3) 

An introduction to comparative analysis of political systems. Topics 
considered include: basic concepts of comparative theory, modem 
political history in developed and developing areas, the interaction of 
political and economic factors in developed and developing areas, 
politics and state institutions in selected countries, and comparative 
aspects of domestic and foreign public policy. 

POLS 2220 International Politics. (3) 

An introduction to the interaction of nation-states in the global 
system. Topics considered include: war and power, economic and 
social interdependence, and problems specifically associated with 
developing nations. 

POLS 2320 Seminar on Ecological Sustainability and Policy (3) 

A survey of sustainability as a political, economic and socio-cultural 
part of our lives. The course is divided into three major segments. First, 
it assays how our lives are conducted and considers the ecological cycles 
and processes that make life possible. Second, it examines the ground 
solutions to the issue of a sustainable lifestyle and attempts to implement 
this goal. Finally, it surveys the arena of ecological politics in order to 
engage the issue of how can we achieve this as a society. 
Prerequisites', none 

POLS 3300 Research Methods in Political Science. (3) 

A study of basic social science research methods as applied in political 
science. Topics considered include: research design and data collection, 
measurement and causality, fitting models to data with various methods, 
graphic analysis, and the use of statistical software. (This course is 
cross-listed as SOCI 3900.) 

POLS 3310 State and Local Government. (3) 

A study of state and local government in the United States. Topics 
considered include: the political cultures and social environments of 
American states and communities, political processes in states and 
communities, the structure of state and local political institutions, and 
policy issues facing states and communities. 

POLS 3311 Congress and the Presidency. (3) 

A study of the institutional interactions of the executive and legislative 
branches of the United States government. Topics considered include: 
the President and policymaking, Congress and policymaking, 
institutional constraints on executive and legislative policymaking; 
foreign policy, civil rights policy, economic policy and budgeting, and 
social welfare policy. 



252 



POLS 3312 Public Administration and Public Policy. (3) 

An introduction to the study of public administration and public policy. 
Topics considered include: theoretical approaches to the study of public 
administration, the historical and consthutional basis for public 
administration in the United States, the organization and management 
of public institutions, the social, political, and legal environments of 
public institutions, the role of political processes in public 
administration, the analysis and evaluation of public policy, and the 
ethical basis of public administration. 

POLS 3313 American Judicial Institutions. (3) 

A study of judicial institutions in the United States. Topics considered 
include: the functions of legal and judicial institutions, the structure and 
powers of national and state court systems, the legal profession, judicial 
selection, judicial procedure, court administration, and policy formation 
by judicial institutions. 

POLS 3314 American Constitutional Law:Institutions. (3) 

An introduction to the study of constitutional law as it applies to 
government institutions in the United States. Topics considered include: 
basic concepts of constitutional analysis, historical development of 
present legal institutions and regimes, judicial policy decisions in 
different areas of law, and the social, political, and economic factors 
affecting those decisions. 

POLS 3315 American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties and 
Civil Rights. (3) 

An introduction to the constitutional liberties and rights accorded 
American citizens. Topics considered include: basic concepts of 
constitutional analysis, historical development of present legal 
interpretations and regimes, judicial decisions in different areas of law, 
the social, political, and economic factors affecting those decisions, and 
their effect on governing in the United States. 

POLS 3320 Analysis of Foreign Policy. (3) 

An introduction to how structures, institutions, outside actors, and 
political culture produce American foreign policy. Topics covered 
include: recent history of U.S. foreign relations, the roles played by both 
the President and the Congress, the roles, functions and structures of 
U.S. State Department, the Defense Department, intelligence agencies 
and the National Security Council, the policy making process and the 
measurement of outcomes, roles played by the public, interest groups, 
and other actors. Current major foreign policy issues will be discussed 
and examined as case studies. 



253 



POLS 3321 International Political Economy. (3) 

A study of international economics and trade through the analysis of the 
factors influencing past and present changes. Topics covered include: 
current and past international finance systems and mechanisms of 
exchange, the role of the state and other actors, an examination of 
comparative advantage, various strategies states employ such as import 
substitution or export promotion, the nature and impact of formal and 
informal barriers to trade, the GATT and WTO, the problems, failures, 
successes and prospects of the international economic system and its 
impact on domestic politics. 

POLS 3322 International Organizations. (3) 

A study of the current international system. Topics covered include: the 
nature of "systems", the recent history of global affairs and the evolution 
of the international system to its present state, selected theoretical 
analyses of international systems, the nature, roles and functions of the 
various actors in the system, how advances in technology have 
fundamentally changed the world, and the evolving roles of both states 
and supranational institutions. 

POLS 3323 International Conflict. (3) 

A study of the conditions that produce war and peace in international 
relations. Topics considered include: an examination of recent conflicts 
in the international system, theories concerning the potential sources and 
determinants of war with an emphasis on the theory of realism and 
competing theories, and theories of war settlement and potential sources 
of future interstate tension. 

POLS 3340 Themes in Political Philosophy. (3) 

An introduction to the basic ideas of political philosophy. Topics 
considered include: the social and historical context of political theory; 
the development of major ideas in political philosophy; critical analysis 
of theoretical arguments; and the relation of political theory to 
contemporary politics. (This course is cross-listed as PHIL 3420.) 

POLS 3341 Modern Political Theory. (3) 

An overview of liberalism, communism, and fascism, the three primary 
political ideologies that have shaped the twentieth century. 

POLS 3350 The Politics of Development. (3) 

A comparative study of the political systems in developing countries. 
Topics considered include: basic comparative political theory, modem 
history of developing societies, and an overview of theories explaining 
economic and political change in developing countries. 



254 



POLS 3351 States and Politics in Developed Areas (3) 

A comparative study of the political systems of developed societies. Topics 
considered include: basic comparative theory, modern history of developed 
societies, political systems of selected states, and the interaction of political 
and economic factors in developed societies. 

POLS 3352 States and Politics in Latin America (3) 

A comparative study of political systems in Latin America. Topics 
considered include: Basic comparative political theory, modern history of 
Latin American societies, politics of selected Latin American states, and 
the interaction of economic and political factors in Latin America. (See 
also LAST 3210) 

POLS 3353 States and Politics in Africa. (3) 

A comparative study of political systems in Africa. Topics considered 
include: Basic comparative political theory, modern history of African 
societies, politics of selected African states, and the interaction of 
economic and political factors in Africa.. 

POLS 4400 Political Science Internship, (credit may vary) 

A supervised internship opportunity for students to work for approved 
public or private organizations. 

POLS 4410 Selected Topics in Political Science. (3) 

This course examines particular issues related to topics in political science 
selected by program faculty. 

POLS 4420 Directed Study in Political Science. (3) 

A supervised course of independent study available to selected students. 
The course provides an opportunity for close cooperation between program 
faculty and students on research projects and presentations. 

POLS 4430 Senior Seminar in Political Science. (3) 

A seminar course on a major subject of national or international concern 
based on individual research and assigned readings. 



255 



Psychology 
Introduction 

The goal of this department is to acquaint the student with basic principles 
of behavior and the research methods necessary to understand them. 

Objectives 

A student who graduates from LaGrange College with a major in 
psychology will: 

 recognize the importance of an EMPIRICAL approach in 
attempting to understand behavior, 

 be familiar with the concepts, terms, and explanatory principles 
characteristic of major psychological theorists and be able to 
evaluate them critically, 

 be able to identify and discuss examples of the major "types" 
of learning, to wit: classical, operant, observational, and 
information processing, 

 be familiar with generalizations regarding physiological correlates 
of behavior, 

 be familiar with the major historical developments in psychology, 

 be familiar with the terminology of the current edition of the 
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of the American Psychiatric 
Association (DSM-IV-TR), 

 be able to describe how clinicians of different theoretical 
orientations (e.g., psychoanalytic, humanistic, cognitive, behavioral, 
and physiological) explain and treat psychological disorders, 

 be able to list and discuss the various objective and projective 
personality assessment techniques including the Rorschach , 

the Thematic Apperception Test, the MMPI, the NEO-PI-R, and 
the MBTI, 

 recognize the basic philosophical (e.g.. What is personality?) and 
methodological issues (e.g.. How do we quantify and measure 
personality?) in psychological research, 

 be familiar with the sections of an APA style research report 
including the kinds of information typically found in each. 



256 



 be familiar with the standard procedures for summarizing data 
(including construction of frequency tables), the calculation of 
measures of central tendency (means, medians, and modes), the 
calculation of measures of dispersion (range, variance, and standard 
deviation), and correlation coefficients, 

 be familiar with the logic of hypothesis testing including the 
statement of research and statistical hypotheses, the notion of Type I 
and Type II errors, the power and efficiency of a statistical test, and 
the major inferential techniques used in psychology (especially 

T- test, analysis of variance, and chi-square), 

 recognize the concepts and principles of psychology as exemplified 
in everyday situations. 

A major in psychology consists of 37 semester hours (12 courses) 
beyond the introductory course (PSYC 1101). (See note 4 below) 
Twenty-five of these hours come from the following categories: 

Methods (Both Required - See note 1 below) 

PSYC 2298, PSYC 2299 
Experimental Content (Select Two) 

PSYC 4455, PSYC 4465, PSYC 4470 
Social/Personality/Development Content 
(Select Three  See note 2 below) 

PSYC 3321, (PSYC 3302 or PSYC 3358), PSYC 3350, PSYC 4460 
Advanced Special Topics (Required - See note 3 below) 

PSYC 4480 

Notes: 

1 . Since this department views psychology as a research-based 
discipline, it is strongly recommended that the student complete 
PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 as soon as possible after the major 
is declared. 

2. Students may take either PSYC 3302 or PSYC 3358 but not both to 
satisfy this requirement. If a student takes both, one course counts 
toward the 12 hours of major electives. 

3. PSYC 4480 will be offered once per year during January term and 
will involve advanced study of a specialized topic. Topics will 
vary from year to year. 

4. PSYC 1101, Introduction to Psychology, is the prerequisite to all 
2000 level and above psychology courses. Some courses have 
other prerequisites. 



257 



Major Electives 

An additional 12 hours of major courses will be selected by the student. 
A student may select any 3000 or 4000 level psychology course beyond 
those counted in the required areas. Any of these courses, ANTH 2000, 
SOCI 2500, and BIO 1 148, may be applied toward the major with the 
approval of the advisor. 

Minor 

A minor in psychology consists of PSYC 1101 and five additional courses 
with the approval of the chair of the department. Any course that is listed 
in the current bulletin as counting toward the major in psychology also 
counts toward the minor. The exception is that a maximum of two of the 
major courses offered outside the psychology department may be counted 
toward the minor (i.e., at least four of the courses for the minor must be 
taken in the psychology department). 

Assessment of Learning Objectives 

The accomplishment of the psychology objectives by students majoring in 
Psychology will be demonstrated by obtaining an acceptable score on the 
Area Concentration Achievement Test (ACAT) in psychology. Normally, 
this test will be given during the student's final semester at 
LaGrange College. 

Career Options 

Students who complete the major in psychology have a wide variety of 
career options. Psychology is a very broad field that overlaps many 
different. areas. Some of the jobs taken by recent psychology graduates 
include management and supervisory positions in business and industry 
and positions in community and state service agencies. A psychology 
major also serves as good preparation for advanced study in law, social 
science, counseling, and psychology. 

Miscellaneous 

No course with a grade below "C-" may be applied toward the major in 
psychology. The only exception is PSYC 4000 in which a grade of Pass 
must be obtained. Additionally, a student must maintain a "C" average 
(2.0) in the major in order to graduate. 



258 



Course Descriptions (PSYC) 

PSYC 1101 Introduction to Psychology. (3) Fall, Spring 
A survey of major topics in psychology including research methods, basic 
neuroanatomy, learning, perception, personality and abnormal behavior. 
Prerequisite to all other psychology courses 

PSYC 2298 Behavioral Statistics. (3) Fall 

Introduction to the measurement of behavior and quantitative methods of 
data analysis emphasizing parametric statistics and their application to the 
behavioral sciences. May be taken simultaneously with PSYC 1101. 

PSYC 2299 Research Methods. (4) Spring 
A survey of various types of research design, including the strengths and 
weaknesses of each. The laboratory includes practice in designing and 
conducting experiments, as well as analysis and reporting of results. 
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 1101 

PSYC 3302 Human Growth and Development. (3) Fall 
A study of human life beginning with conception. Important 
developmental phenomena are considered in the light of major 
theories of development. 

PSYC 3304 Educational Psychology. (3) Spring 
Application of psychological principles and research to the teaching/ 
learning process. Major topics include behavioral and cognitive 
approaches to learning, classroom management, and test construction 
and interpretation. 

PSYC 3321 Social Psychology. (3) Fall 

A course dealing with behavior as affected by social influences. Major 
topics include social perception, social communication (verbal and 
nonverbal), altruism, attitudes, aggression, and prejudice. Also, applied 
areas such as forensic psychology are considered. 

PSYC 3330 History and Systems of Psychology. (3) On demand 
A study of the historical background of psychology, with emphasis upon 
the major schools of thought. 

PSYC 3341 Human Sexuality. (3) Fall 

This course involves a multidisciplinary examination of human sexual 
behavior and intimate relationships. Typical topics considered include 
male and female sexual response, gender roles, sexual disorders and 
dysfunctions, gender identity, legal and cross-cultural aspects of human 
sexuality, sexual orientation, and relationship issues related to sexuality. 
May be taken simultaneously with PSYC 1101. 



259 



PSYC 3350 Abnormal Psychology. (3) Spring 

A survey of the causes, characteristics, current theories, and treatment of 

psychological disorders. 

PSYC 3351 Introduction to Counseling. (3) Fall 

An introduction to counseling approaches, methods, and assessment 

techniques. Emphasis is placed on individual counseling. 

PSYC 3357 Psychology of Religion. (3) On demand 
Psychological interpretation of religious experience and growth. 

PSYC 3358 Psychology of Aging. (3) On demand 
Human aging is examined from physiological (e.g. sensory and 
cardiovascular changes), psychological (e.g. memory and intellectual 
changes) and sociological (e.g. adjusting to retirement) perspectives. 
Also, death and disorders associated with aging such as Alzheimer's 
Disease are explored. 

PSYC 3380 Special Topics in Psychology. (3) Fall 
A course offered at the sophomore/junior level focusing on a specialized 
topic from the field of psychology. 
Prerequisites: A prerequisite may be required. 

PSYC 4000 Internship in Psychology. (3) On demand 
This course requires 120 hours of supervised experience (observation, 
work, etc.) in a local agency or office and selected readings. 
Application for internship must be submitted in the term or semester 
prior to placement. Students are then selected on a competitive basis for 
enrollment. Grading is on a Pass - No Credit basis. 
Prerequisite: Major in psychology with junior or senior standing and 
permission of department 

PSYC 4400 Individual Research. (3) On demand 
Under supervision of a faculty member, the student will develop a 
project on a topic that is psychological in nature. The emphasis will be 
on analyzing and synthesizing scientific literature with the goal of 
producing a literature review and/or research proposal. A successful 
proposal may lead to data collection and analysis. The result of the 
project will be a paper written in APA style. 
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 

PSYC 4455 Cognitive Psychology. (3) Spring 2009 
An information processing analysis of topics in perception, thinking, 
learning, and memory. 
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor. 



260 



PSYC 4460 Psychology of Personality. (3) Fall 
A critical study of major personality theories, principles and instruments 
of assessment, and relevant empirical research. 
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor 

PSYC 4465 Physiological Psychology. (3) Spring 2008 
Neuroanatomy and neurophysiology will be explored and will provide a 
foundation for examining biological aspects of various behaviors (e.g., 
sensory processes and sleep). Also, the psychopharmacology of selected 
drugs and genetic influences on behavior will be considered. 

PSYC 4470 Behavior Analysis and Its Applications. (3) Spring 
A survey of principles, research findings, and applications of classical, 
operant, and observational learning. 
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor 

PSYC 4480 Special Topics in Psychology. Interim 
A course offered at the junior/senior level focusing on a specialized topic 
from the field of psychology. 
Prerequisites: A prerequisite may be required. 




261 



RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY 

Introduction 

As a field of inquiry within the liberal arts, the study of religion affords 
all students an opportunity to hone the critical thinking and 
communication skills that are an asset to any profession. Students who 
are considering church-related vocations also may tailor their courses 
either to prepare for such careers directly after completion of the degree 
or to provide a foundation for graduate study in religion or theology. 

The Religion and Philosophy Department offers two major plans of 
study: the religion and philosophy major, and the religion major with a 
concentration in church leadership. The department also offers three 
minor programs: religion, church leadership, and philosophy. 

Program Objectives 

The courses offered in the Religion & Philosophy Department seek to 
achieve the following academic goals: 

Scholarly analysis of received religious and philosophical traditions 

Deep engagement with a variety of contemporary perspectives on 
these traditions 

Creativity in formulating responses to these traditions 

Theoretical understanding and practice of servant leadership 

Development of skills in undergraduate research and writing 

The faculty in the department also believes that students who complete 
a major course of study in Religion & Philosophy should have the 
foundational knowledge and skills to: 

 Pursue seminary or graduate study 

 Perform as a professional in a field of ministry 

Assessment of Learning objectives 

Success in achieving the objectives of the Religion & Philosophy major 
will be demonstrated in the following ways: 

 Successful completion of all major courses with a grade of C- or 
better and earning an overall major GPA of 2.0 or better. 

 Satisfactory completion and defense of the Senior Project or Paper. 



262 



The Religion and Philosophy Major 

The Religion and Philosophy Major is a traditional liberal arts study of 
the field. It is especially suited for those with a general interest in 
religion and philosophy or those who wish to prepare for graduate study 
of Religion. 

The major consists of 1 1 courses in addition to the exploratory course in 
Religion that is taken as part of the core (RLGN 1 101-05), yielding a 
total of 12 courses. The Religion major must include at least 2 courses 
in each of these areas: Biblical Studies, Historical Studies, and Ethics 
and Theological Studies. The major also requires at least one course in 
the area of Philosophy. In addition, all Religion & Philosophy majors 
will complete a senior thesis or project. Thus, of the 12 courses required 
for a Religion major, at least 8 courses must conform to the following 
guidelines: 

 Biblical Studies (2 courses). Minimum requirement is one course in 
Old Testament and one course in New Testament at the 2000-level 
or above. Courses: 2110, 2111, 2120, 2121, 3110-3160. 



 



Historical Studies (2 courses). Courses: 1 104 (if not taken for the 
core), 2210-2230, 3210-3220. 

 Ethics and Theological Studies (2 courses). Courses: 1 105 (if not 
taken for the core), 2310, 3310-3350. 

 Philosophy (1 course). Courses: any of the philosophy courses, 
which are listed under Area IV in the course listing below. 

 Senior Thesis or Project (1 course). Course 4620 is normally taken 
in the fall of the senior year. The student should choose a project 
director from within the department and work with this director to 
refme a topic in the semester prior to which the student enrolls for 
the course. Thus, most students should select a topic and project 
director by the end of the spring semester of the junior year. 

Students are free to choose any other religion or philosophy department 
courses for the remaining 4 courses. Internships may be taken for up to 
1 full course of credit, with permission of the department chair. At least 
6 courses in the major must be numbered at the 2000-level or above. 



263 



The Religion & Philosophy Major with a 
Concentration in Church Leadership 

The Church Leadership Concentration is designed to prepare students 
for future careers in church service. Many of our graduates take 
positions in Christian Education or Youth Ministry directly after 
graduation. Others enroll in seminaries as a preparation for ordained ministry. 

LaGrange College is one of only nine colleges in the nation that is 
authorized by the United Methodist Church to offer certification 
programs in Youth Ministry and Christian Education. United Methodist 
students who complete our Church Leadership program ftilfill all of the 
educational requirements needed for professional certification in these fields. 

The major consists of 1 1 courses in addition to the exploratory course in 
Religion that is taken as part of the core (RLGN 1 101-05), yielding a 
total of 12 courses. The Church Leadership concentration requires 
successful completion of the following courses: 

Biblical Studies (1 course). Courses: 1 102 or 1 103 (if not taken 

for the core requirement), 21 10, 21 1 1, 2120, 2121, 31 10-3 160. 

Historical Studies (1 course). Courses: 1 104 (if not taken for the 

core), 2210-2230, 3210-3220. 

Ethics and Theological Studies (1 course). Courses: 1105 (if not 

taken for the core), 2310, 3310-3350. 

Philosophy (1 course). Courses: any of the philosophy courses, 

which are listed under Area IV in the course listing below. 

Church Leadership and Youth Ministry (4 courses). Courses: 

3510-3560. 

Internship (1 course). Course: 3550, scheduled in consultation 

with the Church Leadership Program Director. 
Senior Thesis or Project (1 course). Course 4620 is normally taken 
in the fall of the senior year. The student should choose a project 
director from within the department and work with this director to 
refine a topic in the semester prior to which the student enrolls for 
the course. Thus, most students should select a topic and project 
director by the end of the spring semester of the junior year. 

At least two of the courses in Areas I-III must be at the 2000-level or 
above. In addition, students seeking certification in Christian education 
by the United Methodist Church must complete United Methodist 
Studies (3210). Students who do not seek United Methodist certification 
may choose any religion department course for the remaining to fulfill 
the remaining course requirements for the major. 



264 



The Religion & Philosophy Major with Honors 

Students who maintain a 3.5 grade point average in departmental courses 
and who receive "A" grades on their senior theses or projects may graduate 
with honors. 

The Religion & Philosophy Minor 

A minor in reHgion requires completion of 3 courses in addition to the 
exploratory religion core requirement: 4 courses in all. At least 2 courses 
must be at the 3000-level or above. 

The Church Leadership Minor 

A minor in Church Leadership consists of 4 courses in addition to the 
exploratory religion core requirement: 5 courses in all. The minor includes 
at least two courses taken at the 3000-level or above in Area I, II, III, IV, or 
VI. In addition, the minor includes at least 2 courses taken in Area V 
(Church Leadership). 

The Philosophy Minor 

No major program currently is offered in philosophy. A minor consists of 
4 courses in Area IV, of which at least 2 courses must be taken at the 2000- 
level or above. 

The Church Music Program 

The church music program is administered through the music department in 
cooperation with the Religion and Philosophy department. See the Music 
Department section of the catalogue for a program description. 

Course Descriptions 

Core Exploratory Courses: 
Explorations of the Christian Faith 

RLGN 1101 Introduction to Christianity. (3) Spring 2008 

An introduction to the Christian tradition of faith through a study of its 

central symbols, sacred texts, and practices. 

RLGN 1102 Jewish Origins in Context. (3) Every term 
A study of the Hebrew bible, commonly called by Christians the Old 
Testament, in the context of the ancient near eastern world. The course 
also will ask students to reflect on the impact of the Hebrew bible on 
Western civilization and its implications for the contemporary world. 



265 



RLGN 1103 New Testament Writings in Context. (3) Every term 
A study of the New Testament writings in the context of Greco-Roman 
civilization. The course also will ask students to reflect on the impact of 
Christian scriptures on Western civilization and consider their 
implications for the contemporary world. 

RLGN 1104 Dialogue with World Faith Traditions. (3) 

Fall 2007 
The course will place the insights of the Christian faith in dialogue with 
those of major living world religions. 

RLGN 1105 Moral Traditions and Contemporary Social 

Problems. (3) Spring 2008 
A study of contemporary ethical issues in the light of the moral 
traditions central to the Christian faith. The course will examine such 
issues as marriage and family, war and peace, racism, abortion, and the 
environment. Servant leadership component. 

Religion and Philosophy Departmental Courses 
Area I: Biblical Studies 

RLGN 2110 Introduction to Biblical Hebrew L (3) 

A beginning course designed to teach the fundamentals of Biblical 
Hebrew. 
Prerequisite: None 

RLGN 2111 Introduction to Biblical Hebrew H. (3) 

A continuation of RLGN 2110. 
Prerequisite: RLGN 2110 

RLGN 2120 Introduction to Hellenistic Greek L (3) Fall 
A beginning course designed to teach the fundamentals of Hellenistic or 
Koine Greek, which includes the language of the New Testament. 
Prerequisite: None 

RLGN 2121 Introduction to Hellenistic Greek IL (3) Spring 
A continuation of RLGN 2120. 
Prerequisite: RLGN 2120 

RLGN 2130 Readings in New Testament Greek. (3) 

Selected readings from New Testament texts with some attention to 
developing intermediate Greek grammar. 
Prerequisite: RLGN 2120 and 2121 

RLGN 3110 The Law. (3) 

A detailed study of the first five books of the Old Testament. 
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor 

266 



RLGN 3120 The Prophets. (3) 

A detailed study of prophetic movements in Israel and of the individual 
prophets, their historical background, lives, messages, and contributions to 
the religious life of Israel. 
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor 

RLGN 3130 The Writings. (3) 

An examination of wisdom, apocalyptic and poetic literature of the Old 
Testament. 
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor 

RLGN 3140 The Life and Teachings of Jesus. (3) 

A study of the message of Jesus within the context of the synoptic gospels 
and its application to contemporary society. 
Prerequisite: RLGN 11 03, or permission of professor 

RLGN 3150 The Apostolic Age. (3) Spring 2008 
An examination of the origin and expansion of the early Christian Church, 
with studies in the Epistles and the Acts of the Apostles. 
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor 

RLGN 3160 The Gospels. (3) Fall 2007 

An examination of one of the four canonical gospels with emphasis on the 
historical context, history of interpretation, and modem appropriations of 
the text. 
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor 

Area II: Historical Studies 

RLGN 2210 Early Church History. (3) 

A survey of the history of the Christian Church from the close of the 
Apostolic age to the end of the Middle Ages. 
Prerequisite: None 

RLGN 2220 Modern Church History. (3) Fall 
A history of the Christian Church from the reformation era to the modern 
period. 
Prerequisite: None 

RLGN 2230 Race and Religion in America. (3) Spring 
This course will examine the role that religion played and continues to play 
in American race relations and racial identities. The course will emphasize the 
history and the theorists of the civil rights contemporary era. 
Prerequisite: None 

RLGN 3210 United Methodist Studies. (3) Fall 2007 
A survey of the history, theology, and polity of the United Methodist Church. 
Prerequisite: A religion core course 

267 



RLGN 3220 A History of Christian Political Thought. (3) 

A study of the impact of the Christian theorists and the institutions of the 
Church on the development of poHtical theory in the West. 
Prerequisite: A reHgion core course 

Area III: 
Theology, Ethics, and the Social Scientific Study of Religion 

RLGN 2320 Religion, Violence, and Social Change. (3) 

An examination of models of non-violent social change that are 
grounded in religious faith commitments. The course will focus on the 
Christian faith tradition but will work comparatively with figures and 
movements from Hinduism, Buddhism, Judaism, and Islam. The course 
will include practice in the skills of peace-building that are guided by 
the principles of restorative justice. 
Prerequisite: None 

RLGN 3310 Contemporary Christian Thought. (3) Fall 
A survey of the development of Christian thought, with particular 
attention to the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. 
Prerequisite: A religion core course 

RLGN 3320 The Ethics of Sexuality, Marriage, and Gender. (3) 

A study of the moral issues related to sexuality, gender roles, and family 
life. Topics will vary per offering, but may include ethical reflection on 
such topics as the meaning and purpose of sexuality, gender roles, pre- 
marital and extra-marital sexuality, homosexuality, and family structure. 
(This course is cross-listed as WMST 3320.) 
Prerequisite: A religion core course 

RLGN 3340 Sociology of Religion. (3) 

A sociological analysis of the interplay between religion and culture. 
Prerequisite: A religion core course 

RLGN 3350 Psychology of Religion. (3) 

Psychological interpretation of religious experience and growth. 
Prerequisite: A religion core course 

Area IV: Philosophy 

PHIL 1410 Introduction to Philosophy. (3) Spring 2008 
A survey of major philosophical themes and figures that were formative 
in Western civilization. 
Prerequisite: None 



268 



PHIL 2410 Moral Philosophy. (3) Fall 

A study of the major philosophical understandings of morality and the 
good life. 
Prerequisite: None 

PHIL 2420 Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (3) Fall 2007 
A historical survey of classical and medieval philosophy. 
Prerequisite: None 

PHIL 2430 Modern Philosophy. (3) 

A historical survey of the philosophies of the Renaissance through the 
post-modem era. 
Prerequisite: None 

PHIL 2440 Elementary Logic. (3) 

An introduction to the logic of propositions with attention to the 
structure and evaluation of informal arguments. The rhetoric of 
persuasion and its use of logic and emotions also will be discussed. 
Prerequisite: None 

PHIL 3410 Philosophy of Religion. (3) 

An investigation of problems related to philosophical reflection on 
religious thought and experience. 

Prerequisite: At least one prior course in philosophy or 
permission of professor 

PHIL 3420 Themes in Political Philosophy. (3) 

An introduction to the basic ideas of political philosophy. Topics 
considered include the social and historical context of political theory, 
the development of major ideas in political philosophy, critical analysis 
of theoretical arguments, and the relation of political theory to 
contemporary politics. (This course is cross-listed as POLS 3340.) 
Prerequisite: None 

PHIL 3430 Bioethics. (3) Spring 2008 

A study of the ethical issues raised by the practice of nursing, medicine, and 

biomedical research. 

Prerequisite: None 
PHIL 4410 Selected Topics in Philosophy. (3) Spring 

A seminar course on a major subject of concern in philosophy based on 
individual research and assigned readings. 

Prerequisite: At least one prior course in philosophy or 
permission of professor 



269 



Area V: Church Leadership Courses 

RLGN 3510.Christian Education in the Local Church. (3) Fall 2007 
A study of issues confronting those participating in a local church 
setting. Required of all students in the Internship. 
Prerequisite: A religion core course 

RLGN 3520 Christian Worship. (3) 

The study and practice of Christian worship in its historical and 
contemporary contexts. Topics will include the theology of worship, 
sacraments, liturgy, and the place of music in worship. 
Prerequisite: A religion core course 

RLGN 3540 Youth Ministry. (3) 

The study and practice of ministry to persons from adolescence through 
young adulthood. 
Prerequisite: A religion core course 

RLGN 3560 Congregational Leadership. (3) Spring 2008 
The study of the leadership styles and skills necessary for leadership of a 
religious institution. Topics may include congregational dynamics, 
leading institutional change, working with volunteers, avoiding burnout, 
and racial and gender issues in leadership. 
Prerequisite: A religion core course 

RLGN 3550 Internship. (1-6) As scheduled 
Supervised participation in the local church setting. May be repeated for 
credit up to 6 hours. 
Prerequisite: Two courses from Area V 

Area VI: Capstone and Other Courses 

RLGN 4610 Selected Topics in Religion. (3) Spring 
A seminar course on a major subject of concern based on individual 
research and assigned readings. 
Prerequisite: Permission of professor 

RLGN 4620 Senior Thesis or Project. (3) As scheduled 
A directed study normally taken in the fall of the senior year. The 
student should choose a project director from within the department and 
work with this director to refine a topic in the semester prior to which 
the student enrolls for the course. Thus, most students should select a 
director and topic by the end of the spring semester of the junior year. 
Prerequisite: Application to Religion Department Chair 



270 



SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY 

Introduction 

The mission of the Sociology department is to equip students with 
an entry-level knowledge of sociological concepts, theories, and 
research strategies. 

Description of Major 

Sociology is the study of human social relationships and institutions. 
Sociology's subject matter is diverse, ranging from crime to religion, 
from the family to the state, from the divisions of race and social class to 
the shared beliefs of a common culture, and from social stability to 
radical change in whole societies. Unifying the study of these diverse 
subjects of study is sociology's purpose of understanding how human 
action and consciousness both shape and are shaped by surrounding 
cultural and social structures. 

Anthropology is the holistic and comparative study of human practice 
and behavior. Anthropology, a sister discipline to sociology, has 
traditionally focused on the investigation and analysis of human action 
through the lens of culture and by means of ethnographic fieldwork. Its 
initial subject matter was the study of small-scale, non-industrial groups 
primarily outside the developed world. Through a four field (cultural/ 
social anthropology, physical anthropology, linguistics and archeology) 
approach, anthropologists strove to make relevant generalizations about 
human behavior and society. In the last forty years, the scope and focus 
of anthropology has broadened and, now, anthropologists investigate all 
aspects of life in the industrialized world as well. Anthropology 
provides a global perspective on life and today, with its global focus, 
anthropology offers preparation for effective living in a rapidly 
changing world that is complementary to the sociological perspective. 

Degrees Offered: We currently offer a major in Sociology. 

The department requires a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.25 to declare 
a major in Sociology. 



271 



General Objectives 

Students majoring in Sociology will acquire a basic knowledge of the 
following areas: 

 the "sociological imagination," or ability to link individual 
biography with history and culture; 

 the difference between micro- and macro-level groups and 
processes, and the interconnections among them; 

 the importance and necessity of theory in the process of learning; 

 the strengths and weaknesses of various research methods, and the 
appropriateness of each for various research questions; 

 the social bases and biases of what constitutes knowledge or 
conventional wisdom; 

 the opportunities as well as constraints that are imposed on us by 
social structure. 

Requirements for the Sociology Major 

Sociology majors are required to complete the following courses, 
totaling 30 semester hours. All courses for the major must be completed 
with a grade of "C" or higher. The only exception is as follows: 

One grade of "C-" will be allowed to count toward the major so long as 
it does not occur with any of the following three courses: 

Math Statistics 

Research Methods 

Development of Sociological Thought 

These courses must be satisfied with a grade of "C" or higher. 
Furthermore, under no circumstances will a "D" grade count toward the 
major. 

Foundation (15 hours) 

SOCI 1 000 Principles of Sociology 

SOCI 2000 Social Problems and Policy 

SOCI 3000 Social Change 

SOCI 4000 Development of Sociological Thought 

SOCI 4200 Social Inequality 

Research (6 hours) 

MATH 1114 Introduction to Statistics 

SOCI 3900 Research Methods in Social Science 



272 



Major Eiectives (9 hours) 

Students may complete the major by electing 3 other courses from the 
following list: 



SOCI 2500 
SOCI 3300 
SOCl/RLGN 3340 
SOCI 3400 
SOCI 3500 
SOCI 3600 
SOCI/ANTH 3800 
ANTH 1000 
ANTH 2000 
LAST 1104 
RLGN 2230 
WMSTllOl 



Marriages and Families 
Sociology of Childhood 
Sociology of Religion 
Criminology 

Gender & Society 
Sociology of Education 
Special Topics in Sociology/Anthropology 
Introduction to Anthropology 
Cultural and Social Anthropology 
Introduction to Latin American Culture 
Race & Religion in America 
Introduction to Women's Studies 



One appropriate Interim course may count towards the elective 
requirement, with approval of the department chair. 

Requirements for the Sociology Minor 

A minor in sociology consists of five courses. 

All students planning to minor in sociology must take the following: 

SOCI 1 000 Principles of Sociology 

SOCI 2000 Social Problems and Policy 

SOCI 3000 Social Change 

Students must choose two courses from the following list, one of 
which must be at the 3000 level or higher: 



SOCI 2500 
SOCI 3300 
SOCI/RLGN 3340 
SOCI 3400 
SOCI 3500 
SOCI 3600 
SOCI/ANTH 3800 
SOCI 4000 
SOCI 4200 
ANTH 1000 
ANTH 2000 
LAST 1104 
WMSTllOl 
RLGN 2230 



Marriages & Families 

Sociology of Childhood 

Sociology of Religion 

Criminology 

Gender & Society 

Sociology of Education 

Special Topics in Sociology or Anthropology 

Development of Sociological Thought 

Social Inequality 

Introduction to Anthropology 

Cultural and Social Anthropology 

Introduction to Latin American Culture 

Introduction to Women's Studies 

Race & Religion in America 



273 



Assessment of Learning Objectives 

Mastery of the curriculum for a major in Sociology is measured by: 

 Completion of all major requirements with a "C" or higher in every 
course (One grade of "C-" may count towards the major, so long as 
the grade is not awarded in any of the following courses: Statistics, 
Research Methods, and/or Development of Sociological Thought. 
These courses must, in all cases, be completed with a grade of "C" 
or higher). 

 To graduate with a major in Sociology, students must complete all 
required coursework with a major GPA of 2.25 or higher. 

Course Descriptions (SOCI) 

SOCI 1000 Principles of Sociology. (3) Fall and Spring 
A study of the fundamental concepts and principles of the discipline, with 
emphasis on socialization, social institutions, social interaction, social 
stratification and inequality, as well as mechanisms of social control. 
Familiarization with the distinction between macro- and micro-level 
sociological processes will be emphasized. 

SOCI 1320 Oikos Seminar on Social Justice (3) Spring 2008 

An introduction to issues of diversity and social justice in the United 
States. The course provides students with theoretical frameworks for 
understanding the dynamics and intersections of oppression and an 
opportunity to expand their awareness of various forms of oppression. 
Prerequisites: none 

SOCI 2000 Social Problems and Policy. (3) Spring 
Using a special topics approach, this course provides the most current 
assessment of social problems and the policies created in an attempt to 
remedy these social ills. 

SOCI 2320 Seminar on Ecological Sustainability and Policy (3) 

A survey of sustainability as a political, economic and socio-cultural part 
of our lives. The course is divided into three major segments. First, it 
assays how our lives are conducted and considers the ecological cycles and 
processes that make life possible. Second, it examines the ground solutions 
to the issue of a sustainable lifestyle and attempts to implement this goal. 
Finally, it surveys the arena of ecological politics in order to engage the 
issue of how can we achieve this as a society. 
Prerequisites: none 



274 



SOCI 2500 Marriages and Families. (3) Fall 
This course offers a multi-disciplinary perspective on contemporary 
marriages, families, and other intimate relationships. Students will 
become familiarized with competing models and theories on family 
relationships. In addition, the course explores cross-cultural variation in 
family systems as well as diversity and change within the American 
population. Topics to be covered include: mate selection, sexuality, 
marital structure, marital happiness, divorce, parenting, and alternative 
family forms. 

SOCI 3000 Social Change. (3) Fall or Spring 
An analysis of the sources, patterns, and consequences of social and 
cultural change. The roles of socio-economic, political, technological 
and other factors in processes of change at institutional and societal 
levels are investigated. 

SOCI 3300 Sociology of Childhood. (3) Fall or Spring 

A sociological analysis of current issues confronting America's children 

and a consideration of sociological perspectives on children and 

childhood. 

SOCI 3340 Sociology of Religion. (3) On demand 

A sociological analysis of the interplay between religion and culture. 
Prerequisite: A religion core course 

SOCI 3400 Criminology. (3) On demand 

A muhi-disciplinary examination of criminal behavior and corrections, 
with an emphasis on competing theories regarding the origins and 
incidence of criminality. The course will explore the history of laws and 
the criminal justice system, as well as various categories of crime. 
Special attention will be given to the social forces underlying criminal 
and deviant behavior. 

SOCI 3500 Gender & Society. (3) On demand 

Students will become aware of the gendered society in which we live, 
the norms, values, and patterns of communication associated with each 
gender and how these affect personal life choices and social status. 
Specifically, students will become aware of how our basic social 
institutions, such as the economy, the family, education, religion, and 
the political system are gendered institutions with differing ideals and 
expectations for women and men. 



275 



SOCI 3600 Sociology of Education. (3) On demand 

This course will examine, from a sociological perspective, the structure and 
process of education in contemporary society, and its effects. The primary 
focus will be on U.S. public education. Topics include the contribution of 
sociology to understanding education and teaching; the relationship of 
education to other social institutions such as families and religion; the 
effects of socio-demographic variables on learning outcomes, etc. 

SOCI/ANTH 3800 Special Topics in Sociology or Anthropology. 

(3) On demand 
This course will involve in-depth exploration into a unique topic in either 
Sociology or Anthropology. The course content will rotate from year to 
year. Students may repeat the course for credit so long as the topic changes 
and with departmental approval. 

SOCI 3900 Research Methods in Social Science. (3) Fall 

A study of basic social science research methods. Topics considered 
include iresearch design and data collection, measurement and causality, 
fitting models to data with various methods, graphic analysis, and the use 
of statistical sofhvare. 

SOCI 4000 Development of Sociological Thought. (3) Spring 

This course is an introduction to the development and current state of 
sociological theory. It focuses on the most influential figures in the 
development of sociological theory and their legacy in contemporary sociology. 
Prerequisites: SOCI 1000 and a minimum of two other SOCI 

courses, each completed with a grade of "C" or 

higher; senior status preferred. 

SOCI 4200 Social Inequality. (3) Fall 

This course will examine social inequality, a topic which is at the core of 
sociological analysis and research. The classical perspectives on inequality 
will be examined, as well as the contemporary extensions of these 
approaches. Particular attention will be paid to class, race, and gender as 
separate and as intersecting axes of inequality. 

Prerequisite: SOCI 1 000, with a grade of "C" or higher 



276 



SOCI/ANTH 4500 Sociology/Anthropology Internship. (3-6 hours) 

On demand 
This course requires 120 hours of supervised experience (per 3 credit 
hours) in a local agency or office, selected readings, as well as an oral 
presentation given in one of the SOCI/ANTH courses. Applications for 
internships must be submitted to the department chair in the term or 
semester prior to placement. Students may select a graded or Pass/No 
Credit option. Course may be repeated twice (for 3 hours credit) for a 
maximum of 6 hours credit. This course will not count towards the 
major in Sociology. 

Prerequisites: Completion of SOCI 1 000 with a grade of "C" or 

higher, as well as two other SOCI/ANTH courses 

with grades of "C" or higher. 

ANTH 1000 Introduction to Anthropology. (3) On demand 

An introduction to the scientific study of the origin, the behavior, and 
the physical, social, and cultural development of humans. 

ANTH 2000 Cultural and Social Anthropology. (3) On 

demand 

A study of comparative cultures and social structures with special 

emphasis upon the ethnography of non-modern groups. 




277 



THEATRE ARTS 

Introduction 

The Department of Theatre Arts offers a pre-professional training program 
emphasizing the practical aspects of theatre and the importance of process. 
It is the beUef of the faculty that the training process must prepare students 
for the real world of theatre. Faculty teaching in the Theatre Arts program 
are experienced, working professionals. With the belief that theatre is both 
an art form and a business, the curriculum provides a strong undergraduate 
foundation in theatre performance, design, production and literature. 

Offering a B.A. in Theatre Arts, majors must successfully complete 24 
common core hours designed to foster an appreciation for, and an 
understanding of each area of theatre. In addition, students must complete 
1 8 additional track courses in their area of interest: performance, technical, 
design or a combination of the three, to complete the theatre arts degree 
composed of a total of 42 major hours. 

Objectives 

The following objectives are established as a basis for the training program 
in Theatre Arts. Upon application for graduation, the Theatre Arts major 
will be expected to: 

 understand the basic theoretical concepts behind each of the four major 
areas within the discipline: performance, design, production and literature, 

 have an extensive artistic vocabulary in their specific area of concentration, 

 have the technical knowledge pertaining, but not limited to the 
student's chosen area of concentration, 

 demonstrate an understanding of auditioning and/or portfolio presentation, 

 be knowledgeable of viable avenues of employment and sources noting 
such information, 

 have an understanding of opportunities for graduate studies and 
employment in theatre and the performing arts. 



278 



Graduation Requirements for the 
Theatre Arts Major 

A student pursuing a major in Theatre Arts must meet all of the following 
criteria on an ongoing basis: 

 Satisfactory completion of all degree requirements as outlined in the 
catalogue. 

 Participation in all departmental productions and activities, including 
auditions, production crews, work calls and production strikes as 
assigned by faculty. 

 Attendance at all scheduled departmental meetings and activities. 

Admission to the Theatre Arts Major 

In order to be admitted and to continue as a Theatre Arts major, a student 
must meet the following criteria: 

A. Overall grade point average of 2.25 or better. Scholarship 
recipients must maintain a 3.0 grade point average or better; 

B. Writing proficiency-a grade of "C" or better in English 1 101, 1 102; 

C. Theatrical Proficiency-a grade of "C" or better in all Theatre 
Arts courses; 

D. Prognosis for Success- evaluation during Theatre courses 
pertinent to: 

1) attendance 

2) attitude 

3) cooperation 

4) oral and written skills 

5) enthusiasm and dedication to the Theatre Arts program; 

E. Transfer students wishing to continue as a Theatre Arts major 
must provide evidence of all of the above plus the following: 

1) past participation in departmental productions 

2) acceptance as a major is subject to approval by a majority of 
the LaGrange College Theatre Arts faculty. 

A student that does not meet all of the above criteria each semester may be 
placed on probation. After the probationary period, the student will be re- 
evaluated by the Theatre Arts faculty. If it is determined that the student 
has failed to meet the above criteria satisfactorily, the student may be 
removed as a major. 



279 



Requirements for the Theatre Arts Major 

A total of 42 semester hours are required for the Theatre Arts Major. 
CORE course requirements (24 hours): 



THEA 1101 


Drama Survey I 


3 


THEA 1102 


Drama Survey II 


3 


THEA 1180 


Stagecraft 


3 


THEA 1184 


Acting I 


3 


THEA 2110 


Introduction to Design 


3 


THEA 2330 


Script Analysis 


3 


Two 


Theatre Arts Electives 


6 



Common core hours 



24 



TRACK COURSE REQUIREMENTS 

Performance Track (18 hours) 

THEA 2200/01 Stunts/Fights for Stage, 

TV and Film I 3 

THEA 2205 Movement for the Actor 3 

THEA 22 1 Voice and Diction 3 

THEA 2351 Acting II 3 

THEA 4451 Auditioning 3 

One Theatre Arts Elective 3 

Total Performance Track Hours 18 



Technical Track (18 hours) 



ARTD1152 


Basic Drawing 


3 


THEA 2283 


Stage Management 




Or 






THEA 3420 
THEA 3360 
THEA 3370 
Two 


Theatre Management 

Scenic Design 

Directing 

Theatre Arts Electives 


3 

3 
3 
6 



Total Technical Track Hours 



18 



280 



Design Track (18 hours) 



ARTD 1152 


Basic Drawing 


3 


ARTD 1153 


3-D Design 


3 


ARTD 22 11 


Life Drawing 


3 


THEA 3360 


Scenic Design 




Or 






THEA 3381 


Lighting Design 




Or 






THEA 3385 


Costume Design 


3 


THEA 3370 


Directing 


3 


One 


Theatre Art or 






Art & Design Elective 


3 



Total Design Track Hours 18 hrs. 

Theatre Arts Major Hours 42 

Requirements for the Theatre Arts Minor 

A total of 1 8 semester hours are required for the Theatre Arts Minor. 



THEA 1184 
THEA 2200/01 


Acting I 
Stunts 


3 

3 


THEA 2205 


Movement for the Actor 


3 


THEA 2210 


Voice & Diction 


3 


Two courses of the following: 
THEA 2351 Acting II 
THEA 3305 Period Styles 
THEA 3345 Musical Theatre 


3 


THEA 4451 


Auditioning 


6 

18 hrs. 



Course Descriptions (THEA) 

THEA 1101 Drama Survey I. (3)* 

A survey of the discovery of theatre beginning in ancient Greece 
continuing through the rise of Realism. Students will study theatre as a 
developed art form through reading, viewing and discussing plays 
representing diverse eras of history. 
Drama Survey II may be taken independently of Drama Survey I. 

THEA 1102 Drama Survey II. (3)* 

A survey of the discovery of theatre from the rise of Realism through 
contemporary drama. Students will study theatre as a developed art form 
through reading, viewing and discussing plays representing diverse eras of history. 
Drama Survey II may be taken independently of Drama Survey I 

281 



THEA1180 Stagecraft. (3)* 

A course designed to provide the student with theoretical and working 
knowledge of technical theatre. An emphasis is placed on the fundamental 
techniques and processes used in theatre productions. Students will work 
on a departmental production. 

THEA 1184 Acting I. (3) * 

A course designed to introduce students to the fundamentals of acting for 
the stage. Course will include achievement of a simple objective, self and 
sensory awareness, relaxation, concentration and beginning scene and 
text analysis. 

THEA 2110 Introduction to Design. (3)* 

A course designed to introduce students to the fundamental elements of 
the design process, with emphasis on script analysis and visual communicatioa 
Prerequisites: Basic Drawing highly recommended for Design and 
Technical Track Majors 

THEA 2200 Stunts /Fights for Stage, TV and Film I. (3) * 

A performance course covering basic stage movement, acrobatics, faints, 
falls, flips, kicks, slapstick comedy, hand-to-hand combat, and stage 
weapons when applicable. 

THEA 2201 Stunts/Fights for Stage, TV and Film 11. (3) * 

A continuation of THEA 2200, adding period weaponry such as, but not 
limited to quarterstaff, broadsword, rapier, dagger, food fights, etc. for 
the stage. 

THEA 2205 Movement for the Actor. (3) * 

A course designed to develop body awareness by exploring movement 
connected to impulse and instinct, focusing on integration of the mind, 
body and spirit. 

THEA 2210 Voice and Diction. (3) 

To introduce students to the process of voice production, methods of 
Linklater's freeing the voice with emphasis on relaxation and breathing, 
and applicable techniques for working with text. 

THEA 2283 Stage Management. (3) 

A course designed to provide student with introduction to, and basic 
training in, the area of stage management. 

THEA 2285 Theatre Practicum. (1-3) 

Designed for students to gain practical experience in and outside their 
area of focus. 
Prerequisites: Roles/responsibilities for credit must be approved by faculty. 
(May be taken for 1-3 hours of credit per semester.) 

282 



THEA2286 Makeup for the Stage. (3)* 

A study in the theories and appHcation of stage makeup. Topics may 
include corrective, old age and character makeup, as v/ell as prosthetics. 

THEA2330 Script Analysis. (3) 

A study of major genres of dramatic literature designed to provide the 
director, actor, designer, dramaturge and/or technician with basic 
guidelines for text analysis. Students will develop and utilize skills to 
thoroughly analyze text. 
Prerequisite: THEA 1 101 or 1 102 

THEA2351 Acting II. (3) 

A continuation of THEA 1 1 84 which explores further character 
development through advanced scene work and improvisational exercises. 
Prerequisite: THEA 1184 

THEA 3272 Creative Dramatics. (3) On demand 
A course which introduces methods of creating, designing and utilizing 
drama to enhance teaching skills and foster the educational 
development of students. 

Highly recommended for early childhood and secondary 

education majors 

THEA 3305 Period Styles of Acting. (3) 

A course designed to introduce students to period styles of acting and 
movement which may include: Greek, Elizabethan, Comedy of Manners, 
Farce, Realism and the Theatre of the Absurd. 
Prerequisites: THEA 1 184, THEA 2351 

THEA 3310 Playwriting/Screenwriting. (3) 

A course designed to stimulate critical and creative thinking through the 
creation of original material. Students will be guided in the completion of 
writing a play/screenplay. 
Prerequisite: THEA 2330, grade B or better in ENGL 1 101 & 1 102, 
or consent of instructor 

THEA 3345 Musical Theatre. (3) 

A practical study of techniques and styles of musical theatre. 
Prerequisite: THEA 1184 

THEA 3360 Scenic Design. (3) 

An advanced study of the Scenic Design process. Students will apply the 
principles of design to scenery through intense practical assignments. 
Emphasis is placed on communication through Drafting, Renderings and Models. 
Prerequisite: THEA 21 10 



283 



THEA3370 Directing. (3) 

A course designed to introduce students to the director's role in 
interpreting, choosing, rehearsing and staging a play. Course includes 
direction for performance of a short play. 
Prerequisites: THEA 11 84, THEA 2110, THEA 2330 

THEA3381 Lighting Design. (3) 

An advanced study of the Lighting Design process. Students will apply the 
principles of design to lighting through intense practical assignments. 
Emphasis is placed on communication through Rendering, Magic Sheets, 
and Lighting Plots. 
Prerequisite: THEA 21 10 

THEA 3385 Costume Design. (3) 

A course that acquaints the student with the basic skills needed to design 
theatrical costumes, which includes patterning and cutting/draping. 
Prerequisite: THEA 2110 

THEA 3420 Theatre Management/Arts Management. (3) 

A course which introduces the fundamentals of Arts management. Course 
will investigate and navigate through the conflicting issues, strategies and 
opportunities in management in the Arts. 

THEA 4451 Auditioning. (3) 

A course designed for developing audition techniques and examining 
guidelines for audition procedures with emphasis on practical auditions, 
resume, headshots, selection of audition material and compilation of an 
audition portfolio. 
Prerequisite: THEA 1184, THEA 2351 

THEA 4470-2 Special Topics. (1-3) 

A series of courses designed to provide students with advanced 
material/study in either performance or design tracks. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

THEA 4484 Senior Thesis. (3) 

A course in which senior Theatre Arts majors bring their training and 
emphasis into focus. Senior thesis projects may be track-specific special 
projects in acting, design, directing, stage-managing or pla>'writing. 
All proposals must be approved by the Department Chair and are 
subject to scheduling and faculty supervisory commitments. 

* Denotes courses in Theatre Arts that may satisfy Fine Arts 
requirement in the Core Curriculum. 



284 



WOMEN'S STUDIES 

Introduction 

Women's Studies is an interdisciplinary field of study which 
complements a liberal arts education by drawing upon a variety of 
disciplines to gain a critical awareness of the female experience. 
In developing this awareness and in presenting its diversity, courses 
explore gender as well as race, ethnicity, culture, age, and social class 
as categories of analysis. While exploring these issues, the courses 
also promote the development of skills in critical thinking, speaking, 
and writing. Courses focus on women's past and present roles in 
culture, politics, the family, the arts and sciences, health care business, 
and religion. 

Objectives 

A minor in Women's Studies consists of twelve semester hours: Three 
of which must be WMST 1101: Introduction to Women's Studies. Of 
the remaining nine hours, six must be taken at the 3000 level. This 
flexibility coupled with the interdisciplinary nature of the field, permits 
students to design a minor which best reflects their academic and future 
career interests. (Only cross-listed courses taken during or after the fall 
of 2000 may be applied to the minor in Women's Studies.) 

Course Descriptions (WMST) 

WMST 1101 Introduction to Women's Studies. (3) 

This course will provide a better understanding of the female experience 
and the evolution of women's roles within one's own culture and that of 
others. In developing this understanding emphasis will be placed on the 
great diversity of women's individual lives by considering such factors 
as race, age, marital, and class status. 

Cross-Listed Courses 
WMST 3500/SOCI 3500: 

Gender & Society. 
WMST 3110/LAST 3110: 

Special Topics/Latin American Women Writers. (3) 
WMST 2500/SOCI 2500: 

Marriages and Families. (3) 
WMST 3345/ENGL 3345: 

The Rise of the English Novel. (3) 



285 



WMST 3320/RLGN 3320: 

The Ethics of Sexuality, Marriage, and Gender. (3) 
WMST 3340/ENGL 3340: 

Restoration and Eighteenth Century English Literature. (3) 
WMST 4400: 

Advanced Library Research in the Social Sciences 

and Humanities. (2) 
PHIL 4410: 

Philosophical Theory: Gender and Sexuality (3) 
WMST 4478: 

Women in Ministry (3) 
WMST 4500: 

Advanced Library Research in the Sciences. (2) 

Also, Interim term courses are ojfered in Women 's Studies. 







mJ^ 


l^^lk^lll^H^^^K^ ^^H 






 J^n^ 


ff 


^^^^'^^ 


^Pr^^H 


m 


f f ' f ' ^ 


^^'M 


"-^ 


. "> \f 


m^ '^ ^ 


;PI 


yi ^,s^^^: 


# 




^^B|l2^fts- 




1% 


i^^^i#*^ ^^^^.^^^ 





286 



Faculty 



David OkiAhearn (1995) 

Associate Professor of Religion and Philosophy; Chair of the Religion 

Department 

B. A. Austin College; M.Div., Southern Methodist University; Ph.D., 

Emory University 

Toni P. Anderson (1999) 

Professor of Music; Chair of the Music Department 

B.M., Lamar University; M.M., New England Conservatory of Music; 

Ph.D., Georgia State University 

Elizabeth Appleby (2006) 

Assistant Professor of Latin American Studies and Modem Languages 
B.A., Seton Hill College; J.D. , M.A.,University of Pittsburgh; 
Ph.D. Ohio State University 

Terry Austin (2006) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Physics 
B.S., Ph.D., University of Florida 

Kim Barber Knoll (1995) 

Professor of Theatre Arts; Chair, Division of Fine and 

Performing Arts; Chair of the Theatre Department 

B.S., University of Tennessee; M.F.A., U. of California at Los Angeles 

Linda A. Mason Barber (2006) 
Assistant Professor of Nursing 
B.S., University of Florida; M.S.N., University of South Florida 

David M. Barrett (2003) 

Associate Professor of Business 

B.S.M.E., Tufts University; M.B.A., Georgia State University; Ph.D. 

Georgia State University 

Charlene Baxter (1976) 

Assistant Professor; Librarian for Public and Technical Services 
A.B., West Georgia College; M.L.S., George Peabody College 
for Teachers 

CindiBearden(2001) 

Associate Professor of Business 

B.S., Jacksonville State University; Master of Accountancy, University 

of Alabama, Certified Public Accountant 



287 



Jon Birkeli (1987) 

Ely R, Callaway, Sr. Professor in International Business; Chair of the 

Business Department 

A.B., Lenoir-Rhyne College; Ph.D., University of South Carolina 

Sandra Blair (2000) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S.N. LaGrange College; M.S.N. Georgia State University 

Frank W. Brevik (2006) 

Assistant Professor of English 

B.S. Troy State University; M.A. University of Manchester; Ph.D., 

University of Louisiana at Lafayette 

Marcia Langham Brown (1996) 

Associate Professor of Art and Design 

B.F.A., Guilford College; M.F.A., University of Georgia 

Joseph J. Cafaro( 1984) 
Professor of History 

A.A., Manatee Junior College; B.A., Florida Atlantic University; 
M.A., Ph.D., Florida State University 

Angela N. Cauthen (2006) 

Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Shorter College; Ph.D., University of Georgia 

Susan R. Cody (2002) 

Assistant Professor Sociology 

B.A., Jacksonville University; M.A., University of Florida; Ph.D., 

University of Florida 

John Granger Cook (1994) 
Professor of Religion 

B.A., Davidson College; M.Div., Union Theological Semmary; Ph.D. 
Emory University 

Mary Lou Dabbs (1999) 

Assistant Professor; Electronic Resources Librarian 

B.A., Florida Presbyterian College; M. Ln., Emory University 

Nina Dulin-Mallory (1989) 
Professor of English 

B.A., Clemson University; M.Ed., LaGrange College; Ph.D., 
Auburn University 

Steven Earl Edwards (1992) 

Associate Professor of Theatre Arts 

B.A., Texas Wesleyan University; M.A., University of Arkansas; 

Ph.D., Texas Tech University 

288 



Charles H.Evans (1981) 
Professor of Psychology 
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia 

Gordon Jeffrey Geeter (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education 

A.S., Andrew College; B.S., Tennessee Wesleyan College; M.S.S., United 

States Sports Academy 

F. Stuart Gulley (1996) 

Assistant Professor of Religion 

B. A., Vanderbih University; M.Div., Emory University; 

Ph.D., Georgia State University 

Heather A. Haas (2001) 

Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.S. Rocky Mountain College; M.S. University of St. Andrews; Ph.D. 

University of Minnesota 

Melvin H. Hall (2002) 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S. Cuttmgton University College; M.A., University of California at 

Berkeley; Ph.D. Auburn University 

CeliaG. Hay (1996) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 

Diploma, Piedmont Hospital School of Nursing; 

M.S., Georgia State University, Ph.D. Georgia State University 

B. Joyce Hillyer( 1995) 

Associate Professor of Education 

A.S. Southern Union State Junior College; B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. 

Auburn University 

John C.Hurd( 1974) 
Professor of Biology 
B.S., Alabama College; M.S., Ph.D., Auburn University 

Seok Hwang (2005) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.S. Yeungnam University; M.A. University of Wisconsin; 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

Lee E.Johnson (1990) 

Fuller E. Callaway Associate Professor of Music 
B.A., Auburn University; M. M., Indiana University 



289 



Dorothy M. Joiner (2001) 

Lovick Com Professor of Art History 

B.A. St. Mary's Dominican College; M.A. Emory University; Ph.D. 

Emory University 

Donald Jolly (1961) 

Professor of Mathematics 

B.S. University of Southern Mississippi; M.S. University of Illinois; 

Ph.D. Auburn University 

(Retired from full-time teaching in 1995) 

Bill Kovack (2006) 

Assistant Professor of Business 

B.A. Michigan State University; MBA Michigan State University 

Charles P. Kraemer (1978) 

Professor of Psychology; Chair of Psychology Department; Director of 

Undergraduate Research 

B.A., LaGrange College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia 

Jennifer Langdon (2005) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., U. Nebraska-Lincoln, M.S., U. Nebraska-Lincoln, M.S. U. 

Nebraska-Lincoln, Ph.D., U. Nebraska-Lincoln 

John D.Lawrence (1970) 

Fuller E. Callaway Professor of Art and Design, Chair of the Art Department 
B.F.A., Atlanta College of Art; M.F.A., Tulane University 

Jermifer Lawson (2006) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S.N., A.S.N., State University of West Georgia 

TracyL. R. Lightcap(1991) 

Associate Professor of History and Political Science, Chair of Political 
Science Department 

A.B., University of the South; M.A., University of South Carolina; 
Ph.D., Emory University 

Alvin B. Lingenfelter (2003) 

Assistant Professor of Religion 

B.A., Mississippi College; Masters of Divinity, Duke Divinity School. 

Donald R. Livingston (2001) 

Associate Professor of Education, Chair of the Education Department 
B.S. Drexel University; M.Ed. West Chester University; Ed. D. Georgia 
Southern University 



290 



Sharon M. Livingston (2006) 
Assistant Dean 

B.S. Drexel University; M.S. West Chester University; 
Ph.D., Georgia State University 

Sarah Beth Mallory (1993) 

Associate Professor of Biology, Director of the Interim Term and 

Core Curriculum 

B.S., M.S., University of Georgia; Ph.D. Auburn University 

Todd Lee Matthews (2006) 

Assistant Professor of Sociology/ Anthropology 

B.A. Salisbury University; M.A. University of Tennessee; 

A.B.D., Mississippi State University 

Greg A. McClanahan (1988) 

Professor of Mathematics; Chair, Division of Science and Mathematics, 

Chair of Mathematics Department 

B.S., M.S., Auburn University; Ph.D., Clemson University 

WilliamJ. McCoy, IV (1991) 

Professor of Chemistry/Physics, Chair of Biology, Chemistry, and Physics 

Departments 

B.S., Yale University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina 

Linda H.McMullen( 1999) 

Assistant Professor of Organizational Leadership and Director of the 
Evening College; B.S., Geneva College; M.S., Geneva College 

Walter Y. Murphy 

A.B., Emory University; M.Div., Emory University; LL.D., Bethune- 
Cookman College; D.D., LaGrange College (1980-1996) 

Francis A. O'Connor (1997) 

Associate Professor of Latin American Studies, Head of Sociology & 
Anthropology Department 

B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Idaho State University; 
Ph.D., University of Iowa 

Debbie Ogle (2003) 

Assistant Professor of Music 

B.S., University Montevallo; M.M., University of Alabama 

William G. Paschal (1994) 

Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Saint Joseph's College; Ph.D., Indiana University School of 

Medicine 



291 



Loren L. Pinkerman (1998) 

Assistant Professor; Director of Banks Library 

B.A., Westmar College; M.A.T., Colorado State University; 

M.L.S., Indiana University 

Amanda R. Plumlee (1996) 

Professor of Latin American Studies and Modem Languages, Chair of 

Latin American Studies and Modem Languages 

B.S., UTC of Chattanooga; M.A., Ph.D., University of Tennessee 

Melinda Pomeroy-Black (2005) 
Assistant Professor of Biology 
B.A. Rhodes College; M.S. Virgmia Tech; Ph.D. Virginia Tech 

Margaret Reneke (1999) 

Associate Professor of Art and Design 
B.F.A., University of Georgia; M.F.A., 
Virginia Commonwealth University 

Fay A. Riddle (1980) 

Professor of Computer Science, Chair of the Computer Science 

Department 

B.S., H. Sophie Newcomb College of Tulane University; M.S., 

Ph.D., University of Florida 

Arthur Robinson (1998) 

Assistant Professor; Public Services Librarian 

B.A., Trinity College; M.L.S., Ph.D., Indiana University-Bloomington 

Lydia W. Rosencrants (1999) 

Boatwright Assistant Professor of Accountancy 

Associate Professor of Accountancy, Chair of the Accountancy 

Department 

B. S., University of Richmond; Ph.D., Michigan State University 

Maranah A. Sauter (1983) 

Professor of Nursing; Chair of the Professional Programs Division 
A.A., B.S., Georgia Southwestem College; M.S., Georgia State 
University; Ph.D., Medical College of Georgia 

Laine Allison Scott (1998) 

Associate Professor of English, Chair of the English Department 
B.A., The College of William & Mary; M.A., Middlebury College; 
M.A., Salisbury State University; Ph.D., University of Alabama 



292 



I 



I 



Bailey Brooks Shelhorse, Jr. (1968) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science 
A.B., LaGrange College; M.A., Louisiana State University; M.Ed., 
Washington State University; M.S., University of Evansville; 
Ph.D. Georgia State University 

Kevin L.Shirley (1998) 

Associate Professor of History; Chair, Division of Humanities and 

Social Sciences 

B.A., M.A. (history), M.A. (religion), Ph.D., Florida State University 

JayK. Simmons (1997) 

Associate Professor of Political Science; 
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean 
B.A., Birmingham- Southern College; M.A., 
Ph.D., University of Alabama 

JackC. Slay, Jr. (1992) 
Dean of Students 

B.A., M.A., Mississippi State University; 
Ph.D., University of Tennessee 

Timothy N. Taunton (1984) 

Professor of Art and Design 

B.A., University of Arkansas-Little Rock; 

M.F.A., Louisiana State University 

Brenda W. Thomas (1989) 
Professor of English 

A.B., Samford University; M.A., Auburn University; 
Ph.D., Georgia State University 

Charles A. Thompson (2001) 

Associate Dean and Director of LaGrange College at Albany 
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Wichita State University; 
Ph.D. University of Missouri 

Nathan Tomsheck (2004) 

Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts 

B.F.A., Whitworth College; M.F.A., Yale School of Drama 

Ginger Truittt (2006) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
B.S.N., LaGrange College 

JohnA. Tures(2001) 

Associate Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Trinity University; M.S. Marquette University; 

Ph.D., Florida State University 



293 



Mitchell Turner, (2002) 

Associate Professor of Music 
B.S., Georgia Southern University; 
M.M., University of Georgia; 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 

John M.Williams (1989) 

Associate Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., Georgia State University 

Phillip R.Williamson (1969) 

Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education; 
B.S., M.S., Troy State University 

Anthony Wilson (2004) 

Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Oglethorpe University; M.A., Vanderbilt University; 

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 

Joycelyn Wilson (2007) 

Assistant Professor of Education 

B.S. University of Georgia; M.A. Pepperdme University, 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 

Margie Yates (2005) 

Assistant Professor of Education 

B.X. University of Georgia; M. Ed. Columbus State University; 

Ph.D., Auburn University 

Carol M. Yin (1991-1994, 1996) 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B.S., M.A.M., Ph.D., Auburn University 

Kuo-chuan Yin (1994) 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., National Chung Hsing University; M.S., Ph.D., Aubum University 



294 



Adjunct Faculty 

Lisa Adams 

Instructor of Business 

B.A., LaGrange College; M.F.A., University of Alabama; 

M.Ed., State University of West Georgia 
Ethyl L. Ault 

Instructor of Education 

M.Ed., Georgia State University 

Michael Bishop 

Writer in Residence 

B.A., University of Georgia; M.A., University of Georgia; 

Honorary Doctorate, LaGrange College 

Linda Buchanan 

Instructor of Education 

B.A., George William College; M.A., Eastern Kentucky; 

Ph.D., Georgia State 

Patricia Callaway 

Instructor of Music 

B.A., Emory, M.M., State University of West Georgia; 

D.M.A, University of Georgia 

James Anthony Criswell 
Instructor of Music 
B. Med., Columbus State University; M.M., Samford University 

Andrea Fernandez 

Instructor of Freshman Cornerstone 

B.A., College of Wooster; M.S., Miami University 

Anton Flores 

Instructor of Sociology 

B.S.W., Georgia State University; M.S.W., University of Georgia 

Kevin Howard 
Instructor 
B.A., College of Wooster; M.S., Morehead State University 

Eric Jones 

Instructor of Music 

B.F.A. Music, California Institute of the Arts; M.F.A. Music, 

California State University, Northridge 



295 



Takemi Kapamaya 

Instructor of Modem Foreign Language 

B.A., Kyoto Sangyo University, M.A., Himeji Dokkyo University 

Ashley McNair 
Instructor 
B.S., M.A.T. LaGrange College 

Kristen B.Miller 

Instructor of English 

B.A., LaGrange College; M.A. Auburn University 

Christiane B. Price 

Instructor of Modem Foreign Language 

M.A., Freie Universitat; Ph.D., Emory University 

Tracy Clahan Riggs 

Instmctor of Theatre Arts 

B.F.A., Catholic University; M.F.A., Florida Atlantic University 

Thomas P. Steele 

Instructor of Religion 

B.A., Newberry College; M. Div., Lutheran School of Theology; 

D. Min., McCormick Theological Seminary 

Jessica Taylor-Edwards 
Instructor of English 

B.A., University of West Florida; M.S., Florida State University; 
M.F.A. Georgia College and State University 

Pamela Tremblay 

Instructor of Comerstone and Physical Education 

A.B.J, University of Georgia; M.Ed., Ed.S., State University of West 

Georgia 

Paul M. Wolkoff 

Instmctor of Wellness and Physical Education 
B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology; M.Ed., 
East Tennessee State University 

President Emeritus 

Walter Y. Murphy 

A.B., Emory University; M.Div., Emory University; LL.D., 
Bethune-Cookman College; D.D., LaGrange College (1980-1996) 



296 



I 



Retired Faculty Members 

Professors Emeritus 

Nancy Thomas Alford, B.S., M.S. (1969-2007) 

Sybil L. Allen, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1976-1994) 

Roland B. Cousins, B.S., M.S., D.B.A. (1990-2005) 

Sue M. Duttera, Ph.D. (1986-2002) 

Santiago A. Garcia, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (1977-1995) 

Luke K. Gill, Jr., B.B.A., M.S.W., J.D. (1971-2002) 

S. G. Homsby, B.S.Ed., M.A., Ph.D. (1966-2005) 

Sandra K. Johnson B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1983-2005) 

Richard Donald Jolly, B.A., M.S., Ed.D. (1961-1995) 

Evelyn B. Jordan, A.A, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1977-2001) 

Walter Dickinson Jones, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. (1962-1982) 

Frank R. Lewis, A.B., M.L.S. (1973-1996) 

Charles Franklin McCook, A.B., S.T.B., S.T.M., Ph.D. (1961-1994) 

Frederick V. Mills, A.B.,S.T.B., M.Th., M.A., Ph.D. (1967-2007) 

Maynard L. Reid, B.S.E., M.S.E., Ed.D (1973-1995) 

John L. Shibley, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (1950-1986) 

Associate Professors Emeritus 

Julia B. Burdett, A.A., B.A., M.P.E., M.S.W. (1974-1997) 

Patrick M. Hicks, B.S., M.S. (1958-1998) 

Jennifer S. Harrison, Baccalaureate, M.Ed., Ph.D. (1995-2005) 

Assistant Professors Emeritus 

Martha M. Estes, B.A., M.A. (1982-1991) 
Marvin D. Johnson, B.A., M.A. (1995-2006) 



297 



Board of Trustees 



Officers 

Chairman William M. Hodges 

Vice Chairman Richard W. Story 

Second Vice Chairman F. Stuart Gulley 

Secretary Nancy N. Durand 

Treasurer Phyllis D. Whitney 

Members 

George W. Baker, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2010 

A. Quillian Baldwin, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2009 

J. Barry Bennett, LaGrange, Georgia Alumni Trustee 

J. Kennerly Boatwright III, LaGrange, Georgia 2010 

David E. Boyd, Atlanta, Georgia 2008 

Hal N. Brady III, Columbus, Georgia 2008 

James F. Bruce, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2008 

H. Speer Burdette III, LaGrange, Georgia 2011 

Robert L. Carmichael, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2008 

Janet Gipson Caswell, Atlanta GA 2008 

Donald L. Chambers, Jr., Social Circle, Georgia Ex Officio 

Robert B. Copeland, LaGrange, Georgia 2009 

George W. "Buddy" Darden, Marietta, Georgia 2009 

G. Lindsey Davis (Bishop), Atlanta, Georgia Ex Officio 

E. Malone Dodson, Alpharetta, Georgia 2011 

Nancy N. Durand, LaGrange, Georgia 2010 

Gamett J. Giesler, LaGrange, Georgia 2009 

Edmund C. Glover, LaGrange, Georgia 2010 

William G. Griffin, Jr., Rome, Georgia Ex Officio 

Elizabeth C. Harris, Cartersville, Georgia 2011 

Ellen Hudson Harris, Franklin, Georgia 2008 

Scott D. Hawkins, Atlanta, Georgia 2009 

William M. Hodges, Atlanta, Georgia 2010 

Pat H. Holder, LaGrange, Georgia 2011 

SGA President, Jane Holik Ex Officio 

John S. Holle, LaGrange, Georgia 2011 

Wayne Hunter, LaGrange, Georgia 2010 

Robert L. Johnson, West Point, Georgia 2009 

Harold A. Lawrence Jr., LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio 

Kathy R. McCollum, Augusta, Georgia 201 1 

Charles M. Miller, Cornelia, Georgia 2008 



298 



Polly C. Miller, Columbus, Georgia 2011 

Stanley Moor, Atlanta, Georgia Ex Officio 

Marie T. Moshell, Columbus, Georgia 2010 

H. Andrew Owen, Jr., Atlanta, Georgia 2009 

Peggy Cobb Schug, Charlotte, North Carolina 2010 

Jason Slaughter, McDonough, Georgia 201 1 

Charles W. Smith, LaGrange, Georgia 2009 

Richard W. Story, Gainesville, Georgia 2011 

Stanley E. Thomas, Newnan, Georgia 2009 

James L. Waits, Atlanta, Georgia 2008 

Almonese Brown Clifton Williams, Atlanta, Georgia 2010 

Ricky Wolfe, LaGrange, Georgia 2008 

Howard J. Wright, LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio 

Alumni Representatives 

J. Barry Bennett, LaGrange, Georgia 

Consultants 

Linda R. Buchanan, Vice President and Dean for Student Life and Retention 

F. Stuart Gulley, President 

William G. Paschal, Faculty Representative 

Walter Y. Murphy, President Emeritus 

B. David Rowe, Vice President for Advancement 

Jay K. Simmons, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean 

Phyllis D. Whitney, Executive Vice President for Administration 

Legal Counsel 

Daniel W. Lee, LaGrange, Georgia 

President's Advisory Council 

Ray C. Anderson, Atlanta, Georgia 
Carolyn M. Bernard, Athens, Georgia 
Samuel G. Candler, Atlanta, Georgia 
J. Philip Cleaveland, LaGrange, Georgia 
Lovick P. Com, Columbus, Georgia 
William B. Fackler, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 
John J. Flynt, Jr., Griffin, Georgia 
Charles L. Foster, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 
Clifford C. Glover, West Point, Georgia 

G. Sanders Griffith III, Columbus, Georgia 
Charles D. Hudson, LaGrange, Georgia 

L. Bevel Jones III, Decatur, Georgia 
J. Smith Lanier II, West Point, Georgia 



299 



C. Stephen Lynn, Nashville, Tennessee 
Walter Y. Murphy, LaGrange, Georgia 
Howard R. Park, LaGrange, Georgia 
S. Cliff Rainey, LaGrange, Georgia 
John W. Stewart, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 

Administrative Officers and Staff 
President's Cabinet 

Frank Stuart Gulley (1996) - President 

B.A., Vanderbilt University; M.Div., Emory University; Ph.D., 
Georgia State University 

Quincy D. Brown (1997) - The Elizabeth Walker Lanier Campus 
Minister and Director of Servant Leadership 
B.S., DeVry Institute of Technology; M.Div., Emory 
University; D.Min., Interdenominational Theological Center 

Linda R. Buchanan (1997) - Vice President and Dean for Student Life 
and Retention 

B.S., George Williams College; M.S., Eastern Kentucky 
University; Ph.D., Georgia State University 

B. David Rowe (2000) - Vice President for Advancement 

B.S., Southwestern University; M.Div., Emory University; 
Ph.D., Georgia State University 

Jay K. Simmons (1997) -Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean 
B.A., Birmingham- Southern College; M.A., Ph.D., The 
University of Alabama 

Phyllis D. Whitney (1998) -Executive Vice President for 
Administration 
B.S., M.A., Murray State University 



300 



Administrative Staff 



Rebecca 


Anderson 


2000 


Lauren 


Allen 


2006 


Nate 


Baughman 


2005 


Charlene 


Baxter 


1976 


Eva 


Beaulieu 


2006 


David 


Beard 


2005 


Jackie 


Belcher 


2000 


James 


Blackwood 


1997 


Jennifer 


Bleimeyer 


2006 


Andrea 


Brace 


2006 


Dawn 


Briggs 


2000 


Kelly 


Britsky 


1997 


Quincy 


Brown 


1997 


Susan 


Brown 


1999 


Daniel 


Brunner 


2006 


Linda 


Buchanan 


1997 


Dialleo 


Burks 


2006 


Devon 


Bums 


2005 


Amanda 


Carmical 


2006 


Myrtice 


Carpenter 


2005 


Becky 


Carter 


1999 


Diane 


Celorio 


2001 


Karen 


Clark 


2004 


Jennifer 


Claybrook 


1999 


Steve 


Close 


2005 


Austin 


Cook, 111 


1981 


Tina 


Couch 


2005 


Lynn 


Cox 


2003 


Mary Lou 


Dabbs 


1999 


Stacey 


Davis 


2005 


Sandra 


Dennis 


1972 



Admin. Assistant, Social and Behavioral 

Sciences 

Graduate Assistant, Women's Basketball 

Resident Director, Boatwright Dorm 

Librarian for Public and Technical Services 

Assistant Athletic Trainer 

Webmaster 

Financial Aid Counselor 

Director of Information Technology, Chief 

Security Officer, Informational and 

Instructional Technology 

Admin. Assistant., Assistant Dean's Office 

Community Studies 

Admin. Assistant, Lamar Dodd Art Center 

Women's Basketball and Volleyball Coach, 

Senior Women's Administrator 

The Elizabeth Walker Lanier Campus 

Minister, Director of Servant Leadership 

Swimming Coach 

Graduate Assistant , Football 

Vice-President and Dean for Student Life 

and Retention 

Graduate Assistant, Football 

Coordinator, Advancement Services 

Community Studies 

Tennis Coach 

Accounts Receivable Specialist, Business 

Office 

Director of Career Development and 

International Student Advisor 

Development Writer 

Softball Coach, Volleyball Assistant Coach 

Tennis Coach 

Postmaster 

Help Desk Technician, Information 

Technology 

Financial Aid Counselor 

Electronic Resources Librarian, Library 

Serials Assistant 

Human Resources Coordinator 



301 



Rob 


Dicks 


2001 


Lyndsey 


Dodd 


2005 


Marion 


Edwards 


2004 


Sean 


Englert 


2006 


Vickie 


Evans 


2005 


Jane Marie 


Fatkin 


2006 


Rory 


Favor 


2006 


Andrea 


Fernandez 


2004 


Johnnie 


Freeman 


2005 


Brandon 


Fetner 


1999 


Tanner 


Garrard 


2006 


G. Jeffrey 


Geeter 


1990 


Jason 


Goodner 


2001 


Ryan 


Grice 


2006 


F. Stuart 


Gulley 


1996 


Patrick 


Hall 


2006 


Ron 


Hamilton 


2003 


Susan 


Hancock 


1975 


Tracy 


Harden 


2004 


Shirley 


Harrington 


1997 


Dean 


Hartman 


2000 


Warren 


Haynes 


1998 


Wylene 


Hemdon 


1979 


Jimmy 


Herring 


1974 


Kevin 


Howard 


1999 


Patti 


Hoxsie 


2000 


Janet 


Hughes 


2004 


John 


Hughes 


2002 


Melissa 


Hunt 


2004 


Robin 


Hurst 


2004 


Judith 


Jackson 


2006 


Stacy 


Jackson 


2000 


Wendy 


Jennings 


2006 


Lori 


Knopp 


1998 


Jennifer 


Knox 


2005 


Catherine 


Kostilnik 


1993 


Tony 


Kunczewski 


2005 



Assistant Athletic Trainer 

Admission Counselor 

Bishop in Residence 

Residence Director, Boatwright Hall 

Admin. Assistant, Evening College 

Admission Counselor 

Graduate Assistant, Football 

Director Student Activities and Services 

EveningAVeekend Library Assistant 

Database Administrator, Information 

Technology 

Admission Counselor 

Men's and Women's Soccer Coach 

Assistant Director of LaGrange College 

at Albany 

Assistant Baseball Coach 

President 

Graduate Assistant, Football 

Assistant Director for Media Relations 

Admin. Assistant., Alumni and Family 

Relations 

Receptionist, Admission Office 

Campaign Director 

Director of Communications and Marketing 

Men's Basketball Coach 

Parking 

Registrar 

Head Baseball Coach 

Assistant Controller, Business Office 

Assistant to Vice President for Advancement 

Sports Information Director 

Bookstore 

Admin. Assistant, Division of Humanities and 

Social Sciences 

Resident Director, Pitts Hall 

Assistant Director of Publications 

Admin. Assistant, LaGrange College at Albany 

Admin. Assistant, Nursing Department 

Field Placement, Office Administrator 

Director, Center for Community Studies 

Assistant Coach, Football 



302 



Susan 



Laforet 



1994 



Anita 


Laney 


1974 


Sharon 


Livingston 


2006 


Kristen 


Lockman 


2006 


Dale 


Lomax 


2006 


Derrick 


Manley 


2005 


Cynthia 


Mayfield 


2006 



Kirby McCartney 1983 



Linda 


McGiU 


2000 


Patricia 


McKay 


1998 


Lmda 


McMuUen 


1999 


Ashley 


McNair 


2004 


Carolyn 


McNeamey 


2000 


Tiffany 


Mixon 


1999 


Brandon 


Mobley 


2000 


Todd 


Mooney 


2005 


Brad 


Moore 


2006 


Lisa 


Morgan 


1991 


Jack 


Morman, Sr. 


1992 


Lynn 


Murray 


2006 



Sharon Newton 



2000 



Charles 


Peek 


2006 


Mike 


Petite 


2003 


Loren 


Pinkerman 


1998 


Martha 


Pirkle 


1994 


Kathy 


Pill man 


2000 


Marty 


Pirrman 


1999 


Keita 


Placid 


2006 


Carly 


Pryor 


2005 


Alexis 


Raley 


2005 


Michele 


Raphoon 


2005 


Michelle 


Reeves 


1998 


J.R. 


Revere 


2006 



Admin. Assistant, Division of Natural 

Sciences and Mathematics 

Bookstore Director 

Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs 

Assistant Coach, Women's Soccer 

Assistant Coach, Men's Basketball 

Admission Counselor 

Admin. Assistant, Communications and 

Marketing 

Admin. Assistant, Student Life; Resident 

Director, Hawkes Hall 

Switchboard Operator/Receptionist 

Admin. Assistant, Registrar's Office 

Director, Evening College 

Head Coach Cross Country; Assistant 

Coach Women's Basketball 

Admin. Assistant, Vice President for 
Academic Affairs and Dean 

Support Manager, Information Technology 

Systems Analyst, Information Technology 

Head Coach, Football 

Assistant Director, Sports Information 

Assistant to Library Director; Circulation Manager 

Pool Operations Manager 

Coordinator of Employer Relations, Career 

Development Center 

Admin. Assistant, Career Development 

Center 

Assistant Coach, Swimming 
Assistant Coach, Women's Soccer 
Director, William and Evelyn Banks Library 
Director of Alumni and Family Relations 
Application Coordinator, Admission 
Controller, Business Office 
Graduate Assistant, Men's Soccer 
Admission Counselor 
Data Manager, Community Studies 
Departmental Assistant, Theatre 
Assistant Director, Financial Aid 
Graduate Assistant, Football 



303 



Carla 


Rhodes 


2005 


John 


Rhodarmer 


2006 


Lee 


Richter 


1993 


Brenda 


Riley 


1989 


Arthur 


Robinson 


1998 


Tammy 


Rogers 


1992 


Rebecca 


Roth 


2006 


David 


Rowe 


2000 


Cynthia 


Saines 


2006 


Laine 


Scott 


1998 


Ann 


Sellman 


2002 


Wells 


Shepard 


2004 


David 


Shonts 


2005 


Jay 


Simmons 


1997 


Jack 


Slay 


1992 


Sylvia 


Smith 


1985 


Nancy 


Spradlin 


2001 


Ronald 


Stafford 


2005 


Eva 


Stephen 


2005 
2007 


Barbara 


Storie 


1992 


Charles 


Thompson 


2001 


Emma 


Trammell 


1992 


Pamela 


Tremblay 


1998 


Glenda 


Turner 


1993 


Darlene 


Weathers 


1988 


Mary 


Weiss 


2005 


Phyllis 


Whitney 


1998 


David 


Wiggins 


2003 


Jennifer 


Wiggins 


2006 


Phillip 


Williamson 


1969 


Sandra 


Williamson 


1999 


Joan 


Wilson 


2001 


Mary 


Wilson 


1994 


Paul 


Wolkoff 


1997 



Executive Secretary to the President 

Graduate Assistant, Baseball 

Golf Coach 

Admin. Assistant, Business Department 

Public Services Librarian, Library 

Director of Donor Relations 

Associate Director, Annual Giving 

Vice President for Advancement 

Assistant Registrar 

Director of Writing Center 

Admin. Assistant, Music Dept. 

Director of Admission 

Assistant Coach, Football 

Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean 

Dean of Students 

Director of Financial Aid 

Accounting Assistant, Business Office 

Network Manager, Information 

Technology 

Evening/Weekend Library Assistant 

Assessment Coordmator, Education Dept. 

Admin. Assistant, Athletics; Health, 

Physical Education and Recreation 

Associate Dean and Director of LaGrange 

College at Albany 

Information Specialist, Admission Office 

Director of Counseling 

Resident Director, Candler Hall 

Manager, Campus Bookstore 

Leadership Secretary, Advancement 

Executive Vice President for 

Administration 

Acquisitions Assistant, Library 

Library Assistant 

Athletic Director 

Accounts Payable Specialist, Business Office 

Admin. Assistant, Development Office 

Resident Director, Henry Hall 

Athletic Trainer 



304 



Index 



A 

Abbreviations 1 12 

Academic 

Calendar 5 

Divisions 110 

Forgiveness 76 

Honors 79 

Policies 66 

Programs 90 

Acceleration 71 

Accreditation 14 

Adjunct Faculty 295 

Administration 300 

Admission and Enrollment 23 

Advanced Placement 71 

Advisers 69 

Albany Campus 15 

Appeals 65 

Application, Admission 23 

Art and Design 113 

Assessment in the Major 96 

Associate Degree 15 

Athletics. = 59 

Attendance, Class 70 

Auditing, Charges 29 

Awards and Recognition 105 

B 

Biology 122 

Board of Trustees 298 

Business and Accountancy.. 129 

C 

Calendar, Academic 5 

Campus Buildings 16 

Career Development Center.... 62 

Chaplain 61 

Charges and Fees 29 

Chemistry 147 

Computer Science 158 

Conduct 48 

Core Program 90 



Counseling 63 

Course Repetition 70 

Credit Balances 32 

Credit By Examination and 

Exemption 93 

College Level Examination 

Program (CLEP) 93 

Credit through USAFI and 

Service Schools 71 

Cultural Enrichment 79 

D 

Dean's List 79 

Declaration of Major 69 

Degree Requirements 77 

Degrees Offered 94 

Dentistry 97 

Departments 108 

Directory 2 

Divisions, Academic 106 

Dormitories 16 

Residence Programs 53 

E 

Education 169 

Endowed Lectureships 105 

Engineering 98 

English 180 

Evening College 15 

Evening College Degrees 104 

F 

Faculty 287 

Federal Tax Credits 31 

Financial Aid 35 

Student Policies 40 

Sources 41 

LC Academic Scholarships ...41 

Fine Arts Scholarships 42 

Grants and Scholarships 43 

Loans 45 

Financial Information 29 



305 



Foreign Languages (See Latin 
American Studies) 

Fraternities 56 

Fraud, Suspected 47 

French 205 

G 

German 208 

Grade and Credits 73 

Graduate Degrees 104 

Graduation Requirements 80 

H 

Harassment Policy 49 

Health and 
Physical Education 189 

Health Services 62 

History of the College 12 

History 196 

Holidays (See Academic Calendar) 

Home Schooled Students 25 

Honor Code 66 

Honor Societies 57 

HOPE Scholarship 44 

Housing Requirements 53 

I 

Incomplete Grade 73 

Independent Study 96 

Information Technology 

Campus Network 86 

Cell phone and Pager Policy 88 

Data Security 88 

Email accounts 84 

Personal Web Pages 85 

Remote Access 87 

Responsible Use Policy 82 

Student Computer 

Configurations 85 

User Account 83 

User Awareness 82 

Wireless Network 86 

Interdisciplinary Major 95 

International Students and 

Studies 28,72 



Internship (consult indiv. depts..) 
Intramural Sports 60 

J 

Japanese Studies 210 

Joint Enrollment 26 

Journalism 99 

L 

LaGrange College 

At Albany 15 

Campus 16 

Evening College 15 

Mission 12 

History 102 

Latin American Studies and 

Modern Languages 201 

Law 99 

Library 16 

Load, Course 77 

Loans 45 

M 

Majors 94 

Mathematics 213 

Medicine (M.D.) 100 

Minors 97 

Mission Statement 12 

Music 221 

N 

Nursing 234 

Non-degree student 27 

Non-traditional student (See 
Evening College Bulletin) 

O 

Oikos Program 244 

Optometry 100 

Organizations, Student 57 

Honorary 57 

Religious 57 

Service 57 

Special Interests 57 

Orientation 68 



306 



Overload, Course 71 

P 

Payment of Charges 29 

Petition, Academic 81 

Pharmacy 101 

Physical Therapy 101 

Physics 247 

Placement, Course 92 

Political Science 249 

Pre-Professional Programs ...97 

President's Cabinet 300 

Probation, Academic 74 

Psychology 256 

Publications, Student 56 

R 

Readmission 27 

Refund Policy 32 

Registration and Academic 

Advisers 69 

Religion and Philosophy 262 

Religious Life 61 

Requirements: 

Admission 24 

Degree. 77 

Graduation 80 

Residence Programs 53 

Retired Faculty Members 297 

Room and Board 30 

S 

SAT 23 

Sociology and 

Anthropology 271 

Spanish 203 

Scholarships 41 

Sexual Harassment 49 

Social Life 48 

Sororities, Social 56 

Staff 301 

Status 

Full-time 77 

Part-time 77 

Student 
Classification 78 



Conduct and Honor Code 48, 66 

Development 52 

Employment 46 

Government 55 

Grade Appeals 75 

Housing 53 

Life 48 

Organizations 55 

Publications 56 

Repayment Policy 34 

Suspension 48, 67, 74 

T 

Teacher Education and 

Certification 169 

Testing 

ACT 23 

SAT 23 

CLEP 71 

Fee 30 

Theatre Arts 278 

Time Restrictions: 

Major 96 

Core Program 93 

Financial Aid 38 

Transcripts 81 

Transfer 

Admission 26 

Credit 38 

Transient 

Admission 27 

Work 71 

Tuition and Fees 29 

Tutoring Center 63 

V 

Vehicle Registration 64 

Veterinary Medicine 101 

W 

Withdrawal 70 

Women's Studies 285 

Work Opportunities 46 

Writing Center 183 



307 



i* 



. -^^Sft^ 






308 



309 



310 



311 



312 



r 2 

> o 
O^ 
^ 

 
" an 
OH 

> ?o 

O 



a 
r 




_ iu 03 

^ 3 ;:; 

3 " ^ 

m O op 

'T n> , 

h, O ri 

c ^. -^ 

!U 
U) 
O